The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About08 06 2019CHUBBUCK 1 0 R H 0 CALL TO ORDER I»:19Zel:11156lWel14:1eU9►[y: City of Chubbuck Land Use and Development Commission Agenda August 6, 2019 7:00 PM City Hall Council Chambers 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 APPROVAL OF MINUTES for July 9, 2019 (Action Item) PUBLIC HEARING An application for a Change in Land Use District from Agriculture (A) and Limited Commercial (C-1) to the Creative Community— Northside Crossing zoning district (CC -NC), and approval of a Master Development Plan pursuant to review criteria established in chapter 18.21 of city code on approximately 139 acres of land. Subject property is in the east half of Section 34, Township 5 South, Range 34 East of the Boise Meridian, Idaho, generally located north of Siphon Road, east of the Union Pacific Railroad, south ofTyhee Road, and west of Hiline Road in Chubbuck, Idaho. Type of Action: Recommendation to City Council. (Action Item) 2. Adding a new chapter 18.35 to Title 18, Land Use, of the Chubbuck Municipal Code for the Creative Community — Northside Crossing (CC -NC) zoning district and to set forth land use and development regulations within said district pursuant to review criteria established in chapter 18.21 of city code. The chapter sets forth the intent, purpose, and boundary of the new zoning district; provides for development and design standards including number of allowable units, establishment of land use designation areas, setbacks, lot configurations, height maximums, maximum and minimum density and occupied floor area specifications, open space requirements, and uses allowable within the designation areas; provides general standards; a schedule of general controls, provides parking, signage, street, landscaping, parks and open space standards; provides processes for plan amendments and deviations, appeals and administration. Type of Action: Recommendation to City Council. (Action Item) GENERAL BUSINESS An application for a preliminary plat for the Northside Crossing Subdivision, Division 2. Applicant proposes to subdivide 2.68 acres into 4 commercial lots. Property is in the SE % of Section 34, Township 5 South, Range 34 East of the Boise Meridian, Idaho, generally located on the north side of Siphon Road between the Union Pacific Railroad and Whitaker Road in Chubbuck, Idaho. Current zoning designation on the property places it in the Limited Commercial (C-1) land use district. Application will be evaluated against standards found in municipal code section 17.12.100. Type of Action: Recommendation. (Action Item) /e17191111"M City Hall and the City Council Chambers are accessible for persons with disabilities. Any person needing special accommodations to participate in the meeting should contact the City offices at 208.237.2430 at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Draft Minutes 7/9/19 LUDC Meeting City of Chubbuck Land Use and Development Commission Minutes July 9, 2019 7:00 PM City Hall Council Chambers, 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 Board Members Present: Chair Jason Mendenhall, Rebecca Berls, Thais Ayre, Carrie Holm, Brandon Jackson, Brady Smith and TJ Budge. Staff Members Present: City Attorney Tom Holmes, Senior Planner Don Matson, Planner Paul Andrus, Community Planning and Economic Development Director Devin Hillam, Office Administrator Kami Morrison. Mendenhall called the meeting to order at 7:00 pm asking Budge to lead the Commission in the Pledge of Allegiance. Mendenhall asked if any Commissioners had a conflict of interest within the items before the board tonight. Smith recused himself from Public Hearing item #1. APPROVAL OF THE MINUTES: June 11, 2019 Mendenhall entertained a motion to approve the minutes as emailed. Budge moved the minutes of June 11, 2019 meeting be approved as emailed; Holm seconded. The full authority approved. PUBLIC HEARING Adding a new chapter 18.34 to Title 18, Land Use of the Chubbuck Municipal Code for the Creative Community- Harvest Springs (CC -HS) zoning district and to set forth land use and development regulations within said district. Type of Action: Recommendation to City Council (Action Item) Applicant Ryan Satterfield presented code section of zoning change being requesting. Have inserted definitions that were not previously there. Will likely be additional tweaks. Want to answer all questions from Commission and receive feedback before it goes to Council. No questions from Commission Matson, Senior Planner, staff presentation. Changes to code include clarification between duplex and twin homes and zero lot line developments. Differences were explained to the Commission. Matson also explained different setbacks required for creative community zone as well as cross sections and alleys that have all been discussed with Public Works, Police and Fire. Mendenhall opened the public hearing. No public comment. Mendenhall closed the public hearing bringing the meeting back to the Commission. Mendenhall entertained a motion. Budge moved to recommend city council approve new chapter, 18.34 to Title 18, into municipal code. Ayre seconded. With all Commission members understanding the motion they voted. Roll Call Vote: Rebecca Berls, Yes; Brandon Jackson, Yes; Thais Ayre, Yes; Carrie Holm, Yes; TJ Budge, Yes; Jason Mendenhall, Yes. Motion carried. PUBLIC HEARING 2. Variance at 367 Chesapeake Ave. from setback requirements for expansion of garage. Zoning district is R-1. Proposal to be evaluated against criteria established in City Code 18.28.030 and 18.28.050 and Idaho Code 67-6516. Type of Action: Decision (Action Item) Nolan Jacobs, applicant and land owner. Would like to expand from a single car garage to a double car garage. Would also like to expand setback to just under 10 feet on railroad/greenway side of home. Mr. Jacobs posed several questions to Commission: • If city feels hardship please explain why. • Was a hardship identified by anyone else? No one contested. • If allowed to build how would it be different than what they currently have vinyl fence/vinyl siding. • If other properties been granted variances to property line if so what were conditions met to allow that. Other points made by applicant: • When existing car garage was built city code required 20 foot set back. Builder got permission to get 17 feet. • Unique property lot, not adjoined to any other structures or properties. • Approximately 30 feet from fence to railroad property. • One concern city had was storm water run-off onto city property. Requested explanation on how that would differ from what is currently on the property now. Surface area is the same and could have extension of rain gutters. Commission asked questions regarding distance to property line of 12 feet and setback of 5 feet. Budge complimented application. Asked if it would be feasible to expand to stay within setback. Jacobs stated would only extend 7 feet. Probably not worth time to expand that far. Budge stated that under the law there are no circumstances that would allow a variance. Andrus, Planner, staff report. Each Commissioner received a supplementary hand out on variance code with a staff analysis of the review criteria. Code is pretty specific on what is required. As reviewed, Staff hasn't found it meets any of the criteria that allow a variance. Reviewed numerous requirements in code that applicant doesn't meet. Staff doesn't find it satisfies grounds. Application is sought for convenience. Does not satisfy requirements of private hardship. Already encroach on property behind and are asking to encroach further. Would remove vehicles parked on roadway but no public benefit to that claim. Also indicated, that there are others who would like to expand to greenways and have asked. No questions from Commission. Mendenhall opened the public hearing. No public comment. Mendenhall closed the public hearing bringing the meeting back to the Commission. Budge stated he appreciates desire for variance and can see reason and benefit. Applicant made compelling argument however, Budge doesn't think the criteria of the law would allow for approval. Several Commission members agreed. Mendenhall entertained a motion. Berls moved to deny variance request as it fails to comply with city code. Smith seconded. With all Commission members understanding the motion they voted. Roll Call Vote: Yes; Rebecca Berls, Yes; Brady Smith, Yes; Brandon Jackson, Yes; Thais Ayre, Yes; Carrie Holm, Yes; TJ Budge, Yes; Jason Mendenhall, Yes. Motion carried. PUBLIC HEARING Proposed amendment to sections 18.08.010 and 18.08.040 to require a conditional use permit for a duplex unit if proposed in an existing development and not if disclosed on the preliminary and final plat in a new development. Type of Action: Recommendation to City Council (Action Item) Hillam, Community Planning and Economic Development Director, staff report. Conflict in city code identified in previous application. Conflict in code is duplexes are stated as conditional use in one section and fully permitted use in another. Staff is proposing, as drafted in ordinance, to change similarity for duplex to match abutting zero lot line residence. If disclosed on preliminary and final plat, duplexes would be permitted use. If not disclosed, duplexes would be conditional use. Commissioners asked questions regarding density, setbacks, and ownership. Mendenhall opened the public hearing. No public comment. Mendenhall closed the public hearing bringing the meeting back to the Commission. Budge questioned what section of code had setbacks for duplex. Commission and staff then reviewed requirements of lot size and number of dwellings. Commission voiced concerns regarding duplexes being allowed in R-2 and R-3 designations. Suggestion was made that duplexes should be conditionally permitted in R-2 not automatically permitted. Holmes, reasoning behind if shown on plat, people are aware of those distinctions. Mendenhall entertained a motion. Berls moved that section 18.08 of Chubbuck City Code be amended to reflect that duplexes be conditionally permitted in R-2 zones. Budge seconded. With all Commission members understanding the motion they voted. Roll Call Vote: Rebecca Berls, Yes; Brady Smith, Yes; Brandon Jackson, Yes; Thais Ayre, Yes; Carrie Holm, Yes; TJ Budge, Yes; Jason Mendenhall, Yes. Motion carried. GENERAL BUSINESS An application for a preliminary plat for the Brookstone Estates Subdivision, Divisions 8 and 11. Applicant proposes to subdivide 8.6 acres into 35 residential lots. Property is in the SE % of Section 5, Township 6 South, Range 34 East of the Boise Meridian, Idaho, generally located north and west of Brookstone Street and south of the Church Lateral Canal in Chubbuck, Idaho. Current zoning designation on the property places it in the Limited Residential (R-2) and Limited Residential — P (R -2P) land use districts. The Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use map designates this area as Medium Density Residential and Mixed Use. Type of Action: Recommendation (Action Item) Paul Snarr, Eagle Rock Engineering, 1331 Fremont Ave., Idaho Falls. Firm submitted preliminary plat for Brookstone subdivisions 8 and 11. Final submissions show they extended Reeds Road through and shifted east lot lines. Here seeking approval from Commission. Berls questioned if running gas to homes. Snarr confirmed they were. Budge asked about Reeds Road and the number of lots to serve without a secondary access. Senior Planner Matson confirmed can serve up to 90 on temporary basis for fire code and 30 on permanent basis. Lamar will eventually provide second access. Commissioners discussed future improvements and access to Reeds Road, irrigation rights, and park construction by developer. Additional discussion about finishing Lamar Street connection. Future plats will address completion. Mendenhall entertained a motion. Jackson motioned to recommend approval of application as presented. Smith seconded. Roll Call Vote: Rebecca Berls, Yes; Brady Smith, Yes; Brandon Jackson, Yes; Thais Ayre, Yes; Carrie Holm, Yes; TJ Budge, Yes; Jason Mendenhall, Yes. Motion carried. Special Study Session August 6t", will look at Northside Crossing Creative Community Master Plan, zoning district code and plat at 7:OOpm. Regular meeting on August 13t", should have first plat for Harvest Springs. Mendenhall entertained a motion to adjourn; Holm made the motion. Ayre seconded. All voted to adjourn at 8:06 pm. Jason Mendenhall, Chairperson Kami Morrison, Office Administrator Public Hearing Item No. 1 Northside Crossing Zone Change/Master Development Plan CHUBBUCK 1 D A H a Public Works Department PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us APPLICATION FOR A ZONE CHANGE AND MASTER DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR NORTHSIDE CROSSING CREATIVE COMMUNITY STAFF REPORT CITY OF CHUBBUCK LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION SPECIAL MEETING ON AUGUST 6, 2019 SUMMARY DESCRIPTION: Applicant requests a Change in Zoning for 139 acres from the Agriculture (A) zone and Limited Commercial (C-1) to the Creative Community— Northside Crossing zoning district (CC -NC), and approval of a Master Development Plan, and creation of the CC -NC zoning district. STAFF FINDINGS: After review the application, Staff finds: • The Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use map designates this area for Mixed Use, Employment, and Medium Density development. The Creative Community zone provides for a mix of land uses that range in intensity vs. separate traditional zoning districts. The CC zone is intended to further the policies of the Comprehensive Plan to a greater extent than traditional zoning. The proposed Master Development Plan and CC -NC zoning district aim to create an expansion of the City that provides a mix of housing types and affordability and with a robust network of bike and pedestrian facilities. Surrounding properties are farms, rural residential lots, and industrial developments. Union Pacific Railroad lies to the west. There are a number of minor issues with the master plan guidelines that Staff has sought remedy of which create some internal consistency issues within the plan and some between the plan and draft code for the zoning district. Since the master plan guidelines are simply that- guidelines-, we are requesting a condition of approval that a clause be added to the front of the master plan guidelines indicating that "These Guidelines do not have the force of law and where a conflict exists between these guidelines and City Code, that City Code is the controlling document." As a note, following receipt of the memo on 7/29, the Community Builder emailed stating that they are doing a detailed review and will adjust the guidelines as requested where appropriate and will comment on those items where adjustments were notjustified. Should said adjustment occur between the transmittal of this staff report and the Commission meeting, Staff will make an attempt to review and comment on the adjustments if time permits and Staff will report on the findings at the Commission meeting. Staff is recommending approval of the petition with the aforementioned condition of approval. FACTS BACKGROUND: Two of the three parcels on this site were part of a larger annexation into the City of Chubbuck in October of last year by Ordinance No. 779. The third parcel was annexed earlier this year by Ordinance No. 787. The site is bounded by Siphon Rd and Tyhee Rd, and UPRR and Hiline Rd. The CC zone requirements are included in Exhibit 3 and applicable Goals, Objectives, and Policies from the Comprehensive Plan are included in Exhibit 4. TYPE OF COMMISSION ACTION: Quasi -Judicial (Subject to appeal; decisions must be supported by the evidence and by applying law to the facts; decisions shall be based on the standards for approval). The Commission may recommend approval with or without conditions, may table a decision, or may recommend denial of the application. OWNERS: APPLICANT: Kent Yost JYY LLC Lyn Yost 13826 N Moonglow Ln 416S4 1h Ave 13982 N Rio Vista Rd Pocatello, ID 83202 Pocatello, ID 83201 Pocatello, ID 83201 LOCATION: The site is in the east 1/2 of Section 34, Township 5 South, Range 34 East, of the Boise Meridian, Idaho. Generally located north of Siphon Road extension to I-15, east of the UPRR, south of Tyhee Road, and west Hiline Road in Chubbuck, Idaho. SITE CHARACTERISTICS & ZONING CURRENT ZONING: Agriculture (A) and Limited Commercial (C-1) PROJECT SIZE: ±139 acres VIEWS: Visible from all directions TOPOGRAPHY: Generally flat EXISTING STRUCTURES: None SURROUNDING LAND USES AND ZONING RECENT TRAFFIC COUNTS: 2016: Tyhee Rd at Hiline Rd, 1,291/day 2016: Hiline Rd so. of Tyhee Rd, 3,155/day 2016: Hiline Rd so. of Siphon, 4,197/day 2016: Siphon Rd at UPRR, 1,961/day 2017: Siphon Rd at UPRR, 1,807/day NORTH: Rural residential lots and farmland; Bannock County Residential Suburban zone EAST: Farming and rural residential lots; Chubbuck Creative Community -Harvest Springs zone and Bannock County Agriculture zones SOUTH: Rural residential lots and farming; Bannock County Agriculture zone and City of Chubbuck Limited Commercial (C-1) and Single Family Residential (R-1) zones WEST: Industrial lots and farming; Chubbuck Industrial (I) and Bannock County Industrial zones SERVICES: ACCESS STREET: Siphon, Tyhee and Hiline Roads; Whitaker Rd currently being extended into property FIRE PROTECTION: City of Chubbuck SEWAGE DISPOSAL: City of Chubbuck CULINARY WATER SERVICE: City of Chubbuck PROCEDURES: PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 1. In accordance with City Code 18.28.020 and Resolution 10-2007, a complete petition and fees for a Change of Land Use District were filed with the City at least 29 days prior to the public hearing and which contained the appropriate documents. 2. In accordance with City Code 18.28.20, the application is scheduled to be heard at the August 6, 2019 Special Meeting of the Land Use and Development Commission at a public hearing. 3. In accordance with City Code 18.28.020, notice of the public hearing was provided as follows: a. Publication in the Idaho State Journal at least 15 days prior to the hearing; Notice posted at the exterior of the property c. Mailing to those within a 300 ft. radius of the property d. Notices posted prominently at the City office at least 10 days prior to the hearing. 4. The hearing will be conducted in accordance with procedures established by City Code 18.28.020. PUBLIC COMMENTS: 1. No written comments were received as of this report. APPLICABLE LAWS AND PLANS: 1. Idaho Code: §67-65 Local Land Use Planning 2. Chubbuck Comprehensive Plan (as amended) 3. Chubbuck City Code: Title 18, Land Use 18.28.050: CONSISTENCY WITH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: No variance shall be granted, nor any conditional use permit issued, nor any revision to this title adopted, unless such action is consistent with the city's comprehensive plan. The Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use map designates this area for Commercial, Mixed Use, and Low Density land uses and development. The Creative Community zone provides for a mix of land uses that range in intensity than are typically found separately in traditional zoning districts. The CC zone is intended to further the policies of the Comprehensive Plan to a greater extent than traditional zoning. Goals, objectives and policies from the Plan that help guide development and are relevant to this application are included in Exhibit 4. EXAMPLE MOTIONS APPROVAL (WITH CONDITIONS): Having reviewed the petition materials, staff report, and all testimony presented before and by the City in this hearing as part of the record against criteria established by City Code, and having found that those criteria for approving the new CC -Northside Crossing zoning district, the Northside Crossing Master Development Plan, and the Zone Change request are satisfied, I move to recommend approval of the Zone Change, creation of the CC -NC zone, and Northside Crossing Master Development Plan as described in the application materials with the following conditions: 1. That a clause be added to the front of the master plan guidelines indicating that "These Guidelines do not have the force of law and where a conflict exists between these guidelines and City Code, that City Code is the controlling document." ................ (if others are found necessary by LUDC). APPROVAL (WITHOUT CONDITIONS): PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 Having reviewed the petition materials, staff report, and all testimony presented before and by the City in this hearing as part of the record against criteria established by City Code, and having found that those criteria for approving the new CC -Northside Crossing zone, the Northside Crossing Master Development Plan, and the Zone Change request are satisfied, I move to recommend approval of the Zone Change, creation of the CC -NC zone, and Northside Crossing Master Development Plan as described in the application materials. DENIAL: Having reviewed the petition materials, staff report, and all testimony presented before and by the City in this hearing as part of the record against criteria established by City Code, and having found that those criteria for approving the new CC -Northside Crossing zone, the Northside Crossing Master Development Plan, and the Zone Change request are not satisfied, I move to recommend denial of the Zone Change request, creation of the CC -NC zone, and Northside Crossing Master Development Plan as described in the application materials. I find that the petition fails to comply with... [CITE SPECIFIC STANDARD WHICH IS NOT MET AND DESCRIBE WHY IT WAS NOT MET] REPORT: Don Matson, Senior Planner dmatson@cityofchubbuck.us (208) 237-2430 ext. 208 DATE: July 30, 2019 EXHIBITS Staff comments in this report are based solely upon evidence available at the time of the report. Additional information may be brought to light at or before the hearing. Reference Map Application for Zone Change and Master Development Plan a. Application and Legal Description b. Project Maps c. Master Plan Narrative d. Typical Road Sections 3. Creative Community Zone Requirements 4. Draft Creative Community -Northside Crossing (CC -NC) Zoning Ordinance 5. Comprehensive Plan a. Future Land Use Map b. Applicable Goals, Objectives and Policies 6. Current Zoning Map and Proposed Change 7. Evidence of Notice a. Site Postings b. Mailing List c. Copies of notices on file w/staff 8. 7/29/19 Memo to applicant re: issues identified with Master Plan Guidelines PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 LEI r- ML a lae"\ CHUBBUCK EX ' it 1 m ReFel c i ice Map Northside Crossing CC 4 Tq f* rs n � WiTJ PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us lae'\ CHUBBUCK Exhibit 2 Northside Crossing Application for Zone Change and Master Development Plan PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us lae'\ CHUBBUCK Exhibit 2a. Application and Legal Description PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us City of Chubbuck Land Use Application CONDTfIONAI, USE PHRMPf CHANGE OF LAND USE DISTRICT VARIANCE ANNEXATION & ZONING COMPREHENSIVE PLAN CHANGE City Official: CHUBBUCK I 1 0 H 0 Datc: IITI i M, � For (tic Land Use Meeting of : ❑ / ❑ / M Application Deadline [J] ; M,, m 2:00 PM ! ! ! Name of Applicant: Lyn Yost Mailing Address: 13982 N. Rio Vista Rd. Pocatello, Id 83201 Email address: lynyostl @gmail.eom 740-248-7094 1'llull��: Filing fee of $ 5.3. Plus $_LQ for: Total: $ 6 S5.0 Q ❑ ($1.50 per notification mai kouts for Conditional Use Permits.), owners and occupants. Lal ($3.00 per notification mail -outs for annexations, zone changes.), owners and occupants. Paid to the City Clerk on: 20 _21— InitialsReceipt # ! ZZ '44- � P E 112 of Section 34, T. 5 S., R. 34 E. Nohon Rd. West of Hilinet h of Si 3. Protect location. South of Tyhee and Eastof the Railroad Tracks 4. Existing Land Use District: Commercial - and Agricultural 5. Describe Proposal: Create a new Creative Community Zone for Northside Crossing as As Generally Described tote aster an Documents ac e b. The approval of this exception docs not sanction the violation of any ordinance. 7, I attest to the truth and exactness of all information supplied on this application. I will develop or Fee u "ect p perty as set forth herein. ®1HIffi 19nuture a Applicant Date PLEASE RETURN THE FOLLOWING WITH THIS APPLICATION: ❑ Earnest Money Agreement - or - ® Warranty Deed Copy ® 18 X 24 Drawings (as listed below) ® 8112 X 11 Drawings (as listed below) ❑ S 1/2 X 11 overhead transparency of the Drawing as listed below. d Please attach a legal description of the property. ❑ Names and Addresses of renters and owners within 340 feet on individual, printed adhesive labels, (3 sets.) ❑ Business license Application ❑ Other Assessments ur Studies: STANDARDS FOR ILLUSTRATIVE DRAWINGS: The intent of these standards i4 to produce drawings when required or necessaryfor illustration of good clarity, accuracy and completeness for use by the City land Use & Development Commission and the City Council. Size: 1-18" x 24" minimum 1-5112" x I V reductinn of IS" x 24" drawing Scale: Site plan 1:20 minimum Floor plan 1/4" = i, - w minimum Revised: 1-24-2017, PSA EXHIBIT D. err �r. �c rra� •rr�r�ro.� �rv.,Q�, r�a�� .ar�� D�Vf Sl. i Ari•J tNilor � ��p � y f �7$� .�1� • $ � � �l LF7YH'.i1:7GVG z - LEGA L D ESCMPTION — NORTI-�I iX C ROSSING F UT[J FI E PHASES A TRA CT 0 F LA NT) LOCATE D I N TH E SOUTH EAST 1/4 OF StECT ION 34 A N D Tf 1 C 'BEST 10 OF SE(-TIOri 35, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH" RANGE a4 EAST, BOISE fillERIDIAN, F1ANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO, DESCR113ED AS FOLUDWS= 3EGSINNING Al THE NORTHWEST COINER OF SECTION �15, BEING M 0 N U M E N f ELI BY A RAI[ ROAD SPIKE AS DCSCRIBED IN CORNER PIERPETUATICIN FILED 50R RECORD UNDER INSTRUMIN•f NO -'2052D343 IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF BANNOCKCOUNfY; THENCE SOUTH 8964.5'494 EAST, ALONG THE NCDRTH LINF OF 5ECT ION 35" A M1AFICE OF .1435-77 FEET TO A POINT ON THE OENTE R OF THE 61LINE CANAL, TFIENCE FOLLOWIN-G ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF THE Hit INE CA NAI. OVER THE FOLLOWING EIGHT (3) COURSES: 1. SO LITH 1.3' 11'58" WEST A DISI SINCE OF 241.08 F Fir, 2. 5OUTH 26'17'16" WEST A DISTANCE OF 314.45 FEET 3. 50 UTH 1$°21' 19" NEST A D 15TA NCE OF 318-85 FILE f; 4. SOUTH 9'31'3I" VEST A DISTANCE OF 808.83 FEET; 5. SOUTH x°35'00" WEST A D ISTANCE 0 F 10.29-7 � 5 F FT; 6- SOUTH 1013'28" EA.57• A DISTA NCE OF 352.00 FEET, 7- SO LJ•f H $` 1)(1'48" EAST A DIIS' AN CE OF 396-63 F F PT; $. SOUTH 5'46' 10� EAST A OI STAN CE O F 583.20 FE ET TO A4 P01 Nr ON THE N ORT H SOU N DARY LI NE O F A PA RCE I. OF L AND B E LC}f#C, M TO RANDY M E R ICA AN D TERESA lylERI CA AS DESCRIBFD IN WARRANTY DEFID RECORDED AS INSTRUMENT N0. 896717 rPd THE OFFICIAL RECO RO5 OF BAN MOCK COO.NTV; 1HENCE FOLLOWING ALONG THE MORTR AND WEST BOUNDARY LINES OF SAID FARM OF LAP4D OVER THE FCX- LOkql N G TWO 12) COURSES'. 1. NORTH $9°46'42" WEST A DISTANCE OF 1184.419 FEL 1 TO A P01W ON THE WEST LINE OF SAID SECTION 35- 2. SOL1Tl40° 14'09°' WEST A DISTANCE OF 861.18 F E E f, THENCE NORTH 89`36'4-1" WESTA DfSTAN CE OF 7.2(1.00 FEET; THENCE 50 UTH 0'14'09" vV LST A DI STAN CE O F 4 3 2.6 6 F EET; FC Lo!iwd nn S-uhrrf-oris CfVJ? 4 J=rIViFontnantel 0 7ranepc4offi7n 4 Pianrdr)9 # Larrd D4,-vshDpmeni ♦ M.UoVelpaO * Surveying THENCE NORTH 8943$'44" WEST A 015TANCE OF 264.32 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST RI-GHT- OF-WAY LINE OF TME RAILROAD; TH EN CE NORTH 1-12'A 3"° VJESTe A LON G TH E RAILROAD RIG HT- OF- WAY L I ME, A Dr STANCE- OF 1711.74 FFET; THEN GE SO U7H 895 10'48" EAST A D 15TANCE OF 102 7.62 FEF i TO A P01 NT ON THE WEST LI N E OF SAID SECTION 85; THENCE NORTJ I Do14'GSY' EAST, AWNG I HE SAID SECTION LINE. A DISTANCE OF 914.35 FEET TO THF 1/4 CORNER COMM0N TO SECTION �A AND 35, BLIN(i MONUMEN T ED BY 1/2" REBAR WITH PLASTIC CAF AS il)E$CRIBF. D IN CORNER PERPETUATION FILED FQR RECORD AS IN5TRUMENT NO. 20570348 IN TI -IE OFFICIAL RFEOR D!5 OF BANN0CK COUNTY, 1 HE WE NO RTH 0"14'10" EAST, CC) NTI NU I NG ALONG SAID 5 E CTICMN U NE, A CSI STAN CC OF 2G0.86 FEET TO TH E POINT OF 3 ECm I NNI N G. EKCEPTINC, THEREF ROM z A PARCEL OF LAND BELONGING TO STEVEN ALJ FN WILSON AS DESCRIBED IN WARRANTY VELD RKOR D F D AS I N 5TR U M E NT NO. 21404143 Ifs TH E DFRCLAJ_ RECORD -5 {] F BAN NOCK CO U NTY DESCRrSE D A5 f QLL Q*S-. Cc rn m en-ci rig at the NW co me r of SeCtion 35, T S$, R 34 E Ull; Tl e n ce S 3 6 deb reel B7' E 1450 fc at to the P.0_9. Thence N 01 degrees 26' E 241.0 feet-. Thence S 87 degrees 36' E 220.56 feet (recorded as 210 feet): The noe S 12 d egree5 01: W 25 9.49 feet (record od as 2S9 feet): TM rwce N 84 degree 5.59' W 173.21 feet � record od as 174. SQ feet), Thera ce N 01 d egrees 2F E 6.9 7 Feet to the P.O. B. A Tota I of 1.14 acres i recorded a � 1.04 Acre!st 0 TOTAL PROJECT AREA IS 136.07 ACRCS, MORE OFR LESS � Fueuzdd �m SolulFoms CWO 4 lEt?vl-mYftrFtvr 4 Tro spor#a rf-on ♦ Harming * L afhd DekeJopopwrtt 4 Aibrn tipaf 4 :5urreyJrrg Exhibit 2b. Project Maps PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 �i I PMIZ D09'Fn[94 53.5 AC DEVELOPMENT AREA 8.0 ROW 0.00S 3.0 PP 3.0 NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 2.0 ROADWAY GREEN NET DENSITY = 24 UNITS/AC Iz r r , I IMM .1 10 •ti-) 15 U AC f - MASTER PLAN FOR: NORTHSIDE CROSSING LOCATED IN THE WEST HALF OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, B.M., BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO J 2aaFO[Ea �o�4QOc 98.8 AC DEVELOPMENT AREA 25.0 ROW 0.00S 10.0 PP 2.0 NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 2.0 ROADWAY GREEN owl I - { . 1 y # 4 r ISG. � 3,0 N EIGHBO 131-1001) PARK (D14, t*r- 17.;1 AC. ., -imp (+/-) 1 _D PP W-) 3.0 AC, wm; a •: }v11Li�1 ri - G�OI� ��.:�I�{.li• I _ _ } }.••}. r- t I� �� I l..L� In0 t• _�_� Lam•• . 2.0 AC_ �- --------------- 66 AC .0 PPC1* I (+i-) 5,0 AC, (+/-) 1.0 PP EXHIBIT B: a fe N 11 1 T I if lirl IZ 99Q O 6.0 AC. 2.0 PP (+f--) 1.8• RR_ _ __.{+/ 1.0 NEI GHBORHOOD PARK � AURORA ST. - _ k arm N. WHITAKER LN. (+;-)!5.-G Akr1.0 Imp - 1 33 _ - (+� 0 AC. (+ DPP :sem ty.r C4 ;,L --n . [ •� f -,SSC:; �r_L�o (+f)!3-0 AC. 4 306[ i J. (+/-) 14.0 AO`_ II -5� I 12 r 1.0 Ac, ,Y 25 I t+/-) 3.0 NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 76.1 AC DEVELOPMENT AREA 6.0 ROW 10.00S 3.0 PP 3.0 NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 5.0 ROADWAY GREEN 352 M.F. UNITS/SHOP HOUSE 52,000 S.F. COMMERCIAL 1) pp molirm 4.0 AC. 0I'tr i�11 1 I (+/-) 1.0 PP `. ARCH B SCALE (12"x18" 1 INCH = 200 FEET 100 2m 100 0 50 100 1 INCH= 100 FEET ARCH D SCALE (24"x36") CHUBBUC14 VICINITY MAP LEGEND & NOTES - - BOUNDARY LINE PROPERTY LINE --------- EASEMENT LINE CENTERLINE SECTION LINE BUILDING ENVELOPE POCKET PARK OPEN SPACE NEIGHBORHOOD PARK ROADWAY GREEN GARDEN DISTRICT CENTRAL DISTRICT PARK DISTRICT PROGRESS DISTRICT SHEET SUMMARIES PP POCKET PARK (+/- 23.0 AC) OS OPEN SPACE (+/- 10.0 AC) NP NEIGHBORHOOD PARK (+/- 8.0 AC) RWGREEN ROADWAY GREEN (+/- 9.0 AC) ROW ROAD (+/- 50.0 AC) COMMERCIAL 52,000 S.F. +/- M.F. RES./SHOP HOUSE 352 UNITS NORTHSIDE CROSSING LOCATED IN THE WEST HALF OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, B.M., BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO DEVELOPER INFORMATION NAME 1 ANDY CONTACT LYNN YOST ADDRESS 13985 N. RIO VISTA POCATELLO IDAHO, 83201 PHONE (740) 258-7094 SHEET INFORMATION DRAWN BY JOEL P. DIXON CHECKED BY J. MITCHELL GREER PROJECT # 17120 DATE CREATED 11211012017 1 LAST REVISED 101/29/2019 FILE PATH RM AYOST, LYN\NORTHSIDE CROSSING -17120\DES\BASE\NSX_MASTER_PLAN -M Engineers s Surveyors t Planners 30f 58th St. W. 0138 f Williston, NO 58801 # (7011572-01 10 600 E. Oak St, a Pocatello. 10 83201 s (208) 234.0110 I 1•i'J PARK H ilin aIR o a d GARDEN DISTRICT Northside Pari C E N T'R A L � ' DISTRICT WS Lane mao od L E G E N D PARK D ISTRICT (V—,.. G A R D E N D I S T R I C T (V — .r) C E N T R A L D I S T R I C T (T. w x ) P R 0 C R E S S D I S T R I C T (B.," sl d, IF t .14c Alm * OAF; PP - 0 Whitaker Lane r L E G E N D TOTAL OF ALL OPEN SPACE 3rLa, LM a { ssJ�• ra 1/aft ....... 1 14 .io11' L E G E N D T R A I L S ...........ie ........... TOTAL LENGTH 0 F ALL TRA ILS •�' '• c ........,an.. g -. .- a 'e '�„� - ^s � �•. V - .J ••Whitaker,La_n_e...• .. o,d ■ 5.9 ml • t4 . . - c i► T ' NOO ' TATIOO N p 0 a L. E G E N D PRIN CIPAL ARTERIAL w M I N O R A R T E R I A L G R E E N SPACE C0 N rz L N E IG H B 0 R H 0 0 D C 0 N. N EIGH B0 RH 001) RES. A-OIILZ M IN 0 R R E S ID E N T IA L — F. ®j I `ALLEYS W ILL B E CALLED LANES BUT W ILL N O T B E SHOW N ON M AP t oAl a 1� 19-7 T 0 P 0 Go RmA Po,,. H�m; -.M' . ...... 'C 3/y��j'ju 73�jv� ' r • -w.. 1�'r�J n F U Nft R I DISPLAY MAP FOR: SITE BOUNDARY OF FUTURE EXHIBIT C PHASES OF NORTHSIDE CROSSING LOCATED IN THE SOUTHEAST 1/4 OF SECTION 34 AND THE WEST 1/2 OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, BOISE MERIDIAN, BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO TflEE ROAD z7 z6 _ _ z6 _ "i 5 89°46'49" E 2637.82' 334 X34 35 S 89°46'49" E 1485.77 1152.05' 35 • POINT OF BEGINNING / S 13°11'58" W 241.08' S 26°17'16" W 314.45' S 18°21'19" W 318.85' I </ 34 JJAR INVESTN INST. NO.2 N 89°43'27" W M L2F8.52' O�p INST. NO. 214414 3 W W (EXCEPTED PAOSTEVEN ALLEN WIW O ' 00 `O 3 N LU KENT L. YOST '^ pl INST NO.21008325 _M M ' V °01 o KEVIN LOVELAND & z ANN LOVELAND INST. NO. 21213964 Q I�� o TOTAL PROJECT AREA 136.07 ACRES + '� 10 I \ O G 34 35 THE JEFFERY D. u1 DRI SCOLLOR ^' S1°13'28"E 352.00' JULIEP.DRISCOLL L' REVOCABLETRUST INST NO. 21806673 JJAR IN VES INST. NO MEN ,LLC 21 5389 6 O S 8°00'48" E 396.63' 0 0D z v S 89°10'48" E 1027.62' N uJ a S 5°46'10" E 583.20' — -J I V Z CITYOFCHUBBUCK I I INST. NO. 21602283 N 89°46'42" W 1184.49' I I _ CO RANDYMERICA& TERES A 1VOR7)/ INST. N0.8967O.896747 � S 0°14'09" W 432.66' 9 o I 31 0 z '^ N 89°36'44" W 720.00' yl � OIt I I I 5 n !L� 89°36'44" W 2650.75' SIPHON ROAD 3 2 N 89°36'44" W 264.32' PRELIMINARY DRAWN BY: SEAN O'BRIEN FILE LOCATION: R:\17\Yost, Lyn\Northside Crossing -17120\SURVTAD\NSide Xing Phase 2 and 3 Boundary.dwg N. CRAIG SIMON S & KIMBERLEE LYNN SIMONS IN ST. NO.897138 35 I 2 Engineers a Surveyors a Planners I as a w, . as sago, a nau a,a-a„” coo r. aswWsr. E aoo.,rroosm es�o, S /�ael Sao-o>,o Exhibit 2c. Master Plan Narrative PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4 `' E D I T I O N MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES BY: Enqs a��n RMES 600 East Oak Street Pocatello, ID 83201 (208) 234-0110 WWW.RMES.BIZ EDITIONS 15t.............March 21st 2019 2"d ........... May 9t' 2019 3rd ............ June 19th 2019 4th ............ July 10th 2019 Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4°" EDITION Northside ,Zrossing AT NEW DAY NORTHSIDE CROSSING EDITIONS.......................................................................................................... 2 SECTION A. THE NORTHSIDE CROSSING STORY...................................7 OVERVIEW........................................................................................................ 7 VISION FOR THE FUTURE.............................................................................. 8 PURPOSE OF MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES...............................................10 DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................11 SECTION B: LIVE SMART................................................................. 13 THE BASIS OF DESIGN PRINCIPLES...........................................................13 COMMUNITY DESIGN PRINCIPALS & IMPLEMENTATION ....................14 Environmental Stewardship.........................................................................14 Education and Enrichment...........................................................................15 Technology.....................................................................................................15 HealthyLiving.................................................................................................16 Senseof Community.....................................................................................18 SECTION C: DEVELOPMENT CODE .................................................... 19 PURPOSE.........................................................................................................19 AUTHORITY....................................................................................................19 APPLICABILITY...............................................................................................19 APPROVAL PROCESS...................................................................................19 ZONING..........................................................................................................20 PRELIMINARY PLAT.......................................................................................20 DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.....................................................................20 FINALPLAT.....................................................................................................20 M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4°" E D I T I O N /^ Northside AT NEW DAY ASBUILTS.......................................................................................................20 BUILDING PERMIT.........................................................................................20 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION.................................................................21 AMENDMENTS..............................................................................................21 LAND USE CONCEPT.................................................................................... 22 LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS.....................................................................23 AREA SUMMARY........................................................................................... 24 SECTION D: COMMUNITY................................................................ 25 COMMUNITY DESIGN.................................................................................. 25 MASTERPLAN................................................................................................26 NEIGHBORHOOD DISTRICTS..................................................................... 27 STREET CLASSIFICATION & SECTIONS .................................................... 28 TYPICAL SECTIONS....................................................................................... 29 WAYFINDING & INTERPRETIVE SIGNAGE...............................................35 SECTION E: RESIDENTIAL ARCHITECTURAL REVIEW AND DESIGNS ..... 36 REVIEW AND APPROVAL AUTHORITY...................................................... 36 RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE........................................................36 GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS...........................................................36 DESIGN REVIEW AND APPROVALS........................................................... 36 GENERAL SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS................................................37 SITEPLAN.......................................................................................................37 FLOORPLANS................................................................................................37 ROOFPLANS..................................................................................................37 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS...............................................................................37 SITE DESIGN CRITERIA.................................................................................38 SETBACKS....................................................................................................... 39 HOME TO STREET RELATIONSHIP.............................................................39 NORTHSIDE CROSSING M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4°" E D I T I O N Northside r AT NEWW DAY SIDE YARD AND REAR YARD CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON -CORNER LOTS................................................................................................................39 GARAGES & DRIVEWAYS............................................................................40 GARAGES FACING PUBLIC STREETS.........................................................40 GARAGE DOOR TREATMENTS...................................................................40 SIDEWALKS.................................................................................................... 41 RESIDENTIAL HOUSING STANDARDS......................................................41 SIDEYARDS....................................................................................................42 ENCROACHMENTS.......................................................................................42 SITECOVERAGE............................................................................................43 CARRIAGE HOUSE UNITS............................................................................43 SINGLE FAMILY DETACHED DESIGN STANDARDS.................................44 SITE STANDARDS..........................................................................................47 VARIATION, DIVERSITY AND STYLE...........................................................47 FRONT LOAD HOME....................................................................................48 ALLEY LOAD HOMES....................................................................................50 ZERO LOT LINE GARDEN AND SHOP HOUSES........................................52 APARTMENT HOUSES..................................................................................53 ELEVATION REPETITION..............................................................................54 CORNER LOTS - GARAGE ORIENTATION.................................................55 LOT DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS...............................................................57 RETAINING WALLS........................................................................................57 LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS.................................................................... 58 ALLEY LANDSCAPE.......................................................................................58 RESIDENTIAL LANDSCAPING......................................................................59 THOROUGHFARE FRONTAGE (PUBLIC LANDSCAPE AREAS) ............. 60 PRINCIPLES.....................................................................................................60 GUIDELINES...................................................................................................60 M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E i i N F c 4°" E D I T I O N /^ Northside AT NEW DAY STANDARDS..................................................................................................60 STREET TREES PLANTING SCHEDULE....................................................... 61 SPACING.........................................................................................................61 SPECIES AND VARIETIES..............................................................................62 CORNER LOT LANDSCAPE..........................................................................66 NSXFENCING................................................................................................ 67 RAINWATER COLLECTION & IRRIGATION...............................................68 UTILITY/SERVICE/MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT..........................................68 RECYCLING & TRASH CONTAINERS..........................................................68 LIGHTING........................................................................................................68 MISC. REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................70 ENERGY USE AND CONSERVATION......................................................... 71 ENERGY EFFICINCY STANDARDS..............................................................71 CONSTRUCTION BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES...............................72 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, PARKING AND STORAGE.....................74 BUILDER TRAILERS........................................................................................74 SITE CLEANLINES..........................................................................................75 LOT MOWING: RULES AND REGULATIONS.............................................75 SECTION F: COMMERCIAL............................................................... 76 SECTION G: APPENDIX.................................................................... 77 EXHIBIT A: TOPOGRAPHY MAP................................................................ 77 EXHIBIT B: MASTER PLAN...........................................................................77 EXHIBIT C: DISPLAY MAP OF BOUNDARY..............................................77 EXHIBIT D: LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF BOUNDARY ................................ 77 MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside Re Crossing 4T NEW DAY OVERVIEW Agriculture has played an integral role in shaping American history. Through a spirit of entrepreneurship and determination, farmers and ranchers have served as the backbone of economic development throughout our region. Much like the land rush most notably remembered by the Oklahoma Sooners, the development land was homesteaded in that similar fashion, which provided the Jenson family with a new beginning. Horses and wagons were lined up south of town with pilgrims eager to stake their claim to land that would become their homestead for generations to come. At the dawn of a new day and at the sound of a canon, they raced north with fresh horses staged at strategic intervals to provide a competitive advantage. Merely staking their claim was not enough. They then mounted new horses and raced to the Blackfoot field office where they recorded their land claim. This was the first day of the rest of the lives for many generations to come. While this new creative community will look much different than it did many decades ago, the opportunity for residents will be much the same. The intent of Northside Crossing is to create a community that will bring a fresh approach to modern-day life. This development will reap the rewards of sustainability and healthy living, allowing residents to cultivate an environment where residents and entrepreneurs can thrive. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY Northside Crossing (NSX) is more than the sum of its parts. The Northside Crossing community will preserve rural traditions and a small-town experience that many Americans value while providing a modern approach to living. VISION FOR THE FUTURE NSX is rooted in forward -thinking development approaches on community design, sustainability and technology. The community will introduce smart design principles to ensure a high quality of life for future generations of Chubbuck residents. Environmental stewardship is vital to sustaining the long-term growth of the community. NSX will follow sustainable development practices, including state of the art water management, storm water pollution prevention, water conservation, and energy usage and efficiency programs. /a,odk\\ CHUBBUEI( 1 0 A H 0 Through community gardens, residents of all ages will have the opportunity to learn about agricultural practices and take ownership in the food production process. The community will accommodate residents' everyday needs through a well-planned and designed mixed-use developments. Northside Crossing is focused on providing a convenient, pedestrian -friendly area with large pathways, tree corridors, neighborhood parks and recreational areas and amenities. These areas will be decorated with art work, benches, gathering areas, exercise related amenities, decorative lighting and other amenities to enhance the public experience. Northside Crossing at New Day offers an interconnected, multifaceted community with strong roots in the land. Northside Crossing at New Day will provide a new opportunity for its residents. Much like the dawn of MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION \\� Northside Crossing Y Y 4T NEW DAY a new day, our new community will provide residents a new beginning, and a new start, and a new life every day of the year. We envision a creative community like no other community found in Southeastern Idaho. Northside Crossing will be a walkable community focused on providing avenues for enjoying the outdoors. A high-tech neighborhood served with fiber-optic based high speed internet access. Our homes and other buildings will be state of the art, using "smart home" technologies to take advantage the latest in creative and innovative designs. These homes will meet the highest of standards qualifying for energy star ratings. Renewable energy technologies will be incorporated into the neighborhood establishing good environmental stewardship. Optional solar panels will be affordably offered to new home owners and also used to help power public amenities. Recycling and repurposing will be emphasized and supported with collection bins. The community will be designed around the pedestrian, rather than the roadway. Roads will be planned and built intentionally narrower than found in other neighborhoods. This design has proven to slow traffic and create safer communities while not impeding neighborhood traffic and function. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside e Crossing R 4T NEW DAY PURPOSE OF MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES The purpose of the design standards and guidelines set forth herein ("Master Plan Guidelines") is to assist property owners and the City working within Northside Crossing to create a vision of the intended environment of the Northside Crossing master planned community. These master plan guidelines are not intended to be a static document, but rather they intentionally allow for flexibility so that they can continue to evolve in response to changing conditions and circumstances. It is anticipated that over the life of the community, these master plan guidelines will be refined to incorporate new challenges and opportunities. The Community Builder will rely on the criteria set forth in this document to establish the character and enhance the value of the overall master planned community and to help ensure that new improvements are consistent with the criteria set forth in these Master Plan Guidelines. To the extent that these Master plan guidelines provide a deviation from City Code and regulations, these guidelines shall control. The design intent statements, standards and guidelines have been adopted to provide specific direction on the vision of Northside Crossing and supporting design principles. The Master plan guidelines set forth the design review and approval process and provide the parameters for building and site design, streetscape design and construction practices. The CC Zone code for the City of Chubbuck sets the minimum standards. The Master Plan Guidelines may exceed the adopted zoning code in terms of standards or regulations but should not drop below the CC Zone standards. "Shall" or "Must" indicate a standard for which compliance is required unless otherwise approved in advance by the Community Builder. "Should," May" or "Highly Encouraged" denote a guideline for which conformance is strongly encouraged and is considered pertinent to achieving the design intent of Northside Crossing, with exceptions considered based on site and project conditions. Guidelines are strongly considered if there is a request to waive a related standard. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION DEFINITIONS Northside Crossing AT NEW DAV Northside Crossing - refers to the 225 acres included in the Northside Crossing Mixed -Use Planned Development (MPD) in Chubbuck, ID. Community Builder - DKL Development, LLC. Builder - A person, or legal entity holding all or a portion of the fee -simple interest in property located within Northside Crossing, and their contractors, architects, engineers, consultants and other representatives. Improvements - Every structure and all appurtenances thereto, including but not limited to buildings, parking areas, paved areas, garages, loading docks, sidewalks, landscaping, plantings, trees, irrigation systems, exterior lighting, site and street furniture, signage, fences, gates, walls, stairs, decks, patios, bollards, and all facilities used in connection with water, sewer, drainage, gas, electric, telephone, television or other utilities. Context - As used here, context consists of all the neighboring, external factors that have a formative influence on the appearance of a building or site, including height, mass, massing, scaling elements, design, materials, location and so forth. Design Vocabulary - The physical attributes, characteristics and details that make up a site and building; put simply, the elements one can see when looking at the site and building. These include, at one extreme, the size, shape, color and texture of its materials. At the other extreme, it's the way the building handles setbacks and articulation of the facade or elevation through alignment of elements (such as windows, cornices or columns). Further examples include texture, scaling elements, color, material changes and window mullions. Pedestrian -friendly - "Pedestrian -friendly" is a measure of the quality of an environment from the perspective of a person on foot. A pedestrian -friendly environment is a place where people can enjoy public life in a comfortable setting. Corner - The convergence of two streets, containing one unit. A typical intersection would contain 4 corners and 4 units. Greenspace/Openspace - A planned space containing public use amenities such as trails, parks, playgrounds and gardens. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside Re Crossing 4T NEW DAY THE BASIS OF DESIGN PRINCIPLES Northside Crossing (NSX) is devoted to the study of "what's next." In that spirit, we're committed to demonstrating leadership in forward -thinking initiatives on community design, conservation, technology and more. Our main goal is to ensure that our home buyers Live Smart — ensuring a harmonious and enduring relationship between residents, the land and the re -invention of a strong community life. NSX is intended to be an integrated community featuring a wide range of housing products coupled with ample parks and open spaces. The development will also feature thoughtful commercial and enterprise uses that complement the community and the city. In order to create a dynamic vision that could drive Northside Crossing's overall development, we have created these master plan guidelines in a collaborative process between the City of Chubbuck and the community builder creating a smart community with vast development potential. The evolution of this document has brought together a variety of great minds and local entities including municipal staff and officials, community builders, home builders, designers and engineers. Through their collaborative efforts, this diverse group was able to create this vision for the Northside Crossing community. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION COMMUNITY DESIGN PRINCIPALS & IMPLEMENTATION ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY The thoughtful stewardship of our environment is essential to the long-term well-being of our community. A host of sustainable development practices will help us minimize our energy usage and ensure that Northside Crossing is a flourishing and sustainable community. The following environmental initiatives at the heart of Northside Crossing include: A. WATER QUALITY / STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION State of the art water management practices will be a prevalent feature throughout the community, providing an important water filtration function and emphasizing environmental approaches consistent with the goals and policies in the "Portneuf Valley Stormwater Design Manual". B. NATIVE / SUSTAINABLE LANDSCAPE Native / sustainable landscape will be incorporated into greenspace designs and into individual residential construction projects. Each development project, including houses, will be required to incorporate sustainable landscape designs. Overall, 30% of each development will be dedicated to sustainable landscape designs. C. WATER CONSERVATION Open space irrigation will be provided by efficient irrigation systems utilizing Fort Hall irrigation water. The use of the irrigation water will ensure the preservation of the City's culinary water resources and promote the best use of our area water resources. D. ENERGY EFFICENCY NSX will be implementing an Energy Efficiency program, homes will be certified with a nationally recognized energy efficiency certification that combines advanced building science techniques with energy efficient technologies to ensure energy efficient, comfortable homes. All homes constructed within the development will be required to be certified by our program. More information on this is found in Section E under the subheading "Energy Efficiency Standards." M R MR aaE ISL � In energy /J1 ■ ■ n` efficiency M MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION EDUCATION AND ENRICHMENT Northside 4qO�e Crossing AT NEW DAY Along with an integral relationship with the land, Northside Crossing will emphasize education and personal enrichment in a number of ways. A. NORTHSIDE COMMUNITY GARDENS Residents will receive hands-on learning experience in gardening practices and be provided areas where they can cultivate crops, share techniques and develop lasting friendships. B. EDUCATION Community members of all ages will benefit from learning how food is produced and distributed, the importance of local food production, culinary techniques, etc. NSX will encourage a partnership with ISU Workforce Training and Continuing Education to develop classes to be held at the "Hub" providing for life enrichment classes such as art, cooking, exercise, etc. Thereby promoting a balanced life and sense of community for NSX residents. TECHNOLOGY Contemporary technology has provided us with a number of efficiencies and opportunities that in the past would have been unimaginable. The utilization of sophisticated technology for everything from C. HOME AUTOMATION communications and transportation to energy usage will provide tremendous value to this forward - thinking community. Fiber optic cable broadband connections for individual residences will offer the fastest broadband download speed available in the market. Fiber will enable residents to utilize the latest in-home automations, security, and home efficiencies. A truly smart and efficient home automation system offering conveniences such as automated lights, locks and cameras; integrated audio and video; and optional security features will be afforded each homeowner through an exclusive relationship developed with various technology providers. D. INTERNET AND TV Community Wi-Fi will be provided in common and community areas for full convenience. Dish and DirecTV will be available throughout the development upon conformance with community standards for placement of exterior devices. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION HEALTHY LIVING Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY Northside Crossing will offer a variety of convenient recreational opportunities to promote better health and wellness, which in turn relates to a higher quality of life. Northside Crossing is a walkable community designed and planned with the pedestrian in mind. The development will incorporate a significant open space network, with a variety of trails, and green expanses connecting community members with the environment. The Design will also integrate: A. WALKABLE COMMUNITIES Miles of trails and paths connecting the neighborhoods will lead to parks and recreational opportunities as well as surrounding areas in the New Day District and the City of Chubbuck. Streetscapes with large pathways and tree corridors will promote pedestrian mobility. a w� Hiline Road IP ee `S` I r LEGEND 4t�• .-'. ••-•~�d�t..........Q L.... cQa� o iia,. TOTALLENGTHOFA ILS •1 �e O�� 8 2..-..... —7....... ......77. .--IM---- 13'•. •�13 DO - trn .. dS/ z f C "t� Whitaker Lane ......... 5 ........... ........ ...... -12............... _ - MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION B. NEIGHBORHOOD GARDENING AREAS Community Gardens are important elements in the development of social networks and interaction. They provide healthy environments, fresh food, and recreation. They help maintain unity and productiveness in the community. Residents can maintain these spaces as areas of beautification. Community gardens are best suited for larger park spaces, but can be accommodated in smaller open spaces with appropriate physical access, solar access, and dimensions. Community gardens provide valuable opportunities to create an educational experience about food production and gardening amongst the residents in the community and increase awareness of the health and societal benefits of local food production C. RECREATIONAL AREAS Smaller Neighborhood "pocket" Parks with both passive and active recreational areas will be developed to become the social focus of the neighborhoods. They will be geared forthose generally living within the service area. The community parks will be designed to accommodate a wider variety of ages and user groups and will be formatted to build relationships within the community. From playgrounds to the barbecues, residents and guests of NSX will develop a sense of community and gather to enjoy the neighborhood. Park design will create a sense of place by incorporating unique elements into each park. Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION SENSE OF COMMUNITY /� Northside �' Y Crossing AT NEW DAY Northside Crossing residents will share a unique connection to the land and nature, which form the bedrock of the development's overall sense of community. A strong sense of community will be on display throughout the development, with meaningful social programs and community events serving to bond families with their neighbors. A. MASTER PLANNED COMMUNITY Parks, trails and gathering areas have been carefully laid out to promote community B. PROGRAMMED ACTIVITIES All varieties of events will be scheduled (weekly, monthly, annual) including holiday events, workshops, festivals, etc. C. NORTHSIDE CROSSING CLUB A multipurpose venue for the betterment of the community will be located at the "Hub", all trails lead to the Hub. The Hub will be the center of community activity. It will have gathering spaces, community rooms and offices. D. NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS Easily accessible green spaces will connect trails and paths. Each of these neighborhood parks will have unique recreational opportunities, community gardens, dog parks, art, and other amenities to create interest and gathering locations within the development. E. COMMUNITY PARKS In addition to the Hub and neighborhood parks, Northside Crossing will be the home to three larger "community" style parks that are strategically located on the north, south and western portions of the project. All community parks will be fully integrated into the trail system to provide easy access from all regions of the development and provide easy access to recreational areas for residents. F. FIELD(S) Northside Crossing will offer an informal multi—use sporting field that could be used for youth soccer, baseball, football orjust general recreation for the development. G. COMMUNITY POOL A pool offering facilities for families, leisure, and sport coupled with the Club that will offer community gathering spaces, project office facilities and other amenities to support the development. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'' EDITION Northside Re Crossing 4T NEW DAY PURPOSE The purpose of this Development Code is to establish development regulations and development districts in order to promote health and safety, to preserve existing positive qualities of the development, to accommodate growth, and to promote a high quality of life within this mixed-use development community hereafter referred to as Northside Crossing. Any reference to Northside Crossing in this document, refers to that portion of Northside Crossing within the jurisdiction of the City of Chubbuck, Idaho. AUTHORITY The authority of this Development Code derives from the landowners' consent to impose development regulations, the Community builder Agreement executed between the Community Builder and the City of Chubbuck, ID to abide by and enforce the regulations, and the local government code of the Cityof Chubbuck, including but not limited to Chapter 18.21 Creative Community Zone, Title 15- Buildings and Construction, Title 16- Land Improvement Standards and Title 17- Land Development. APPLICABILITY The terms of the Northside Crossing Development Code apply to all portions of the Northside Crossing Creative Community Zone within the jurisdiction of the City of Chubbuck and will continue to apply for the duration of the Development Agreement and its amendments and extensions. APPROVAL PROCESS The approval process begins with the City of Chubbuck's approval and acceptance of the Northside Crossing Master Development Plan (This Document and its Attachments) and the execution of a development agreement between the City and the Community Builder. The community builder requires a series of permits to complete the project in accordance with the following procedure: ID Master Plan Approval [D Development Agreement Execution 10> Preliminary Plat Application [D Design Book and Development Standards Review [D Final Plat Review MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION ZONING Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY The Northside Crossing Project will reside within the Northside Crossing Creative Community Zone (NCCCZ) and will be subject to the Development Code and design and approval process created by the Creative Community Zone. This master plan guideline document will serve as the basis for the NCCCZ. PRELIMINARY PLAT The Community Builder will submit to the City of Chubbuck a preliminary plat for each portion or phase of the development meeting the requirements defined in Chapter 17.12 of the Chubbuck Municipal Code. Each plat will also include the submittal of a "Design Book" that will include the elements included in Chapter 18.21.040. DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT The Community Builder and the City of Chubbuck will prepare a development agreement that will codify this document and the expectations of the City. Each project will be evaluated against the development agreement for conformity to this master plan document. FINAL PLAT The Community Builder will submit to the City of Chubbuck a final plat meeting the requirements defined in Chapter 17.12 of the Chubbuck Municipal Code. AS BUILTS Each home will submit to the Northside Crossing ACC, and City of Chubbuck's approval process. These records will be kept on file for future reference. Any as-builts noting any modifications will be included. BUILDING PERMIT All building permit applications must be reviewed and approved by the City of Chubbuck and the Northside Crossing ACC. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside O�N YVCrossing 4T NEW DAY Northside Crossing ACC is appointed by the Community Builder or the property owner's association and reviews plans for conformance with the master plan guidelines. The approval of the Northside Crossing ACC is required prior to the issuance of a building permit. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION Certificates of Completion are required to occupy buildings in Northside Crossing. The building must pass final inspection by the ACC and the City of Chubbuck pursuant to Section 9.10 of the Agreement between the Community Builder and the City of Chubbuck. AMENDMENTS It is anticipated that the proposed Plan will change and improve with each phase and will provide additional detail and clarification to the master plan. This detail will be provided at the preliminary plat stage with the preliminary plat and design book and shall not constitute changes to the Community Builder's Agreement with the City of Chubbuck provided: The boundary of Northside Crossing remains unchanged. The total number of dwelling units proposed for Northside Crossing remains unchanged or is not increased beyond 10% of what has been agreed to in the Development Agreement. If any applicant submits an application to amend any portion of the Northside Crossing Master Plan, the City of Chubbuck shall consider that portion only without considering that application as a change in the Community builder's Agreement for the original master plan of Northside Crossing. This Development Code may be amended from time to time by the mutual consent of the landowner and city council of the City of Chubbuck. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION LAND USE CONCEPT Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY Within Northside Crossing and consistent with the CC Zone, there are three Land use classifications. This is to identify a development character that differs not only in density and use, but also in the character of the development and the nature of the open space, the streets, the buildings and the landscaping. The District Map below provides a general configuration of the proposed Land use within Northside Crossing. ,- O Ir N d t W WL- 0S2'rl-DI�CU RUN, m Hiline Road ` DEQ LEGEND DB<3lPGB11� Vtyrs� PARK DISTRICT r`54 p pay O�� 3 (VILLAGE) GARDEN DISTRICT N"q i�C o , (VILLAGE) • O° o CENTRAL DISTRICT (TOWN) AAAA The 1) IS TR ICT Mir PROGRESS DISTRICT 'BUSINESS) O Ir N d t W WL- MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside 4qO�e Crossing AT NEW DAY LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS Northside Crossing is designed to provide a variety of mercantile opportunities where appropriate intermixed with parks, open spaces and a variety of residential choices. The plan organizes housing around an abundant park, open space and a pedestrian network connection to all portions of the neighborhood and surrounding properties. Densities are enhanced through the recreational opportunities created through the development and 3 distinct neighborhoods and zoning districts are naturally created using the main roadways that bisect the development. A. NSX VILLAGE (V) (CENTRAL AND GARDEN DISTRICT) NSX Village is located east of Whitaker Rd, West of Hiline Rd and South of Dawn Daylight Street. Village is primarily single-family residential in a suburban pattern of development. This Land use classification is primarily intended for more traditional single-family homes with a mix of alley and street loaded homes. Offices for neighborhood supporting commercial uses will be thoughtfully allowed throughout this zone. More intense commercial uses such as restaurants will be promoted within the Central District area of the development. Civic uses, such as schools, and churches are also permitted but require a conditional use permit as per CC Code and encouraged within the zone. Open space is captured in neighborhood parks and in a well-developed streetscape and one large neighborhood park labeled "South Park" on the community renderings B. NSX TOWN (T) (PARK DISTRICT) NSX Town located around New Day Boulevard specifically north of Dawn Daylight St., West of Hiline Rd. and East of Whitaker Ln. This Land use classification is intended to be the densest and most urban of the classifications used in NSX. This Land use will promote dwellings to share property and allow buildings to contain more than a single use. Parking will be shared where possible, and civic and commercial uses will be permitted, but Light industrial uses will be restricted within this zone. Open space is provided as pocket parks and through a large community park labeled "Northside Park" on the community renderings. This Land use will be primarily residential but could have more intense commercial areas associated with New Day Blvd, and also areas that combine residential and commercial occupancies. C. NSX BUSINESS AND RESEARCH PARK (BRP) (PROGRESS DISTRICT) The NSX Business Land use classification is intended to be the most dense and urban of the classifications and permits dense dwellings to share property lines and allows high density occupancy buildings. Parking is shared where possible, and civic and commercial uses are permitted. Light industrial uses and combined residential/commercial occupancies are encouraged. Open space is provided through pocket parks and as a large community park labeled as "Railroad Park" on the community renderings. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside e Crossing R4T NEW DAY AREA SUMMARY The Area Summary Table shows the proposed land uses of Northside Crossing by use type and number of dwelling units plus potential commercial development. This is created in conjunction with the proposed Development Plan and Concept Plan attached as District Map on page 22. The estimated land area, number of dwelling units per area, commercial space, civic building areas, are estimates and subject to change based on the demands of the development. Changes within these categories as detailed below shall not constitute a change in zoning. The creative community concept is new and community builders and the City. Deviations of +/-10% to the density calculations in the area summary table should not be considered a substantial change that would necessitate a change to the CC zone. The total number of dwelling units allocated to each of these areas is an estimate based on the referenced conceptual master plan. Land Use Classification Area Summary Table: Classification Approx. Residential Commercial Building Densities Size (ac) Units (ea) (ft2) Village (V) 102 300 20,000 Fixed Maximum number of Units Fixed Maximum number of Town (T) 54 278 30,000 Units Business and Research Park 72 400 300,000 Estimated number of Units (BRP) Approximate Gross Density N/A 4.4 units/ac *ALL CALCULATIONS INCLUDE AREA MARKED AS FUTURE ON ALL MAPS -40 RTH 1 CROSSING MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'' EDITION Northside Re Crossing 4T NEW DAY COMMUNITY DESIGN To reflect the historic design of the area, site and building development throughout Northside Crossing should be expressed in a way that conveys an inherent quality of the site's agrarian past, while creating a new identity relevant to today's residents and visitors. The design vocabulary of the community buildings will encourage agrarian architectural forms, while presenting them in a fresh and contemporary way interspersed with TRADITIONAL and craftsman elements. Architecture shall be timeless, low maintenance and promote a unique sense of variety. Repetition of home styles, types and colors will be discouraged as detailed later in this document. Native plantings and local building materials, including metal and concrete, will be used throughout Northside Crossing to enhance the site's sense of place — true to the rural character and values of the region. M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4` h E D I T 1 O N MASTER PLAN Northside The Master Plan was thoughtfully designed to provide residents with a long-lasting, livable community that can meet their needs and accommodate the future growth of the City of Chubbuck. The design promotes connectivity and harmoniously integrates residences and community facilities with parks and open space. The plan is rooted in flexibility and has a range of uses that are adaptable to changes in the market and in configurations. Some of the relevant design concepts of the community are as follows [D The design has been developed so that many of the properties within the development will be served by alleys. Some exceptions to this standard may be provided as described in the guidelines for single family homes. VD Cul-de-sacs are minimized throughout the design. [D At least 90 percent of all residential units will be less than 1000 feet from a community park or open space, 100 percent of the residences are within 300 feet of a neighborhood park, pocket park, greenway, or other community space. *D The majority of all detached single-family lots will be no greater than 10,000 square feet in area. VD A minimum of approximately eight acres of land will be designated for multi -family housing or mixed-use residential/commercial development within the neighborhoods. Multi -family parcels will be allowed throughout the neighborhoods, with any one parcel not exceeding an area of approximately five acres. *D Each neighborhood will include a community park. Neighborhood and pocket parks, and the perimeter greenways will be lined with public streets, and Residential units along those streets will front such open spaces. Rearyards abutting publicopen space and streets are minimized through the design. [D The design and treatment of streets within the neighborhoods will be consistent with the street cross sections set forth in this document. [D Trail facilities will be designed and constructed in accordance with current design standards for such facilities. Around seven miles of trails will be interweaved throughout the parks and roadway system of the development. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION NEIGHBORHOOD DISTRICTS Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY Northside Crossing is a part of the New Day Community, and is broken into four neighborhood districts. These neighborhood districts - Garden District (Village), Park District (Village), Central District (Town), and the Progress District (Business Park). Each district will provide a wayfinding function and allow residents the opportunity to identify themselves with a given district. The Garden district has the Central District within it and it is core to the overall community. The Central District is intended to have a more intense residential use as well as some business and commercial to support the neighborhood. _ �3EC U RUN, m r - Hiline Road ! LEGEND ��{ ti DIId4I3Q� tree r�Sk- PARK DISTRICT DayBo��eva o�� c o GARDEN DISTRICT e's arc o r' iVnu(ie) CENTRAL DISTRICT CFN T RA 1. Rowel The DISTRIC'1-PROGRESS DISTRICT BusiHrssl Hub Mt 0 CIC; �r 3 InA- _ MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside e Crossing R4T NEW DAY STREET CLASSIFICATION & SECTIONS One of the most visually distinguishable features of any great community is its walkable streetscape, which is oriented towards pedestrians, yet safely facilitates the movement of the automobile. Much thought and attention have been given to the design and layout of the public realm at Northside Crossing. The following street system diagram details the location of the various street types and their respective graphical development diagrams follow. R Ow Hiline Road 1{ LEGEND PRINCIPAL ARTERIAL c MINOR ARTERIAL tyhee �A� 3� GREENSPACE CON. NEIGHBORHOOD CON. i. 0 NEIGHBORHOOD RES. vi MINOR RESIDENTIAL - r 3 a lYl'takertalle k *ALLEYS WILL BE CALLED LANES BUT WILL NOT BE SHOWN ON MAP r NORTHSIDE CROSSING STREET HIERARCHY AND FRAMEWORK Principal Arterial's Northgate Blvd. (Siphon), New Day Blvd. (Tyhee) Minor Arterial Whitaker Lane Greenspace Connector Hiline Road Neighborhood Connector Dawn Daylight Street, Aurora Street, Morning Dew Street Neighbor Residential Names to Be Determined Minor Residential Names to Be Determined NORTHSIDE CROSSING MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION TYPICAL SECTIONS Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY L 10' J— 10' — 1a -A 2'L r —ice 13• 1 lr 12' ---F— r --I 2• - 10• 1 S. -1 OIL NEW oAr SECTION VIEW (ROW -IOW) —I—TO- 1— 6' IrLr 12•--A L9•—A-12'7' —1 Z'-6.15' N— o e o e ` WHITAKER v SECTION VIEW (ROW=807 MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION 'Eiw. /7*** Northside �AV grossing AT NEW DAY 1 35 _c* I Is -D' 1 15-0' 1- lo -c' 101-W _L io•-0- _ HIIINE SECTION VIEW (ROW=95') ll v IrL6, 12' 12' 6.s•�rLs'—x-4-1 ON 0.s• NEIGHBORHOOD CONNECTOR_ SECTION VIEW (ROW=60') MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION —�s• —L s• — :• I-- ss• —1— v —1— s• —+-- sr --� r L S. I a —�— OL NEIGHBORHOOD RESIDENTIAL SECTION VIEW (ROW=SO') IANE SECTION VIEW (Row.n•) Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside e Crossing R4T NEW DAY OPEN SPACE DESIGN & PROGRAMMING Parks and open spaces are the heart of the NSX community. Successful communities offer residents a significant, interconnected open space system that serves the community's recreational, social and physical needs. Type Approx.- % of Project Area Roadway Greenspace 7.8 ac 3.4% Pocket Park 18.2 ac 8.0% INeighborhood Park 18.1 ac 3.6% IOpen Space 18.8 ac 3.9% Pathways 6.7 ac (6.9 mi) 18.9% *ALL CALCULATIONS INCLUDE AREA MARKED AS FUTURE ON ALL MAPS The NSX community will be defined by a diverse park and open space system with programs to attract all members of the community - from small children to the elderly - and promote interaction. An interwoven system of streets, trails and paths will link the various parks and open spaces within the development as depicted in the proposed opens space plan. I NORTHSI1 CROSSING NORTHSIDE CROSSING MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAV w k ., Northside Crossing Open space Plan go MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION /� � Northside ;' grossing AT NEW DAY WAYFINDING & INTERPRETIVE SIGNAGE The Community Builder will have a coordinated signage and wayfinding program at NSX. The NSX design will be incorporated into the signage materials, design, environmental graphics and monumentation ("Signage") for individual sites and the overall Northside Crossing signage program. Wayfinding signage necessary to communicate building entrances, parking circulation or other navigational information should be designed as part of a complete signage system for the site. All signage should be designed as a comprehensive sign family consistent in material, typography and color scheme. Signage shall be designed at a pedestrian scale. • SPEED LIMIT gn—,ty— spe 1— ta•4•mpn _ ,2 a 12-0-:nnov, aluminum sign post 1 (3) unit required as above MORNING DFM, :, Wx•.wu...ti a.x �m myn �eM.nr p�.,n.ec ,.,en AURORA Snae Bible x :a-0• smoom .wmn�m sqn ron (Tro 1 — 2a• Inyeovtl RYp.I (1) unit required as above Business and building signage shall be compatible with the surrounding architectural characteristics in terms of color and materials, and it shall complement the building facade and landscape design. Signs shall be constructed with high quality, durable materials appropriate to the physical demands of the setting. All Signage should address both the communications functions of a sign as well as its aesthetic integration with the overall design of Northside Crossing. No signs shall be erected until the applicant receives written approval from the ACC. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside e Crossing R 4T NEW DAY REVIEW AND APPROVAL AUTHORITY This section includes procedures and criteria for the review and approval of improvements within NSX. No activities within the scope of these Master plan guidelines may commence without the prior written approval of the Community builder. RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE The Community builder may amend these Master plan guidelines without notice. Each Builder and Owner is responsible for ensuring that they and their representatives have the most current edition of the Master plan guidelines and comply with relevant sections. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS The provisions set forth in these Master plan guidelines shall apply to and control development within NSX. Each Builder shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with all applicable rules, regulations, City codes and ordinances in addition to submittal of plans to the Community builder for approval. The Community builder shall bear no responsibility for ensuring that submitted plans comply with governmental requirements. DESIGN REVIEW AND APPROVALS The purpose of the design review and approval process is to ensure that all proposed improvements are consistent with the Northside Crossing vision and design principles. All Builders shall submit, for approval by the Community builder, preliminary or conceptual drawings and specifications of any proposed improvement, including, but not limited to: [D Site development [D Buildings [D Landscape [D Outdoor lighting [D Signage MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'' EDITION Northside e Crossing R 4T NEW DAY GENERAL SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS Each Builder shall submit three copies of the following plans and specifications as part of the Concept Review and Final Review: SITE PLAN Scale: 1" = 10'to 1" = 40'. The Site Plan shall indicate the building footprint, parking areas, vehicle circulation, exterior hardscape areas, landscape areas, service and storage areas, locations of utilities and appurtenances, and other relevant details. The Site Plan should indicate quantities associated with impervious cover (square feet), building cover (square feet), gross building area, rentable building area, garage areas, unit mix, and the number of parking spaces (including garage, surface and visitor space counts). FLOOR PLANS Scale:'/4" = 1' - 0". Floor Plans shall indicate unit layouts for all floors, partial plans of all options {including alternate elevations), and square footages for each {including air-conditioned and balcony space). ROOF PLANS Scale: 1/8" = 1' - 0". Roof Plans shall indicate roof pitch and direction, materials and location of equipment. EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS Scale: 1/4" = 1' - 0". Exterior Elevations shall indicate all exterior materials, locations of building articulation, roof slopes, plate heights and overall building height above finished grade. Landscape, Signage and Lighting Plans: 1 " = 40' scale: All plans shall show the relationship of the proposed improvement to the site and building. Landscape Plans shall identify all landscape, hardscape and vertical improvements, including materials and finishes, including location, size and quantities. Signage Plans and Lighting Plans shall indicate the proposed improvement in plan view, with details provided on cut sheets. Description of Requested Deviations: A written description of all deviations from the Master plan guidelines shall be provided with each submittal and shall be reviewed by the Community Builder. If necessary, a variance to these guidelines will be requested from the City by the Community Builder. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION SETBACKS Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY Required Setbacks Front Yard Side Yard @ Garage Garage Land Use (Min - Max) Side Yard Corner Lot Rear Yard (Street (Alley Loaded) Loaded) Residential 10'-25' I 6' I 10' I 5' I 15' I 5' Village 10'-25' I 6' I 10' I 5' I 15' I 5' I Town 10'-25' I 6' I 10' I 5' I 15' I 5' Business and Research 10'-25' 6' 10' 5' 15' 5' Park From Creative CommcmityiVorthside CrossingZoninq District�CCIVC) Code, HOME TO STREET RELATIONSHIP Home to Street Relationship Front Yard Measurements and Considerations: The front yard shall be measured from the street ROW to the front face of the building. A covered porch or covered terrace may encroach into this space to help improve the architecture of the home and the character of the street. On corner lots, the front yard setback shall be observed along the frontage of both intersecting streets, unless shown specifically otherwise on a Final Plat. The Side set back from the subservient street shall be a minimum of 10 feet while meeting all parking and garage set -back requirements. There should be a variety of home styles and front setbacks within a given block face. We encourage our builders to utilize a variety of front setback, giving the street more interest and depth. SIDE YARD AND REAR YARD CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON -CORNER LOTS A minimum side yard setback of six (6) feet is to be maintained for all approved structures. Drainage swales and other grading or engineered site features are not to be altered once constructed and established within the development. All proposals for additional structures, improvements and/or site alterations shall be submitted to the ACC. Rear yard considerations should be made for drainage and easements and access if an alley is present. M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4` h E D I T 1 O N GARAGES & DRIVEWAYS GARAGES FACING PUBLIC STREETS Northside �D Homes shall be designed in a manner that enhance the front porch and pedestrian entry to the home, rather than the garage door. tD No more than four homes in a row may have garages parallel to the primary structure. [D Detached garages are acceptable. �D All detached homes shall have at least a two -car garage. [D The minimum garage dimensions shall accommodate two cars. VD Three -car garages are permitted, but no more than two garage doors may face a primary street without approval of the ACC. GARAGE DOOR TREATMENTS Front -facing garages have a tremendous impact on the character of a community. Every effort should be made to minimize the negative visual impact of the garage on the street. Garages should be thought of as an accent piece to the house, and not as the dominant architectural feature. Front Loading garages are required to be set -back a minimum of 15 feet from the front of the dwelling. The garage door must be recessed a minimum of (9) inches from the garage face and contain at least two (2) of the following enhancements: Garage Door Treatment Plan [D Shed roofs �D Faux cedar/wood clad doors decretive hardware and treatments to minimize door [D Double doors VD Windows [D Decorative hardware & lights [D Reveals/texture MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION SIDEWALKS Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY A walkable pedestrian environment is the highest priority at NSX. All public sidewalks associated with the subject building lot not constructed by the Community Builder shall be constructed by the Builder prior to occupancy of the home. Builder shall install residential sidewalks and/or paths along all public ROW and at the locations referenced in the previous street sections. All paths will be constructed by the Community Builder and sidewalks within common areas and parks will be constructed by the Community Builder. All public sidewalks are required to be five feet (4') wide and in some cases are proposed to be wider. Sidewalks must match the grade of any previously installed utility structures and per City of Chubbuck Standards. Pathways shall be a minimum of 10 feet. Any sidewalks damaged by the Builder shall be repaired at Builder's sole expense prior to closing any home adjacent to the damaged sidewalk. All sidewalks adjacent to a home must be in good condition prior to closing any home. All sidewalks adjacent to a home are the responsibility of the homeowner to repair and maintain. RESIDENTIAL HOUSING STANDARDS All residential structures must utilize slopes of 4:12; or greater and generally no more than 9:12; however, greater slopes up to 12:12 may be appropriate where living space is incorporated under these roofs. South and west -facing slopes should be optimized to provide for rooftop solar panels. Slopes of less than 4:12 may be permitted subject to NSX ACC approval, where eaves project from the face of the building, or for porch roof pitches and ancillary buildings and wings. Flat roofs are not permitted in the Central, Park, and Garden Districts, and will be permitted in the Progress District by the ACC on a case-by-case basis for buildings utilizing contemporary forms that complement the desired qualities of the community. Flat roofs are permitted on ancillary structures within the development. Mansard and false roofs are not permitted on single family house structures. Rooftop equipment (e.g., HVAC units, satellite dishes, vent stacks, etc.) will be architecturally integrated within the volume of the building, and not visible from streets, alleys or other public areas. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside Crossing AT NEW DAY Front Yard Setbacks: the front wall of single-family houses will be set back by a minimum of 10 feet from the front property line, and are encouraged to be as close as the design permits. (Lots on corners will be assumed to have two "fronts".) SIDE YARDS Side yard setbacks shall be consistent with CC Zone to assure a building to building separation of at least 10' or a minimum of 6' in the residential districts. Within this requirement, buildings should be sited and designed to maximize usability of outdoor open space, to reduce summer heat gain within the home, and to optimize privacy between units. To this end, each unit should be designed with an open and closed side; the orientation of open sides should, to the maximum extent possible, avoid western exposures. Note: Setback requirements alongside yards that abut alleys are the same as those for interior side yards. ENCROACHMENTS Non -cantilevered bay windows are allowed to encroach into a side yard by no more than 2'-0". Porches, awnings, chimneys and roof overhangs may encroach within the front yard setback area by up to 5'-0". Uncovered steps, uncovered porches and stoops may encroach beyond the five-foot porch encroachment as needed to make the grade into the home. Up to two bay windows will also be permitted to encroach into the front yard setback area by up to 2'-0", provided that the total floor area of the bay windows does not exceed 20 square feet. (Note: As provided by City, roof overhangs may encroach up to 2'-0" into setback areas). Encroachments are not permitted within designated easements. Privacy and Window Placement: Given the narrow side yards between houses, window locations should be carefully planned to protect privacy between adjacent dwelling units. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION SITE COVERAGE Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY Single Family lots must be designed to have an impervious cover that does not exceed 75 percent for alley load configurations and 65 percent on street load configurations. CARRIAGE HOUSE UNITS Buildings on corner lots shall be sited and specially designed so that they present attractive elevations to both streets. Building and landscape elements, house massing, wrap-around porches, facade composition, and other design strategies should be employed. Where a garage presents its side elevation to the street, it shall be specially designed as an extension of the primary building elevation. Carriage house units are accessory dwelling units sharing a lot with a detached yard home and typically located above a garage along the alley. they are encouraged to promote housing diversity, live -work opportunities, and to enliven the alleys. they will be subject to the following conditions: [D they must on be lots of at least 45 feet in width. 1D the usable floor area of a carriage unit will not exceed 600 square feet per floor. [D the general massing of the carriage house shall be one -and one-half to two- stories in height; the structure will not exceed 25 feet in height, and should use sloping roofs and dormers to reduce the scale. [D the carriage house will be separated from the principal building mass by at least 8'-0", or be attached to the main building. [D the design and materials of the carriage house should be complementary with the main building and surrounding structures M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4 `' E D I T 1 O N SINGLE FAMILY DETACHED DESIGN STANDARDS Northside Crossng DAY AT NEW o Single-family detached is the dominant residential building type in both of the residential neighborhoods. Single-family detached lots will generally range in size from approximately 3,150 square feet (35'x 90') to 11,000 square feet (95'x 115'), promoting a diversity of housing opportunities. The following guidelines are applied to the design of all single-family homes within the community: [D All roofs shall have a minimum pitch of 4:12 and have composition shingle roofing with a 30 -year minimum warranty. tD The minimum plate height shall be nine (9) feet for the first floor and eight (8) feet for the second floor. Foundation walls must be screened with landscaping where visible from a public space. *D All windows and doors shall be trimmed on all four (4) sides on the front, side, and rear elevations on all homes. Window screens shall be provided by Builder on all homes. VD Side and rear elevations facing a public space shall be treated as a front facade and shall include full gable trim and detailing of an amount and quality similar to the front fagade of the home. �D Homes shall be painted complimentary colors applied in an architecturally authentic way based on the elevation style. Varying shades of the same color or similar tones of two colors are encouraged on the same home. No sharp contrasting colors on the body of a home shall be used unless specifically approved by the ACC. Trim, door, and shutter colors may have a higher contrast to the body color. �D The full body of the house shall be one color with accent colors used on architectural features or room projections. When an accent color and/or material is used on a projection, the color and material shall be carried around to the inside corner(s) of the projection. [D Front and side elevation corner boards shall be painted the color used on the portion of the home adjacent to the corner board including areas where accent colors are used. In a case where the accent color ends at the corner, both sides of the corner board shall be painted the accent color. Deviation from this standard requires ACC approval. 10> When a masonry wainscot is used on the front facade of a home on an interior lot, the wainscot shall be wrapped around the side elevation a minimum of four (4) feet or to a natural stopping point such as a window. When a wainscot is used on the front facade of a home on a corner lot or a lot adjacent to public space, the length of the wainscot wrap is influenced by the architectural character of the home and the location of a fence. The ACC will determine design details at the point of schematic design approval of the home style. Gutters shall be a color complementary to the color scheme of the home. Stock gutters in white, brown, or almond may be used or gutters may be painted. Gutters shall provide minimum color contrast to the adjacent material and colors. MASTER PLAN G U I DELI N E S 4'' EDITION Northside ,A Nossin AT �D Downspouts shall be painted the color used on the portion of the home adjacent to the downspout, including areas where accent colors are used. In the case where an accent color ends, the downspout shall be painted the accent color. In addition, downspouts shall be placed in such a way as to avoid visual distraction to the front faqade of the home. Deviation from this standard requires ACC approval. W_ VD Porches shall have a minimum dimension which provides a porch area of 60 square feet, unless otherwise approved by the ACC. *D Courtyards shall have a dimension which provides a minimum area of 80 square feet, unless otherwise approved by the ACC. [D A minimum 100 square foot concrete patio or wood deck shall be provided with every home (front, rear or side yard), unless otherwise approved by the ACC. ID All garages shall be setback a minimum of fifteen (15) feet from the front of the house unless it is an alley loaded configuration. tD Alley loaded garages shall be setback five (5) feet from the alley, and shall be less than 40% of the front fagade of the home, unless otherwise approved by the ACC. Homes with garages that do not meet these standards shall include garage doors with windows and/or other architectural features, shall be painted the body or accent color of the home, and shall have a least one of the following: ➢ a decorative trellis over the garage door as part of the structure of the garage ➢ a masonry accent either on the full street fagade or as a significant wainscot ➢ single car garage doors rather than one two car garage door ➢ a significant eave projecting from the face of the garage wall a minimum of three (3) feet; or, a gable with accent materials and/or other design features over the garage. ➢ Exterior garage lights shall be recessed in the roof over -hang or mounted on each side of the garage door. No single mounted light fixture shall be allowed centered over the garage door. ID On model homes, all driveways from a public street to the garage shall be paved as planned for the home at the time of sale, unless otherwise approved by the ACC. MASTER PLAN G U I DELI N E S 4'' EDITION Northside /v Crossing AT NEW DAY [D Space shall be allocated in garages, alleys or side yards to store trash and recycling bins out of site. If such space is in the side yard of a home, the bins must be fully screened with walls in keeping with the architectural style of the home or fencing approved by the ACC. [D Homes on corner lots shall wrap porches around the side elevation facing the public space a minimum of ten (10) feet to a logical stopping point, unless otherwise approved by the ACC. VD All homes must have a minimum of a three (3) foot wide walkway that directly connects the front porch or stoop to the sidewalk. When the walkway is within three (3) feet of the driveway, it must curve to allow an adequate area for healthy landscaping. �D All entry doors shall be visible from a primary street or public space unless otherwise approved by the ACC. There may be lots in NSX with special physical conditions including, but not limited to location, size, shape, and topography. The ACC shall have the right to add architectural and landscape conditions to homes and yards located on these lots. (See Landscape section for more details.) The following items shall not be allowed on any NSX home without ACC approval: ID Vinyl Siding [D Highly reflective colors or surface treatments ID Plastic detailing of any kind MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION SITE STANDARDS VARIATION, DIVERSITY AND STYLE Northside Crossing AT NEW DAV The purpose of this section is to provide general design criteria and guidance for the development of homes at Northside Crossing. These guidelines are intended to assist in the design, processing and implementation to a high level of quality but are not meant to restrict creativity. The architectural styles of this community are typically defined as "Traditional." This style should be visually compatible and provide general market appeal, while providing enough diversity to leave NSX with a feeling that it has evolved over time. Traditional architecture takes into account the styles that are/were popular to a region or area. The characteristics of traditional architecture used by architects and builders includes a commitment to maintaining a link to the past styles of building, reuse of materials or designing homes and building to stay consistent with the overall building design of the area. This creates a sense of continuity and connection to the past, which helps the area maintains its traditional look and feel for the residents of the community. The architectural fabric of the Northside Crossing community should encourage an eclectic mix of housing types with diversity in form, color, architectural style, etc., while articulating a traditional style that creates a cohesive aesthetic character. The traditional forms of the homes should include front porches, harmonious proportions and a foundation in good design principles. Good design is unobtrusive, honest, long-lasting, aesthetic, environmentally friendly, and thorough down to the last detail. A main component of a traditional architecture style is the way in which the past building styles and present are merged together, creating a seamless transition. With traditional architecture, much deference is paid to the materials used in a building and how they function and work. Traditional style does not depart from the norm in the way that contemporary architecture does nor is it rigidly devout to form and function as in the case of modern architecture. Traditional architecture is an older way of building homes and buildings that stands the test of time and continues its link to the past, moved forward. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION FRONT LOAD HOME Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY FRONT LOAD 3 CAR GARAGE FRONT LOAD SIDE ENTRY GARAGE •o � 7 Ylr- EPOCH w �S �t STWT MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside Re Crossing 4T NEW DAY GARAGES/ ♦ PARKING 2 parking stalls per unit Carports are allowed but must meet same setback requirements as a front load garage. Tandem Stalls are encouraged for 3 car garages and bigger Garage width facing the street must be kept at a minimum I Street Facing Garages must be Recessed a minimum of 15' from the front facade of the home Side load street facing garages must include a window facing the street. 3 garage doors facing the street may be allowed with conditions and when lot and home configurations are adequate MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION ALLEY LOAD HOMES Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY ALLEY LOAD COURTYARD HOUSING STREET ALLEY LOAD ON GREEN ALLEY LOAD ON CORNEA MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'' EDITION 1 Northside Crossing AT NEW DAV BUILDING MASS Building Height 35' max (Independent of Stories) Building Converge 175% GARAGES/ PARKING 2 parking stalls per unit I ICarports are allowed but must meet same setback requirements as a front load garage. I Tandem Stalls are encouraged I Auto Access to Alley load homes must be from the alley unless approved by the NSX ACC FRONT• Face the street or open space Wrap around the side elevation when on a corner lot or adjacent to public space Be a minimum of 60 S.F. I Have a minimum elevation of 60 s.f. I Have a minimum elevation from Sidewalk of 12" except were ADA accessibility is a priority Stoops shall be a minimum 4'x 4' NORTHSIDE CROSSING MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside 4qO�e Crossing AT NEW DAY ZERO LOT LINE GARDEN AND SHOP HOUSES Within the NSX neighborhoods, there will be a variety of Zero lot line garden houses. A number of different buildings will be constructed throughout the development including twin, tri, quad and row house configurations. We also intend to allow shop houses within the Business Zoning District. Shop houses may be single to multiple attached configurations but are distinguished around level workspace. They are intended to provide opportunities for local economic activity and home occupations that can reduce the need for automobile trips and promote diversity of activity and character. All Garden homes and Shop House buildings shall be accessed from an alley or private drive. Roofs can be sloped or flat keeping with the architectural design of the building. The roof pitch of the buildings should generally be consistent with residential houses. Mansard roofs are allowed provided that they appear from the street as a sloping roof. Rooftop equipment shall be architecturally integrated and not visible from public areas. 2 parking stalls per unit + 1 per 400 sf of mercantile space MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION APARTMENT HOUSES Northside 4qO�e Crossing AT NEW DAY Within each of NSX neighborhoods, certain blocks will encourage the construction of high-density residential buildings. Rather than standalone projects, these developments are envisioned to be an integral part of the surrounding neighborhoods, creating friendly streets and also have ground level community -oriented space. These projects will have appropriate scale and mass to nearby development, and are intended to provide all types of housing opportunities within the development. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION ELEVATION REPETITION Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY Architectural diversity, within a traditional aesthetic framework, is of primary importance at Northside Crossing. Multiple floor plans, elevations and architectural styles shall be provided by each builder to help promote visual diversity and excitement within the street scene. x'%Ii�i(4xxAtxoXXXX 16 El 16 LI®©12 Product spacing requirements are as follows: [) Elevations are allowed to repeat when there are four (4) lots of separation on the same side of the street. �D The same elevation cannot repeat on the lot across the street or on the two lots on either side of the lot across the street. The same elevation cannot exist on the lot immediately behind the lot. [D Where elevations repeat on the same street color schemes must be different to create visual diversity. tD Floor plans are allowed to repeat when there are three (3) lots of separation on the same side of the street. *D The same floor plans cannot repeat on the lot across the street or on the two lots on either side of the lot across the street. tD Any deviation to these requirements must be approved by the ACC. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'' EDITION Northside Re Crossing 4T NEW DAY BUILDING MASS Building Height 35' max (Independent of Stories) Building Converge 65% GARAGES/ PARKING 2 parking stalls per unit Carports are allowed but must meet same setback requirements as a front load garage. Tandem Stalls are encouraged for 3 car garages and bigger Garage width facing the street must be kept at a minimum I Street Facing Garages must be Recessed a minimum of 15' from the front facade of the home Side load street facing garages must include a window facing the street. Corner Lot side load garage shall not be more than 50% of the side facade of the home, and set -back 5' from the home 3 garage doors facing the street may be allowed with conditions and when lot and home configurations are adequate FRONT• Face the street or open space I Wrap around the side elevation when on a corner lot or adjacent to public space I Be a minimum of 60 S.F. I Have a minimum elevation from Sidewalk of 12" except were ADA accessibility is a priority NORTHSIDE CROSSING MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION LOT DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY Builder shall maintain the drainage pattern as designed by the civil engineer and approved by City and in conformance with the overall drainage plan for Northside Crossing. The drainage pattern shall not be altered throughout construction and ownership. RETAINING WALLS All retaining walls not installed by the Community builder shall be constructed by the Builder and shall meet the following guidelines: All retaining walls shall be constructed on the high side of the lot and in such a manner as to not disrupt adjoining lot grade. All walls shall be maintained by the owner of the lot where the wall is associated. The face of the retaining wall shall be on the property line accounting for any set -back required for the construction of the walls. 10> Native Landscape boulders may be used to construct walls 4' or less. Concrete, masonry. MSE block walls or other material approved by the ACC must be used for walls in excess of 4'. [D All walls must be constructed so as to accommodate fence sleeves 6'0.C. [D Walls taller than 4 feet vertically shall have 2" diameter weeps at 10' on center. The weep holes should be 3" above low side finish grade MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY All required landscaping shall be installed by Builder and must be installed prior to home occupancy unless special provisions are made with the ACC due to weather. ALLEY LANDSCAPE Define the back alley and break up the continuous fence line appearance. Plant the five-foot (5') landscape strip (located between the property fence and the alley right-of-way) with low shrubs, tall ornamental grasses or groundcovers to ensure one hundred percent (100%) coverage of this area. Irrigate the plant strip with traditional drip for shrubs and with sub -surface drip for groundcovers. Use of native and drought tolerant plantings in the alley is required. The mature size of shrubs in the alley planter area may not exceed five feet (5') in height and four feet (4') in width. Locate shrubs in the center of the three feet (3') utility easement. �r Accommodate transformer and pedestals with the three-foot easement (and as needed) with encroachments onto private yards. Building and fences must be placed with adequate clear distance of utility structures. Plant shrubs at the base of the utility structure to camouflage their appearance. MASTER PLAN G U I DELI N E S 4'' EDITION Northside RESIDENTIAL LANDSCAPING A. GENERAL GUIDELINES The site plan and landscape design of multi -family projects should provide for a variety of planting types, complement the overall landscape character of each neighborhood and define entries, edges, and views to the building architecture and front porch area. The landscape should provide for design flexibility while reinforcing the overall streetscape patterning, encouraging neighborhood sociability while accommodating semi -private or private outdoor (whenever feasible) spaces. The single-family landscape refers to the open areas on private properties for all single-family uses and is defined as three social realms used to organize space: public, semi-public and private. The landscape of the single-family dwelling should provide for a variety of planting types, complement the overall landscape character of each neighborhood and define entries, edges and views to the building architecture and front porch area. The landscape should provide for design flexibility while reinforcing the overall streetscape patterning, encouraging neighborhood sociability and accommodating private outdoor spaces as well. B. PRIVATE LANDSCAPING Significant trees and large shrubs on private property shall be selected, laid out and coordinated with plantings on adjacent public lands, open spaces and green courts to create a consistent visual character to the community landscape. Variation in supplementary plantings within the private yard is encouraged as the individual expression of the private landscape and domestic garden aesthetic. Side yards along a thoroughfare should contain a blend of shrubs, perennials, and ornamental grasses. C. LANDSCAPING STANDARDS ID Shrubs, groundcovers, and/or perennials shall define the front yard edges and entryway. tD Semi -private side yard and courtyard landscapes shall be maintained in good condition at all times. V> Plant materials that are inappropriate or are dying shall be replaced immediately. VD Formal lawns may be acceptable as a front yard design but shall not dominate the landscape. A variety of lawn grasses may be acceptable while minimizing an emphasis on traditional water consumptive turf species as a primary choice. Turf areas in the front yard zone and corner zones shall not exceed 70% of the available pervious area. The remaining 30% shall be shrubs, ornamental grasses, perennials, vines and groundcover. Side yards between homes are encouraged to avoid turf and use stone or other approved mulching material with landscape planting, when feasible. 10> All turf areas must be installed prior to occupancy or as approved by the ACC. [D The use of plant materials that provide for color, texture, and a grouping pattern of native, ornamental grasses, shrubs, wildflower perennials, hedges, walls, and fences is encouraged. VD Plants shall be selected and located to allow them to achieve mature size without encroaching on walks or roads, or covering windows. M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4 `' E D I T 1 O N Northside /v CrosAT NEW sing �D Shade trees, ornamental trees and shrubs shall be used to frame buildings, provide a sense of enclosure and help relate building to lots and individual lots to one another. High canopy trees shall frame front and rear building elevations. Use of native or drought tolerant plant materials shall be used as a front yard palette. *D Walkways shall be four feet (4') - six feet (6') wide. ID In doorways and courtyards, decorative paving, ground covers, vines, perennials and small ornamental trees shall provide visual interest. [D Side yard and rear yard landscape design shall consider solar access for both the property and adjacent properties as necessary. tD For rear yards, whenever feasible, at least one (1) shade tree is required per unit to be located a minimum of six feet (6') from rear of property line or garage structure. Two ornamental trees may be substituted for 1 shade tree. THOROUGHFARE FRONTAGE (PUBLIC LANDSCAPE AREAS) PRINCIPLES Thoroughfare rights-of-way are considered City public rights-of-way and include the thoroughfare and curb area, curb -cut driveways, landscape planter areas and sidewalks. The landscape planter and sidewalk area are maintained by the adjacent property owner. The City shall maintain parks and public spaces within the development. GUIDELINES In addition to the street trees, the landscape design for planter areas - located back of curb to the sidewalk - should provide interest and be well maintained. A variety of native or drought tolerant plant materials may be acceptable for the thoroughfare planter area. A mix of low shrub, groundcovers, and/or grasses may be considered to help frame the streetscape and adjacent dwellings. A formal turf area may be considered, but in general an informal and creative landscape design is encouraged for the planter area. STANDARDS Sidewalks to be a minimum five feet (5') wide. tD Landscape strips to be seven feet (7') wide. *D Tree planting to be a minimum of thirty-five feet (35') on center and a maximum forty feet (40') on center. VD Ornamental trees to be a maximum of thirty feet (30') on center. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION SPECIES AND VARIETIES Common Names: Callery pear, Bradford pear, flowering pear Species: Pyrus calleryana Family: Rosaceae (roses) Where to plant: Whitaker Lane Description: Callery pear is a small to medium-sized tree with a compact, symmetrical, pyramidal or columnar shape that spreads to become oval with age. Many cultivars exist with slightly different characteristics; all contribute to the species' invasiveness. Leaves are alternate, simple, generally oval, to 3 inches long, with rounded teeth, glossy green, turning orange, gold, red, pink, and/or purple in fall. Some cultivars develop patterns of colored circles and spots in autumn. Leaves bob in the wind on long leaf stems. Bark is gray -brown, smooth on young trees, splitting into scales with age. Twigs are thornless in cultivated trees, but in wild types (including trees that develop from sprouts of a tree that was felled), the twigs end in thorns. Flowers in early spring; abundant clusters of white flowers, 5 -petaled, each to 3/4 inch wide, unpleasant -smelling. Fruits like tiny, hard apples, round, to 1/2 inch in diameter, greenish -yellow flecked with whitish spots, inedible, with 2-4 black seeds. After freezes they soften, darken, wrinkle, and become palatable to birds. Similar species: Several other trees bloom in spring with white, five -petaled flowers. Service berry has petals that are brighter white, strap -shaped, wavy, with a space between them (not rounded and close together). Native plums have stamens (threadlike stalks in the center of the flower) that are longer than the petals. Apple and crabapple flowers have a slightly pink hue, and apple tree branches are nearer to horizontal and less uniform, compared to the vertical, symmetrical branching of Callery pear. Key Identifiers: I� Deciduous tree (drops its leaves in the fall), reaching up to 30 to 50 feet tall. ID Overall tree shape pyramidal, columnar, or egg-shaped. ID Wide -spreading branches fairly vertical, branching symmetrically. ID Branches sometimes thorny. ID Leaves shiny, dark green, leathery, with small -toothed margins. ID Leaves turn reddish purple in the fall. Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION ID Flowers in spring before leaf -out. ID Flower petals white, rounded, close together(they touch/overlap at their bases). ID Flower stamens are not longer than the petals. ID Fruits in fall are small, round, hard, and brown. Common Names: Amur Chokecherry, Manchurian Cherry Species: Prunus maackii Family: Rosaceae (roses) Where to plant: Aurora Street (Alternating with Canada Red Chokecherry) Description: Amur Chokecherry is pyramidal when young but ultimately forms a 30 to 40 - foot -tall tree with a dense, rounded canopy which provides light shade below. The deciduous leaves are three inches long and are joined in early to mid-May by an explosion of white, fragrant flowers in two to three -inch -long racemes. The multitude of tiny black fruits which follow ripen in August and are quite attractive to birds. The bark is occasionally handsome cinnamon brown peeling off in shaggy masses on the trunk, but more often is an attractive brown with minimum exfoliation. This tree has one of the most attractive bark features of any tree in North America. Key Identifiers: *> Height: 30 to 40 feet tD Spread: 25 to 35 feet tD Crown uniformity: symmetrical canopy with a regular (or smooth) outline, and individuals have more or less identical crown forms tD Crown shape: round tD Crown density: moderate tD Growth rate: medium tD Texture: medium Common Names: Canada Red Chokecherry, Common Chokecherry Species: Prunus virginiana Family: Rosaceae (roses) Where to plant: Aurora Street (Alternating with Amur Chokecherry) Description: Can be grown as a single or multi stemmed small tree or large shrub; lovely hanging clusters of white blooms in spring are followed by rich purple foliage and darkfruit in summer; suckers will need to be controlled. Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Canada Red Chokecherry features showy chains of fragrant white flowers hanging below the branches in mid spring. It has attractive deep purple foliage which emerges green in spring. The oval leaves are highly ornamental and turn an outstanding red in the fall. The fruits are showy red drupes with purple overtones, which are carried in abundance in mid- summer. Canada Red Chokecherry is a deciduous tree with a more or less rounded form. Its average texture blends into the landscape, but can be balanced by one or two finer or coarser trees or shrubs for an effective composition. This tree is best pruned in late winter once the threat of extreme cold has passed. It is a good choice for attracting birds to your yard. This tree will grow to be about 25 feet tall at maturity, with a spread of 20 feet. It has a low canopy with a typical clearance of 4 feet from the ground, and is suitable for planting under power lines. It grows at a medium rate, and under ideal conditions can be expected to live for 40 years or more. This is a self -pollinating variety, so it doesn't require a second plant nearby to set fruit. This tree should only be grown in full sunlight. It does best in average to evenly moist conditions, but will not tolerate standing water. It is not particular as to soil type or pH. It is highly tolerant of urban pollution and will even thrive in inner city environments. Key Identifiers: [P> Deciduous Tree Type: Flowering Tree ID Tree Habit: Round, Arching Branches ID Mature Size: 20-30' Tall ID Fall Color: Subtle [D Features: Showy Flowers [D Flowering Season: Spring ID USDA Hardiness Zone: 3, 4, 5 Ip Water Needs: Moderate [D Growth Rate: Moderate [D Light Needs: Partial Sun, Full Sun [D Mature Height: 20-30 Feet ID Mature Width: 15-20 Feet Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Common Names: Silver Linden, European white linden Species: Tilia tomentosa Family: Malvaceae (mallows) Where to plant: Residential class streets (refer to figure Transportation map) Description: This tree is native to Europe and Asia. It is noted for its attractive foliage, which is glossy green above and silvery -white below. The foliage flutters in the slightest breeze, showcasing the silver and green leaf colors. This is a medium to large deciduous tree, typically growing to 50-70' (less frequently to 100') tall with upright branching and a broad -columnar habit. Fragrant pale -yellow flowers in drooping cymes appear in late spring to early summer (June -July). When a tree is in full bloom, bees often visit in such abundant numbers that humming can be heard many feet from the tree. Flowers are followed by small nutlets attached to narrow, bract -like, strap -shaped leafy wings (to 2.5" long). Nutlets ripen in late summer. Ovate, shiny, dark green leaves (to 4" long) with acuminate tips and serrate margins are densely covered beneath with silvery - white hairs. Fall color is an undistinguished pale green to pale yellow. Key Identifiers: *> Deciduous Tree Type: Shade Tree D Tree Habit: Upright, Pyramidal D Mature Size: 30-50' Tall ID Fall Color: Subtle D Features: Fragrant Flowers D Flowering Season: Spring D USDA Hardiness Zone: 4, 5, 6, 7 D Water Needs: Moderate tD Growth Rate: Moderate 1D Light Needs: Filtered Sun, Partial Sun, Full Sun Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION NSX FENCING Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY Fencing is a key element in the look and feel of a development. Because of that, we believe consistency in style and look is important to maintaining the highest standards of development. We have developed several fence variations that can be employed within the development. Fences and walls help to define semi -private and private areas around homes. The design and materials used for fences must reflect the architectural character of the community. Fence locations must take into consideration the Standards included in this section as well City Standards for site distance requirements. All fences must be shown on landscape or separate fence plans and included with ACC approval packages. If fences are added to a yard by a property owner, their design and location must be reviewed and approved by the ACC or Owner Association based on the Standards in the section. Given the horizontal nature of the fencing planks special care should be taken when joining a new fence with an existing one. Construction should always begin from the existing fence to ensure that the existing and new horizontal planks line up and create a seamless transition. Standard fence designs are shown below. Vinyl, Foam, Concrete are preferred and will be approved based on consistency, look and feel. Wood and Chain-link Fence will not be allowed in NSX. Design deviations from these Standards, may be approved by the ACC. MASTER PLAN G U I DELI N E S 4'' EDITION Northside Re e RAINWATER COLLECTION & IRRIGATION *D NSX rainwater collection is encouraged, as small steps to reduce potable water use can make a huge impact. Rain barrels should be located along side or rear yards and screened from view. 10> Each residential lot shall have an automatic irrigation system that must be installed with 100% head-to-head coverage on all turf areas. 10> All irrigation systems must be installed per landscape requirements. V> All heads should be placed to prevent spraying onto paved areas. tD All trees and shrub beds shall be irrigated with a low -flow drip system and flush valve. V> Each home shall be equipped with an ET (Eva po-Transpiration) Controllers and Wind/Rain Sensors. 10> All Homes will be provided with Secondary Irrigation water supplied by Fort Hall Irrigation and Managed by the City of Chubbuck. Each home is required to connect and use the system when it is available. UTILITY/SERVICE/MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT All utilities installed within the development shall be underground and all services to the home, including pre -wiring for cable TV, must be installed underground. Ground -mounted mechanical equipment, such as HVAC units, shall be screened from view and grouped together away from street/public view. In the event that cable boxes are in- stalled, they must be screened from view and grouped together away from street/public view. Private, surface -mounted mechanical equipment, transformers, air conditioners, condensers, compressors, switches, etc., should be placed behind the side yard fence. If this is not a possibility, written approval from the ACC is required and all equipment must be screened with either a 4' fence or five (5) three -gallon shrubs. RECYCLING & TRASH CONTAINERS Recycling and trash collection containers shall be stored within the garage or screened from view. On a 70' lot or larger, a 4'-6' screening fence may be constructed along the side yard to allow the home- owner to store trash containers outside the garage. The screening fence must be constructed and stained to match the NSX fence. LIGHTING Light sources should be unobtrusive or concealed with all light in shades of white (no colored lights). No spillover of light should occur on neighboring properties and lighting must be shielded to prevent a glare. Tree lights should be concealed underground or in shrub masses. Exterior flood lights are to be directed MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside *Re Crossing AT NEW DAV Acuity Brands Street Lighting with decretive poles is an example of lighting that will be employed throughout the development. MISC. REQUIREMENTS Designing for the Local Environment The building and site design should be rooted to its place in Northside Crossing and respond to the natural environment. NSX should be analyzed with empirical environmental knowledge and energy modeling to establish sustainable building strategies that respond to the site's context. Establishing a landscape of native and regionally appropriate plant material embodies the natural character of the site while requiring less water. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside e Crossing R 4T NEW DAY ENERGY USE AND CONSERVATION Water is a precious resource, especially in Idaho, and should be conserved. Water conservation efforts shall include the use of Xeriscape plantings, use of secondary irrigation and high -efficiency plumbing fixtures that use less water than typical fixtures. Using native and regionally appropriate plant material will result in green spaces that use less water than conventional landscapes. Solar design should be considered in the early design stages. All solar appurtenances shall be submitted for approval by ACC and will be evaluated on a case by case basis ENERGY EFFICINCY STANDARDS The NSX Energy Efficiency Program prescribes a set of structural -design standards for heating, ventilation, air conditioning, ductwork and the outer shell, or "building envelope," that encases a home's living quarters. During final inspection, homes are subject to a series of performance tests to verify the efficiency of the building envelope and ductwork. A. SPECIFICATION Homes at Northside Crossing built to EFL Platinum class certification will include: framing, thermal ducts, ventilation, pressure balancing and carbon monoxide testing. B. PLAN REVIEW Limited guarantees require a plan review for each production level plan and are conducted by third -party authorized review centers. C. TESTING PROTOCOL Testing Protocol: Homes will be tested for duct tightness, air tightness and pressure balancing. Visual inspections shall be performed for framing, thermal envelope, and ventilation and carbon monoxide detectors for requirement of the Program Requirements. All tests and inspections will be performed by a party authorized by the NSX Energy Efficiency program. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside Re Crossing 4T NEW DAY D. BUILDER RESPONSIBILITIES [D Design and construct homes to include the Program Requirements. [D Remain solely responsible for the design and construction of your homes. [D Ensure that subcontractors understand their responsibilities in meeting the Program Requirements. This shall include ensuring that your subcontractors have completed the NSX Energy Efficiency program's field training. It may also include amending your current agreements with subcontractors to reflect new responsibilities. [D Make any adjustments in the sequencing of trades needed to ensure that the Program Requirements are followed. ID Ensure that all applicable building codes are satisfied. *D Contact NSX Energy Efficiency program if you believe there is a Program Requirement that Conflicts with a building code requirement. E. PROGRAM GUARANTEES Comfort Guarantee {Limited): As part of the NSX Energy Efficiency program, and more particularly described in a separate written instrument, Masco contractor Services or an affiliate will guarantee the original homeowner that the temperature at the location of the thermostat in the home will not vary more than 3 degrees from the temperature at the center of any conditioned room within that thermostat zone. If the home has a room that does not meet this comfort guarantee, the NSX Energy Efficiency program will identify the reason{s) for the temperature variation and coordinate with the builder to have the necessary repairs performed. In some cases, this may involve the addition of screens or protective window coatings to decrease the radiant effect of sunlight on the temperature in the home. Heating & Cooling Guarantee {Limited): As part of the NSX Energy Efficiency program, and more particularly described in a separate written instrument, Masco Contractor Services or an affiliate will guarantee that the energy used to heat and cool the home will not exceed the Guarantee Usage listed on the guarantee subject to the terms of this guarantee. Since this is a guarantee of energy use and not cost, any cost will vary with your cost of energy. The Guarantee Usage is calculated using a computer model to simulate gas (therms) and electricity (kilowatt hours), energy required to heat and cool the home in a typical weather year. If the energy used to heat and cool the home as calculated exceeds the Guaranteed Usage, the NSX Energy Efficiency program will reimburse 100% of the cost of the difference between the Guaranteed Usage and the heating/cooling energy, subject to the limitations listed in this guarantee. The reimbursement will be based on an average of monthly utility rates during those 12 months. At its discretion, the NSX Energy Efficiency program may (but is not required to) inspect, meter or make repairs as necessary to lower the energy requirements for heating and cooling the home in the future. CONSTRUCTION BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside Crossing AT NEW DAV Construction best management practices (BMPs) shall include the following: Prevent unnecessary soil compaction in landscape areas. Low -impact construction practices are strongly encouraged, including waste minimization, pollution prevention, preservation of existing vegetation and using resource -efficient materials. All construction shall adhere to the Community Builder -approved set of plans. It is strongly suggested that Owners inform the Community Builder of any issues related to compliance of construction with the approved set of plans to avoid potential construction delays. The Community Builder may, at its option, inspect all work in progress. The Builder shall be liable for all adverse impacts resulting from construction, alteration, maintenance, repair, replacement or removal of improvements to its property. Impacts include adverse soil erosion and sedimentation, soil compaction, stormwater run-off and tree damage. Builders shall take necessary measures to ensure that their contractors respect and protect other properties from nuisances. This includes damage to the landscape, utility interruption, run-off, dust, trash and noise. A program should be implemented that avoids landfill disposal of construction material by the reuse or recycling of materials. Recycled concrete can be used as backfill material and subgrade to the extent it meets construction specifications. Topsoil shall be stockpiled and reused on the site or offered to the Community builder before being disposed of offsite. It is the responsibility of the Builder to install adequate erosion control measures prior to the start of construction and to maintain controls throughout the entire construction process until project completion. It is the responsibility of the Builder and contractors to develop and maintain a Storm Water and Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and use Storm Water/ Erosion Control Best Management Practices to ensure compliance with EPA and Idaho DEQ SWPPP regulations Construction may take place only during the following hours, unless the Community builder designates other hours in writing: Monday through Friday from 30 minutes before sunrise to 30 minutes after sunset, and Saturday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Construction is not allowed on Sundays, New Year's Day, Easter, Independence Day, Thanksgiving or Christmas. An appropriate number of temporary sanitary facilities (chemical toilets) shall be provided and maintained for the use of construction workers at each site. All such temporary structures shall be located only in areas on the site approved by the Community Builder. The builder shall control dust from the construction site by spraying earthwork with water on an as -needed basis. Gravel mulch should be used on drives and walkways for dust control. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION The sound volume of music must be restrained so as not to be heard on an Owner -occupied lot. Contractors and subcontractors shall not bring dogs or children to construction sites. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, PARKING AND STORAGE Northside Crossing 4T NEW DAY No construction equipment shall be parked on a street longer than 30 minutes at a time. Parking is not permitted under the drip line of trees and shall not damage the adjacent natural landscape. Construction crews shall not park on, or otherwise use, other sites. Leaking oil or otherwise damaging or defacing any street located within Northside Crossing is not permitted. Parking in front of driveways is prohibited. All construction materials and equipment shall be neatly stacked, properly covered and secured. Any storage of materials or equipment shall be the Builder's responsibility and at their risk. The storage of equipment materials or chemicals shall not be permitted under the drip line of existing trees. Builders may not disturb damage or trespass on adjacent property. Each builder shall keep its building site and improvements in a safe, clean and neat condition, and shall remove, replace or restore all such items not in such condition. Contractors shall remove debris and unneeded construction materials on a routine basis. The Builder shall use the Northside Crossing "washout area" in connection with its obligations under the SWPPP Permit. Builder shall (i) adhere to appropriate erosion control measures and requirements governing the Subdivision, and (ii) keep neat and clean and maintain his individual site. Violations deemed punishable shall receive a non- compliance fine of $250.00 per incident and shall be deducted from the Deposit relative to the lots. BUILDER TRAILERS If a Builder places a construction trailer {the location of which is subject to the reasonable approval of Developer) on any Lots it owns or purchases in the Subdivision, the Builder shall place a skirt or other covering on such construction trailer. The Builder may only place a construction trailer on Lots that it has purchased Keep and maintain the area surrounding any such construction trailer neat and clean. Store any materials on such Lot containing the construction trailer in a manner such that the materials are not visible from MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION Northside Crossing AT NEW DAV streets or rights-of-way bounding such Lot and are not unsightly to homes on adjacent lots to the side or behind the construction trailer. In the event the Builder Contract is terminated for any reason, the Builder shall remove any construction trailer placed on any Lot {and restore the Lot(s) to substantially the same condition existing prior to the placement of the construction trailer on such Lot. SITE CLEANLINES During the construction period, each construction site shall be kept neat and shall be properly policed to prevent it from becoming an eyesore. Builders shall provide necessary containers for debris and shall clean up and remove all trash and debris on the construction site on a daily basis. Lightweight material, packaging and other items shall be covered or weighted down to prevent wind from blowing such materials off the construction site. The dumping, burying or burning of trash or construction debris is not permitted anywhere in Northside Crossing. It is imperative that, when transporting heavy equipment, precautions be taken to prevent damage to pavement, curbs and vegetation. Crawler tractors shall not be operated on paved or concrete surfaces. Mud, dirt and other construction debris that is tracked off site shall be removed on a daily basis. LOT MOWING: RULES AND REGULATIONS The Community builder will provide a mowing service for undeveloped lots and will sweep the high traffic streets on a regular basis. Undeveloped lots will receive 2 mows annually and high traffic streets will be swept 4 times per year. Obstructions to mowing such as clutter, debris, or trash are prohibited on undeveloped lots and streets. Upon Builder's commencement of construction of a home on any lot or the expiration of 2 years after the Effective Date, the Community builder is no longer responsible for mowing or street sweeping. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION EXHIBIT A: TOPOGRAPHY MAP EXHIBIT B: MASTER PLAN EXHIBIT C: DISPLAY MAP OF BOUNDARY EXHIBIT D: LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF BOUNDARY Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION APPENDIX A: TOPOGRAPHY MAP Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY PMIZ D09'Fn[94 53.5 AC DEVELOPMENT AREA 8.0 ROW 0.00S 3.0 PP 3.0 NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 2.0 ROADWAY GREEN NET DENSITY = 24 UNITS/AC r r , I I IMM .1 10 •ti-) 15 U AC f - MASTER PLAN FOR: NORTHSIDE CROSSING LOCATED IN THE WEST HALF OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, B.M., BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO J 2aaFO[Ea �o�4QOc 98.8 AC DEVELOPMENT AREA 25.0 ROW 0.00S 10.0 PP 2.0 NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 2.0 ROADWAY GREEN owl (+/-) 4.0 AC_ y - 1 _ AM/ x wmiI a •: }v11Li�1 ri - • •pp", I ff r 3,0 N EIGHBO 131-1001) PARK qtr- 17.0 AC. I - _ }.••}. r- t ..�SI� �� I l..L� Ir77}} t• I - - WILME . . • .-A- AURORA ST. - _ k 2.0 AC_ �- EXHIBIT B: N ❑ A T I if lirl W Arm I � 6.0 AC. 2.0 PP 1.0 NEI GHBORHOOD PARK � - --'- - O _ yh WHITAKER LN. • H (+;-)!5.-G AC -I 1.0 Imp 33 _ - (+� 0 AC. (*(1-Ij .% : a DPP :sem ty.r C4 F . In I 306 I I (+/-) 14.0 AC_ I� I I � i �� ,Y 25 t+/-) 3.0 NEIGHBORHOOD PARD PMOMFEW o00WROW 76.1 AC DEVELOPMENT AREA 6.0 ROW 10.00S 3.0 PP 3.0 NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 5.0 ROADWAY GREEN 352 M.F. UNITS/SHOP HOUSE 52,000 S.F. COMMERCIAL PP Ai! RRi T. 4.0 AC. 0I'tr (+/-) 1.0 PP `. ARCH B SCALE (12"x18" 1 INCH = 200 FEET 100 2m 100 0 50 100 1 INCH= 100 FEET ARCH D SCALE (24"x36") CHUBBUC14 VICINITY MAP LEGEND & NOTES - - BOUNDARY LINE PROPERTY LINE --------- EASEMENT LINE CENTERLINE SECTION LINE BUILDING ENVELOPE POCKET PARK OPEN SPACE NEIGHBORHOOD PARK ROADWAY GREEN GARDEN DISTRICT CENTRAL DISTRICT PARK DISTRICT PROGRESS DISTRICT SHEET SUMMARIES PP POCKET PARK (+/- 23.0 AC) OS OPEN SPACE (+/- 10.0 AC) NP NEIGHBORHOOD PARK (+/- 8.0 AC) RWGREEN ROADWAY GREEN (+/- 9.0 AC) ROW ROAD (+/- 50.0 AC) COMMERCIAL 52,000 S.F. +/- M.F. RES./SHOP HOUSE 352 UNITS NORTHSIDE CROSSING LOCATED IN THE WEST HALF OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, B.M., BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO DEVELOPER INFORMATION NAME 1 ANDY CONTACT LYNN YOST ADDRESS 13985 N. RIO VISTA POCATELLO IDAHO, 83201 PHONE (740) 258-7094 SHEET INFORMATION DRAWN BY JOEL P. DIXON CHECKED BY J. MITCHELL GREER PROJECT # 17120 1 DATE CREATED 11211012017 1 LAST REVISED 101/29/2019 FILE PATH RM AYOST, LYN\NORTHSIDE CROSSING -17120\DES\BASE\NSX_MASTER_PLAN w www -M Engineers t Surveyors t Planners 30f 58th St. W. 0138 f Williston, NO 58801 # (7011572 -Of f0 600 E. Oak St, a Pocatello. 10 83201 s (208) 234.0110 MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" EDITION CIIWr.ArmA* ISIr iuk 8JUNDAHY Uk MIUXk H IT FFV«& OF NOUFSOE CRCSSIHG IC7-A : 1. 3101 1 m AlI mm N K rS171 , qb i!%nvy��a7 mur,a.CL 7�w; ve r. •a ��xl lr i5iC1It VLL4 L'alr�2 .1'a lrr CJiC •tas I� I 3i a} �} li$ a'!' Ife �.i.-T Ir �r Cr d 1''iE• W SUFI UG 518)• l9"N 7.395 71 P:7 N]LiT3lR '4 L �I Y5 ]Itlllii ryi � Ii6P�7r+a IU � f"• 40RLcNT lJlW llratrr llr � � ■-_ ,,, I I - k HNI ter. gun m �wsradikr �4 ' 35 rra-nlrc mEWWU Flffff�ma rap NM?bz;lal - '.N: •:.--.I ,•',-r saftwaxw I I - PRELIMINARY s • KL'X W. i JV! IFJ�L X _L-�La1MJ •aY+lYtil dvtF •`�IRJ•�r�ib l4 ]I! 1•a{:�O. A.�t.�J•� L L �f L4 �:ila�i �c■aa�a asl w w� v &W— . b."- . rte, Northside ng T NEW DAY AT NEW DAY EXH I BIT D: 9nf MM st. W. *Ug 4 MINSton, NO "MV0 jR?fl Sr2.0ffa aan r, MrSt. ■ Pasatelk, IR 83201 + f 1234 -of f0 www.rmes.6iz LEGAL DESCRIPTION — NORTHSIDE CROSSING FUTURE PHASES A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTHEAST 1/4 OF SECTION 34 AND THE WEST 1/2 OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, BOISE MERIDIAN, BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SECTION 35, BEING MONUMENTED BY A RAILROAD SPIKE AS DESCRIBED IN CORNER PERPETUATION FILED FOR RECORD UNDER INSTRUMENT NO. 20520343 IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF BANNOCK COUNTY; THENCE SOUTH 89'45'49" EAST, ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SECTION 35, A DISTANCE OF 1485.77 FEET TO A POINT ON THE CENTER OF THE HILINE CANAL; THENCE FOLLOWING ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF THE HILINE CANAL OVER THE FOLLOWING EIGHT (8) COURSES: 1. SOUTH 13011'58" WEST A DISTANCE OF 241.08 FEET; 2. SOUTH 2617'16" WEST A DISTANCE OF 314.45 FEET; 3. SOUTH 1821'19" WEST A DISTANCE OF 318.85 FEET; 4. SOUTH 9'31'31" WEST A DISTANCE OF 808.83 FEET; 5. SOUTH 0"35'06" WEST A DISTANCE OF 1029.73 FEET; 6. SOUTH 1013'28" EAST A DISTANCE OF 352.00 FEET; 7. SOUTH 8000'48" EAST A DISTANCE OF 396.53 FEET; 8. SOUTH 546'10" EAST A DISTANCE OF 583.20 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTH BOUNDARY LINE OF A PARCEL OF LAND BELONGING TO RANDY MERICA AND TERESA MERICA AS DESCRIBED IN WARRANTY DEED RECORDED AS INSTRUMENT NO. 896747 IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF BANNOCK COUNTY; THENCE FOLLOWING ALONG THE NORTH AND WEST BOUNDARY LINES OF SAID PARCEL OF LAND OVER THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES: 1. NORTH 8946'42" WEST A DISTANCE OF 1184.49 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF SAID SECTION 35; 2. SOUTH 014'09" WEST A DISTANCE OF 861.18 FEET; THENCE NORTH 8936'44" WEST A DISTANCE OF 720.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 0014'09" WEST A DISTANCE OF 432.66 FEET; Focused on Solutions Civil 4 Environmental 4 Transportation 4 Planning ♦ Land Development 4 Municipal + Surveying THENCE NORTH 8943$'44" WEST A 015TANCE OF 264.32 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST RI-GHT- OF-WAY LINE OF TME RAILROAD; TH EN CE NORTH 1-12'A 3"° VJESTe A LON G TH E RAILROAD RIG HT- OF- WAY L I ME, A Dr STANCE- OF 1711.74 FFET; THEN GE SO U7H 895 10'48" EAST A D 15TANCE OF 102 7.62 FEF i TO A P01 NT ON THE WEST LI N E OF SAID SECTION 85; THENCE NORTJ I Do14'GSY' EAST, AWNG I HE SAID SECTION LINE. A DISTANCE OF 914.35 FEET TO THF 1/4 CORNER COMM0N TO SECTION �A AND 35, BLIN(i MONUMEN T ED BY 1/2" REBAR WITH PLASTIC CAF AS il)E$CRIBF. D IN CORNER PERPETUATION FILED FQR RECORD AS IN5TRUMENT NO. 20570348 IN TI -IE OFFICIAL RFEOR D!5 OF BANN0CK COUNTY, 1 HE WE NO RTH 0"14'10" EAST, CC) NTI NU I NG ALONG SAID 5 E CTICMN U NE, A CSI STAN CC OF 2G0.86 FEET TO TH E POINT OF 3 ECm I NNI N G. EKCEPTINC, THEREF ROM z A PARCEL OF LAND BELONGING TO STEVEN ALJ FN WILSON AS DESCRIBED IN WARRANTY VELD RKOR D F D AS I N 5TR U M E NT NO. 21404143 Ifs TH E DFRCLAJ_ RECORD -5 {] F BAN NOCK CO U NTY DESCRrSE D A5 f QLL Q*S-. Cc rn m en-ci rig at the NW co me r of SeCtion 35, T S$, R 34 E Ull; Tl e n ce S 3 6 deb reel B7' E 1450 fc at to the P.0_9. Thence N 01 degrees 26' E 241.0 feet-. Thence S 87 degrees 36' E 220.56 feet (recorded as 210 feet): The noe S 12 d egree5 01: W 25 9.49 feet (record od as 2S9 feet): TM rwce N 84 degree 5.59' W 173.21 feet � record od as 174. SQ feet), Thera ce N 01 d egrees 2F E 6.9 7 Feet to the P.O. B. A Tota I of 1.14 acres i recorded a � 1.04 Acre!st 0 TOTAL PROJECT AREA IS 136.07 ACRCS, MORE OFR LESS � Fueuzdd �m SolulFoms CWO 4 lEt?vl-mYftrFtvr 4 Tro spor#a rf-on ♦ Harming * L afhd DekeJopopwrtt 4 Aibrn tipaf 4 :5urreyJrrg Exhibit 2d. Typical Road Sections PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 10' -- 10' -- 10' - 2' - 7' - - 13' - 12' 12' -- 7' - 2' - 10' NEW DAY SECTION VIEW (ROW=100') 7' 2' 6' 5' 10' 6' 2' 7' - 12' - 9' 12' - - LM L 0 0 Co 0 WHITAKER SECTION VIEW (ROW=80') 35'-0" HILINE SECTION VIEW (ROW=95') 15'-0" 15'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" _I ,ti M1 • y +t } ~Y 35'-0" HILINE SECTION VIEW (ROW=95') 15'-0" 15'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" _I .F 4' 5' 2' 6.5' - 121 121 - - 6.5' - 2' 5' 4' 0.5' NEIGHBORHOOD CONNECTOR SECTION VIEW (ROW=60') f 0.5' 4' 5' 2' 5.5' - 8' 8' 5.5' 2' 5 4' i •� NEIGHBORHOOD RESIDENTIAL SECTION VIEW (ROW=50') LANE SERION VIEW (ROW=22') 2' 18' 2' Exhibit 3 Creative Community Zone Requirements Does the proposal comply with the purpose, intent, and provisions of the Creative Community zone? CITY CODE CHAPTER 18.21 CREATIVE COMMUNITY (CC) ZONE Compliant Standards and Staff Comments Yes No N/A City Code City Standard and Staff Comments X 18.21.010.A Land Uses: Provide for a mix of land uses that range in intensity. 18.21.010.6 Special Provisions: X 1. Promote the public health, safety, and welfare; X 2. Create functionally integrated developments that allow for a more efficient and cost effective provision of public services; X 3. Promote decreased suburban sprawl, under -developed sites, and agricultural land development on the ex -urban fringe; X 4. Promote increased community interactions through careful site development which emphasizes pedestrian and bicycle modalities; X 5. Encourage a variety of affordable housing types; X 6. Establish reasonable design standards for development and redevelopment within the zone in order to ensure that the built environment is sustainably desirable and stable, that property values are stable and maintained, and to enhance the image of the City of Chubbuck;and X 7. Allow for innovative designs that create visually pleasing and cohesive patterns of development and multi -modal transportation. X 18.21.020.6 Minimum Area: All CC zoned developments shall have a minimum area of five (5) acres. X 18.21.020.0 Density: In no case shall the net ret residential area be less than three (3) dwelling units per acre. 18.21.020.E Surrounding Properties: Through use of design features such as increased peripheral setbacks, architectural treatments, and X landscaped buffers, the developer shall demonstrate that sufficient measures have been incorporated into the development plan to assure that adjacent properties will not experience significant impacts. 18.21.020.F Pedestrian Realm: In order to achieve an overall walkable development, appropriate land uses, pedestrian connections, cross easements, X common driveways, consistent site standards, etc., must be coordinated within the respective CC Zone, even though properties may be individually owned. 18.21.020.G Land Use Area Designation: The developer shall designate areas within the CC Zone as Residential, Village, Town, or Business and Research X Park, and shall submit a list of permitted and conditionally permitted uses within each proposed land use area from section 18.08.040 of this title. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 Compliant Standards and Staff Comments Yes No N/A City Code City Standard and Staff Comments 18.21.030.A Each proposed CC Zone shall be accompanied by a master development plan (MDP) containing: X 1. Aerial image showing the zone location, acreage, boundary, scale, and north arrow; X 2. Concept/bubble plans showing designated land uses areas, open space, conceptual vehicle transportation system, and conceptual bicycle and pedestrian transportation systems and facilities; X 3. Phasing plan; X 4. Existing transportation infrastructure, waterways, major utilities, and easements, and floodplain boundaries; X 5. Topography and significant features on or adjacent to the property; X 6. Architectural renderings demonstrating the development's theme; X 7. Narrative including a description of the densities of the project, a description of the proposed public or quasi -public amenities, and a description of how the development will satisfy the requirements of this chapter; and X 8. A land use area table showing the number of dwelling units, commercial area, and densities within each respective land use area, and the total acreage of open space by area, and a list of permitted and conditional uses in each designated land use area. X 9. A draft development agreement which includes proposed codes, covenants, and restrictions (CC&Rs), which said CC&Rs demonstrating how the developer intends to satisfy short and long-term obligations of the zoning district. X 10. Any other appropriate supplementary information that may also be required by the Public Works Director. X 11. Evidence of unified ownership or control. 18.21.030.B Remnant parcels left from old developments, rebuilds on existing X parcels, or pads within existing center developments, are required to make reasonable compliance with mixed use development standards. 18.21.40.A Applicants within CC Zones shall prepare and submit a site plan and submit a design book containing typical renderings, cross sections, and plan views of the following: X 1. Existing and proposed public street curb, gutter, sidewalk, landscaping, streetlights, and pavement; X 2. Yard areas between buildings and public streets, including trees, grass shrubs, ground cover, signs, fencing, etc.; X 3. Parking areas, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, and stormwater detention/retention areas; X 4. Architectural features, including materials and colors, of buildings, signs, light fixtures, trash enclosures, utility and loading area screen walls, fencing plans, pedestrian furniture, and artwork. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 Compliant Standards and Staff Comments Yes No N/A City Code City Standard and Staff Comments 18.21.50.A General Standards: X 1. Common Ownership: The tract or tracts of land included must be under one ownership or control or be the subject of a joint application by the owners of all property included. X 2. Appropriate Mix and Location of Uses: Demonstrate an appropriate mix of land uses, judged on the tract's location in relation to infrastructure, topography, and current/projected market demand. X a. Dense Land Use Areas: To maximize economic synergy and prevent commercial sprawl, more intensive and dense land use areas shall be located towards the center of the development or, if it will be located next to an existing or planned similar area. X b. Village And Town Siting: The location of village and town areas shall be located at a walkable distance from planned or existing predominantly residential developments. X 3. Bicycle And Pedestrian Pathways And Trails: Demonstrate an excellent system of pathways, trails, and sidewalks which are useful, safe, comfortable, and interesting, and which provide connectivity within the development and adjacent properties. X a. Internal Connectivity: Pathways shall connect residential areas to other residential neighborhoods and to nonresidential areas, to open space common lots, recreational facilities, and to school bus pick up locations. As a guideline, major two-way shared use paths should be at least ten feet (10') wide and no path should be smaller than five feet (5') wide. Design of these pathways shall minimize street crossings to reduce conflict points. X b. Street Furniture: Within areas of intense commercial use, street furniture which is related to the overall design theme of the development may be required which may include benches, trash receptacles, artwork, bike racks and facilities, etc. (To be addressed with future commercial development projects.) X c. Transit: Upon recommendations from PRT and/or BTPO, bus turnouts, shelters, stops, and other transit options may be required. (To be addressed at a future date.) X d. Bike Lanes: Extensive use of bike lanes and other facilities and of curb extensions/bulb-outs at intersections is encouraged and may be required. X 4. Peripheral Location Of Collectors And Arterials: To facilitate enhanced mobility for people who walk and bike, required collectors and arterials shall be located on the periphery of the development unless otherwise demonstrated to be unfeasible or undesirable by the developer or the City Council of staff through the approval process. X 5. Ownership And Maintenance Of Open Space And Common Property: Whenever private common open space, improvements, or other property are provided, an association of owners or tenants shall be created and incorporated for the purpose of maintaining such commonly held property or improvement. X 6. Gated Communities Prohibited: Gated communities are prohibited in the CC Zone. (None are planned.) PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 Compliant Standards and Staff Comments Yes No N/A City Code City Standard and Staff Comments 18.21.50.B B. Building And Architectural Design And Standards.. X 1. Building Areas To Be Unencumbered. X 2. Clustering. X 3. Like Uses To Face Like Uses. X 4. Landscaping: All areas not covered by buildings, or by off-street car parking areas or driveways, shall be planted in lawn, trees and shrubs, or otherwise landscaped and maintained in accordance with an approved landscape plan; the use of extensive xeriscaping is strongly encouraged. X 5. Fencing Along Sidewalks And Streets Discouraged. X 6. Buffering Of Nonresidential Uses From Residential Uses. X 7. Utilities: Underground. X 8. Storage Of Recreational Vehicles, Watercraft Trailers, Campers, Motorhomes, And Other Utility Vehicles To Be Screened. X 9. Architectural Control Committee Required. X 10. Product Mix: Each project shall provide a variety of home styles to ensure a diverse and interesting street scene. X 11. Corner Lots: Special attention should be paid to corner lots.. X 12. Entry Sidewalks And Front Porch. X 13. Garages: The home and front yard rather than the garage shall be the primary emphasis of the front elevation. X 14. Multi -Family Housing to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling. (Varies by district.) X 15. Ground Level Aesthetics. X 16. Access: All lots developed for residential purposes shall have frontage along a public roadway, or be rear -loaded with alley access, or front upon a "green court". All retail, civic, and office buildings shall front onto streets. X 17. Building Height as per code for each district. X 18. Lighting: Streetlights shall conform to an approved theme. X 19. Parking: Parking lots between a building and a collector or arterial street are prohibited unlessjustified through the applicable review approval process on a case-by-case basis. X 20. Signage: Proper design and placement of signs and their lighting shall be compatible with structures and uses. ed. X 21. Open Space: Significant usable and functionally connected open space shall be provided within the mixed use development, depending upon size, scale, nature, and proximity of other accessible open space amenities in the area of the development. Open space may include, but is not limited to: commons, pocket parks, plazas, outdoor dining, courtyards, natural or manmade landscape features or focal points, fountains, waterfalls, other water features, greenbelts, trail connections, playgrounds, pavilions, and picnic areas. Stormwater drainage areas may be incorporated into open space designs, provided that open space amenities are provided for within. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 Exhibit 4 Draft Creative Community -Northside Crossing (CC -NC) Zoning Ordinance See code in next public hearing item. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 Exhibit 5 Comprehensive Plan b. Applicable Goals, Objectives and Policies (Abridged; Commission may find others) LAND USE CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY LU 1: Direct urban growth 1.1 Strongly protect prime c. To discourage sprawl and promote compact to urban infill areas agricultural land from development patterns, all new development projects development sprawl shall be located within City limits and the USB. All new development shall be provided with adequate public facilities and services, including water, sewer, roads, parks, schools, police, and fire protection. 1.2: Coordinate the c. Take advantage of existing investment in provision of public services infrastructure by encouraging infill and redevelopment and infrastructure with projects proposed land use LU 2: Improve residential 2.1: Improve the b. Maintain a high standard of property maintenance neighborhoods and ensure appearance of residential their orderly and areas financially sound 2.3: Raise pride of place a. Develop a meaningful park and trail system plan development through provision of amenities 2.4: Create safe, a. Use the neighborhood design principles outlined in interesting, and walkable Chapter 6, Objective 3.2, Policy a to guide the neighborhoods development of neighborhood refinement plans LU 3: Provide convenient 3.1: Adopt appropriate a. Adopt appropriate Neighborhood Commercial commercial service commercial zoning to zoning to allow small-scale commercial development locations and limit their allow for a variety of at neighborhood centers that serves the daily needs of adverse impacts on commercial goods and neighborhood residents transportation systems, services at community residents, and visual centers, which should be integrity. located within walking distance of residents of one or more neighborhoods LU 4: Expand light 4.1: Zone appropriate a. Locate industrial zones in areas that are manufacturing and areas for industrial and environmentally suitable industry location warehousing use b. Locate industrial zones in proximity to necessary rail opportunities and require and highway access the environmental sensitivity of these firms Land Use 5: Encourage 5.1 Encourage a transition a. Adhere to land use designations on the compatible land uses of land use from low- Comprehensive Plan Map. intensity land uses to b. Use a combination of zoning, performance higher intensity land uses. requirements, site planning, and transportation routes Purposefully arranged to create the highest level of compatibility between land use transitions avoid PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 conflicting uses while adjacent uses while retaining a complementary mix of keeping distances between possible uses within neighborhoods and communities. uses short enough to c. Make use of planned unit developments (PUD) to facilitate communications, accommodate development on tracts with difficult transportation, and shape or location. human activity between them. 5.2 Encourage a mix of a. Use design standards to encourage compatibility of compatible land uses in mixed use development with surrounding areas. new neighborhoods and in b. Locate mixed-use areas along Yellowstone Avenue redevelopment areas. and in new neighborhood centers. TRANSPORTATION CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY T 1: Provide for safe and 1.1: Increase the efficiency free-flowing traffic for all of functional class roads 1.2 Expand the network of a. Define routes for new or functional class roads with modes of transportation functional class roads in requirements for development during subdivision. general accordance with the functional class roads map 1.3: Discourage through traffic and high speeds in residential areas 1.4 Encourage higher a. Implement a policy of phasing public service densities and site designs extensions over time in coordination with Bannock that support transit County to protect prime agricultural land and increase development densities to a level that will support transit service. 1.5 Encourage bicycle and a. Continue to implement standards for sidewalks to pedestrian systems that be constructed at the time of subdivision support transit and development. provide an alternative b. Work with Pocatello Regional Transit to develop means of travel. transit stops with bicycle racks, signs, benches, and shelters. 1.6 Use innovative c. Utilize new neighborhood refinement plans to financing strategies to ensure a connected street network fund transportation improvements 1.7 Provide a connected a. Design new streets to connect with other streets, network of pedestrian- except where topography or existing development friendly streets and prevents a connection pathways b. Require street network plans as part of a neighborhood plan c. Minimize block -length standards to encourage interconnected streets d. Provide mid -block pedestrian pathways where long blocks are necessary e. Include sidewalks that connect buildings to the public right-of-way for new commercial, institutional, and residential development f. Provide pedestrian and vehicular connections between adjoining developments for new commercial, PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 GOAL CD 1: Invest in the improved appearance of our city and stimulate improvements by the public sector CD 2: Encourage new development that is compatible with existing buildings and neighborhoods, and promote and preserve the quality of residential neighborhoods CD 3: In new neighborhoods, provide a better mix of residential and commercial land uses and a more walkable community industrial, and institutional development, where possible. g. Provide sidewalks on both sides of all public streets h. Design local streets serving residential areas as "skinny' streets to slow traffic and accommodate pedestrians and bicycles, as well as vehicles. COMMUNITY DESIGN CHAPTER OBJECTIVE 1.1: Improve compliance with codes on property appearance 1.2: Contribute to the appearance of neighborhoods and communities through placement and design of public parks 2.1: Use design guidelines, standards, and incentives to ensure that new infill and redevelopment are compatible with established development POLICY a. Adopt a revised Development Code implementing "smart" development concepts outlined in the Our Valley Our Vision project b. Define and adopt neighborhood refinement plans a. Establish park standards and guidelines to enable development of attractive, functional, low maintenance parks that generally serve as the focal points for neighborhoods and communities a. Bulk and height of the new residential infill and redevelopment projects shall be similar in scale to surrounding residential development c. Encourage the development of well -landscaped parking lots and buffer strips on major corridors d. Encourage the development of plazas and courtyards by commercial development that encourage public gathering, particularly in the neighborhood and community centers. 2.2: Encourage infill and a. New infill and redevelopment housing shall be redevelopment to be designed so that; pedestrian -oriented b. Garages and carports are set back further from the street than the front of the dwelling, and c. Usable front porches or balconies are provided and are oriented to the street. 3.2: Use neighborhood design principles for new development within Neighborhood Plan Districts, as defined on the Growth Management Plan Map e. Coordinate parking space standards and parking lot designs with pedestrian, bicycle and transit systems. a. New neighborhoods shall be designed to meet the following design principles: i. Connect streets with other streets to provide a network. ii. Use distinct edges or boundaries to define the neighborhood. iii. Include sidewalks that are safe, convenient, and interesting. iv. Incorporate parks and institutions into neighborhoods v. Provide a mix of housing choices and types. vi. Design neighborhoods to accommodate bus transit vii. Require buildings, whether residential, commercial, industrial, or institutional, to be compatible in terms of scale and design. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 b. Assure that future development results in the establishment of recognizable neighborhoods, communities, and districts. GOVERNMENT SERVICES CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY GS 3: Support the 3.2: Coordinate private a. Establish development standards for commercial coordination of effective and public development and residential developments that assure effective and and efficient provision of with private utility efficient public maintenance, if events require, such private utilities to current provision standards may dictate construction materials, right -of - and future City residents way and easement widths, and other matters. GS 4: Manage the 4.1: Provide adequate b. Monitor population and growth patterns and municipal solid waste services projects in planning for new facilities and resources stream in an efficient and sanitary manner GS S: Manage stormwater 5.1: Develop a cost- a. Encourage new development to retain storm water run-off to reduce soil effective and runoff on-site. erosion and flooding environmentally sensitive b. Limit the amount of impervious surfaces allowed in storm water facility master new development plan c. Encourage residents and businesses to manage storm water on-site d. Limit development on steep slopes GS 7: Identify financial 7.1: Manage the cost of a. Encourage compact development in order to reduce strategies to deliver providing public services in the cost of providing public services. community services and to the community 7.2: Approve plans to b. Use neighborhood plans; identify the locations of develop public buildings and utility systems develop adequate public proposed land uses, arterial and collector streets, facilities to serve existing parks and public lands, and major public facilities. development and future growth RECREATION CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY R 1: Broaden recreational 1.1: Maintain existing and a. Encourage volunteerism and participation in local opportunities future parks recreation programs c. Develop and maintain access to the public lands surrounding the city d. Landscape public spaces in a manner that improves community image where possible. 1.2: Create new parks and a. Educate developers about the park system plan, the recreational facilities to benefits of parks and trails, and the role they are serve both new expected to play in their developments including park development in existing land reservations and fees -in -lieu thereof. communities and new c. Encourage the creation of neighborhood parks in communities conjunction with large-scale residential development and as part of the neighborhood refinement process. R 3: Create a Park and 3.1: Develop a park master c. Establish multi -use paths, bike routes, and bike Recreation System Master plan that locates path lanes to connect existing and future parks with Plan that would include systems, park locations, schools, residential and commercial areas, and transit standards for the bicycle routes, and other stops. following: facilities. 3.2 Develop park and b. Develop parks to be versatile and flexible to recreational facilities to accommodate diverse and changing user groups over meet minimum time. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 requirements and design standards NATURAL RESOURCES CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY NR 2: Protect groundwater 2.2: Conserve water a. Educate the public about water conservation and surface water from measures including xeriscaping, the use of drought pollution tolerant landscaping. NR 3: Protect air from 3.1: Help citizens reduce a. Require new streets to connect with other streets pollution their reliance on b. Require the consideration of transit access in automobile and the subdivision review number of daily vehicle c. Require the inclusion of bicycle and pedestrian miles traveled systems during subdivision review and development to support alternate modes of transportation. d. Provide a mix of land uses, a more connected street network, and alternative modes of transportation, including buses and shuttles. NR 4: Minimize the impact 4.1: Protect and enhance a. Identify and protect significant water resource of new development on designated significant features natural features streams, riparian areas, and wetlands and associated buffers within the city limits 4.2: Protect and maintain a. Identify and protect sensitive lands within the City critical wildlife habitat b. Maintain riparian vegetation along streams, significant natural wetlands, and water bodies to benefit wildlife features, and other sensitive lands within the City 4.3: Protect steep slopes a. Prevent and/or mitigate hillside damage during from erosion and development destruction during b. Manage hillside development to benefit slope development stability, storm drainage management, wildfire protection, and aesthetics NR 5: Preserve farmland 5.1: Preserve prime e. Judiciously use zoning to protect agricultural and within the region farmland for productive mineral resource lands agricultural use for as long as practical HOUSING CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY H 1: Respond to housing 1.1: Ensure an adequate a. Plan for a variety of housing types needs supply of land for residential development 1.2: Protect residential a. Use a combination of zoning, development property values standards, site planning guidelines, and transportation routes to protect residential property values. They will be used to create the highest level of compatibility between adjacent uses possible which retaining a synergistic mix of uses within neighborhoods and communities. b. Diligently enforce city codes and ordinance on junk, property maintenance, and other nuisance situations PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 c. Create and enforce development standards that increase the requirements for services and amenities as project density increases. H 3: Encourage more 3.2: Encourage more dense a. Single-family attached: Structures such as dense residential residential developments, townhouses or rowhouses. Generally acceptable development patterns generally meeting the anywhere a single family residential unit is permitted. within the City following criteria, in all b. Two-family dwellings: Generally acceptable areas of the city anywhere a single family residential unit is permitted. Encourage designs that appear to be a single unit. c. Multi -family: Encourage small garden apartment complexes adjacent to neighborhood commercial centers. Encourage larger apartment complexes in conjunction with general commercial centers or adjacent to neighborhood parks. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY ED 1: Diversity and 1.3: Plan land areas for strengthen the economic diverse uses base ED 2: Centralize 2.2: Identify future a. Allow future commercial growth to occur within new commercial activities potential commercial neighborhoods in a manner that is consistent with areas in future growth and community design principles defined in Chapter 6 development Community Design. SCHOOL LOCATION AND TRANSPORTATION CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY SL 1: Deliver our children 1.1 Improve the safety of safely to school Chubbuck's streets 1.2: Create opportunities a. Establish a system of paths, sidewalks, bike lanes for children to walk safely and routes that permit safe access to city schools. to school b. Consider pedestrian access to nearest school during site plan review. c. Require sidewalks on both sides of public streets. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 Exhibit 5: Comprehensive Plan a. Future Land Use Map PlannIng_Layers Futu re Land Us e D esi g nation Commercial Employment High Density Q 0 Low Density Medium Density Mixed Use ;3 Northside Crossing CC . j O .� Subject Property f I TyheeRd 6 2 E Exhibit 5 Comprehensive Plan b. Applicable Goals, Objectives and Policies (Abridged; Commission may find others) LAND USE CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY LU 1: Direct urban growth 1.1 Strongly protect prime c. To discourage sprawl and promote compact to urban infill areas agricultural land from development patterns, all new development projects development sprawl shall be located within City limits and the USB. All new development shall be provided with adequate public facilities and services, including water, sewer, roads, parks, schools, police, and fire protection. 1.2: Coordinate the c. Take advantage of existing investment in provision of public services infrastructure by encouraging infill and redevelopment and infrastructure with projects proposed land use LU 2: Improve residential 2.1: Improve the b. Maintain a high standard of property maintenance neighborhoods and ensure appearance of residential their orderly and areas financially sound 2.3: Raise pride of place a. Develop a meaningful park and trail system plan development through provision of amenities 2.4: Create safe, a. Use the neighborhood design principles outlined in interesting, and walkable Chapter 6, Objective 3.2, Policy a to guide the neighborhoods development of neighborhood refinement plans LU 3: Provide convenient 3.1: Adopt appropriate a. Adopt appropriate Neighborhood Commercial commercial service commercial zoning to zoning to allow small-scale commercial development locations and limit their allow for a variety of at neighborhood centers that serves the daily needs of adverse impacts on commercial goods and neighborhood residents transportation systems, services at community residents, and visual centers, which should be integrity. located within walking distance of residents of one or more neighborhoods LU 4: Expand light 4.1: Zone appropriate a. Locate industrial zones in areas that are manufacturing and areas for industrial and environmentally suitable industry location warehousing use b. Locate industrial zones in proximity to necessary rail opportunities and require and highway access the environmental sensitivity of these firms Land Use 5: Encourage 5.1 Encourage a transition a. Adhere to land use designations on the compatible land uses of land use from low- Comprehensive Plan Map. intensity land uses to b. Use a combination of zoning, performance higher intensity land uses. requirements, site planning, and transportation routes Purposefully arranged to create the highest level of compatibility between land use transitions avoid PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 conflicting uses while adjacent uses while retaining a complementary mix of keeping distances between possible uses within neighborhoods and communities. uses short enough to c. Make use of planned unit developments (PUD) to facilitate communications, accommodate development on tracts with difficult transportation, and shape or location. human activity between them. 5.2 Encourage a mix of a. Use design standards to encourage compatibility of compatible land uses in mixed use development with surrounding areas. new neighborhoods and in b. Locate mixed-use areas along Yellowstone Avenue redevelopment areas. and in new neighborhood centers. TRANSPORTATION CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY T 1: Provide for safe and 1.1: Increase the efficiency free-flowing traffic for all of functional class roads 1.2 Expand the network of a. Define routes for new or functional class roads with modes of transportation functional class roads in requirements for development during subdivision. general accordance with the functional class roads map 1.3: Discourage through traffic and high speeds in residential areas 1.4 Encourage higher a. Implement a policy of phasing public service densities and site designs extensions over time in coordination with Bannock that support transit County to protect prime agricultural land and increase development densities to a level that will support transit service. 1.5 Encourage bicycle and a. Continue to implement standards for sidewalks to pedestrian systems that be constructed at the time of subdivision support transit and development. provide an alternative b. Work with Pocatello Regional Transit to develop means of travel. transit stops with bicycle racks, signs, benches, and shelters. 1.6 Use innovative c. Utilize new neighborhood refinement plans to financing strategies to ensure a connected street network fund transportation improvements 1.7 Provide a connected a. Design new streets to connect with other streets, network of pedestrian- except where topography or existing development friendly streets and prevents a connection pathways b. Require street network plans as part of a neighborhood plan c. Minimize block -length standards to encourage interconnected streets d. Provide mid -block pedestrian pathways where long blocks are necessary e. Include sidewalks that connect buildings to the public right-of-way for new commercial, institutional, and residential development f. Provide pedestrian and vehicular connections between adjoining developments for new commercial, PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 industrial, and institutional development, where possible. g. Provide sidewalks on both sides of all public streets h. Design local streets serving residential areas as "skinny" streets to slow traffic and accommodate pedestrians and bicycles, as well as vehicles. COMMUNITY DESIGN CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY CD 1: Invest in the 1.1: Improve compliance a. Adopt a revised Development Code implementing improved appearance of with codes on property "smart" development concepts outlined in the Our our city and stimulate appearance Valley Our Vision project improvements by the b. Define and adopt neighborhood refinement plans 1.2: Contribute to the a. Establish park standards and guidelines to enable public sector appearance of development of attractive, functional, low neighborhoods and maintenance parks that generally serve as the focal communities through points for neighborhoods and communities placement and design of public parks CD 2: Encourage new 2.1: Use design guidelines, a. Bulk and height of the new residential infill and development that is standards, and incentives redevelopment projects shall be similar in scale to compatible with existing to ensure that new infill surrounding residential development buildings and and redevelopment are c. Encourage the development of well -landscaped neighborhoods, and compatible with parking lots and buffer strips on major corridors promote and preserve the established development d. Encourage the development of plazas and quality of residential courtyards by commercial development that neighborhoods encourage public gathering, particularly in the neighborhood and community centers. 2.2: Encourage infill and a. New infill and redevelopment housing shall be redevelopment to be designed so that; pedestrian -oriented b. Garages and carports are set back further from the street than the front of the dwelling, and c. Usable front porches or balconies are provided and are oriented to the street. e. Coordinate parking space standards and parking lot designs with pedestrian, bicycle and transits stems. CD 3: In new 3.2: Use neighborhood a. New neighborhoods shall be designed to meet the neighborhoods, provide a design principles for new following design principles: better mix of residential development within i. Connect streets with other streets to provide a and commercial land uses Neighborhood Plan network. and a more walkable Districts, as defined on the ii. Use distinct edges or boundaries to define the community Growth Management Plan neighborhood. Map iii. Include sidewalks that are safe, convenient, and interesting. iv. Incorporate parks and institutions into neighborhoods v. Provide a mix of housing choices and types. vi. Design neighborhoods to accommodate bus transit vii. Require buildings, whether residential, commercial, industrial, or institutional, to be compatible in terms of scale and design. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 b. Assure that future development results in the establishment of recognizable neighborhoods, communities, and districts. GOVERNMENT SERVICES CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY GS 3: Support the 3.2: Coordinate private a. Establish development standards for commercial coordination of effective and public development and residential developments that assure effective and and efficient provision of with private utility efficient public maintenance, if events require, such private utilities to current provision standards may dictate construction materials, right -of - and future City residents way and easement widths, and other matters. GS 4: Manage the 4.1: Provide adequate b. Monitor population and growth patterns and municipal solid waste services projects in planning for new facilities and resources stream in an efficient and sanitary manner GS 5: Manage stormwater 5.1: Develop a cost- a. Encourage new development to retain storm water run-off to reduce soil effective and runoff on-site. erosion and flooding environmentally sensitive b. Limit the amount of impervious surfaces allowed in storm water facility master new development plan c. Encourage residents and businesses to manage storm water on-site d. Limit development on steep slopes GS 7: Identify financial 7.1: Manage the cost of a. Encourage compact development in order to reduce strategies to deliver providing public services in the cost of providing public services. community services and to the community 7.2: Approve plans to b. Use neighborhood plans; identify the locations of develop public buildings and utility systems develop adequate public proposed land uses, arterial and collector streets, facilities to serve existing parks and public lands, and major public facilities. development and future growth RECREATION CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY R 1: Broaden recreational 1.1: Maintain existing and a. Encourage volunteerism and participation in local opportunities future parks recreation programs c. Develop and maintain access to the public lands surrounding the city d. Landscape public spaces in a manner that improves community image where possible. 1.2: Create new parks and a. Educate developers about the park system plan, the recreational facilities to benefits of parks and trails, and the role they are serve both new expected to play in their developments including park development in existing land reservations and fees -in -lieu thereof. communities and new c. Encourage the creation of neighborhood parks in communities conjunction with large-scale residential development and as part of the neighborhood refinement process. R 3: Create a Park and 3.1: Develop a park master c. Establish multi -use paths, bike routes, and bike Recreation System Master plan that locates path lanes to connect existing and future parks with Plan that would include systems, park locations, schools, residential and commercial areas, and transit standards for the bicycle routes, and other stops. following: facilities. 3.2 Develop park and b. Develop parks to be versatile and flexible to recreational facilities to accommodate diverse and changing user groups over meet minimum time. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 requirements and design standards NATURAL RESOURCES CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY NR 2: Protect groundwater 2.2: Conserve water a. Educate the public about water conservation and surface water from measures including xeriscaping, the use of drought pollution tolerant landscaping. NR 3: Protect air from 3.1: Help citizens reduce a. Require new streets to connect with other streets pollution their reliance on b. Require the consideration of transit access in automobile and the subdivision review number of daily vehicle c. Require the inclusion of bicycle and pedestrian miles traveled systems during subdivision review and development to support alternate modes of transportation. d. Provide a mix of land uses, a more connected street network, and alternative modes of transportation, including buses and shuttles. NR 4: Minimize the impact 4.1: Protect and enhance a. Identify and protect significant water resource of new development on designated significant features natural features streams, riparian areas, and wetlands and associated buffers within the city limits 4.2: Protect and maintain a. Identify and protect sensitive lands within the City critical wildlife habitat b. Maintain riparian vegetation along streams, significant natural wetlands, and water bodies to benefit wildlife features, and other sensitive lands within the City 4.3: Protect steep slopes a. Prevent and/or mitigate hillside damage during from erosion and development destruction during b. Manage hillside development to benefit slope development stability, storm drainage management, wildfire protection, and aesthetics NR 5: Preserve farmland 5.1: Preserve prime e. Judiciously use zoning to protect agricultural and within the region farmland for productive mineral resource lands agricultural use for as long as practical HOUSING CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY H 1: Respond to housing 1.1: Ensure an adequate a. Plan for a variety of housing types needs supply of land for residential development 1.2: Protect residential a. Use a combination of zoning, development property values standards, site planning guidelines, and transportation routes to protect residential property values. They will be used to create the highest level of compatibility between adjacent uses possible which retaining a synergistic mix of uses within neighborhoods and communities. b. Diligently enforce city codes and ordinance on junk, property maintenance, and other nuisance situations PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 la'e\ CHUBBUCK PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us c. Create and enforce development standards that increase the requirements for services and amenities as project density increases. H 3: Encourage more 3.2: Encourage more dense a. Single-family attached: Structures such as dense residential residential developments, townhouses or rowhouses. Generally acceptable development patterns generally meeting the anywhere a single family residential unit is permitted. within the City following criteria, in all b. Two-family dwellings: Generally acceptable areas of the city anywhere a single family residential unit is permitted. Encourage designs that appear to be a single unit. c. Multi -family: Encourage small garden apartment complexes adjacent to neighborhood commercial centers. Encourage larger apartment complexes in conjunction with general commercial centers or adjacent to neighborhood parks. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY ED 1: Diversity and 1.3: Plan land areas for strengthen the economic diverse uses base ED 2: Centralize 2.2: Identify future a. Allow future commercial growth to occur within new commercial activities potential commercial neighborhoods in a manner that is consistent with areas in future growth and community design principles defined in Chapter 6 development Community Design. SCHOOL LOCATION AND TRANSPORTATION CHAPTER GOAL OBJECTIVE POLICY SL 1: Deliver our children 1.1 Improve the safety of safely to school Chubbuck's streets 1.2: Create opportunities a. Establish a system of paths, sidewalks, bike lanes for children to walk safely and routes that permit safe access to city schools. to school b. Consider pedestrian access to nearest school during site plan review. c. Require sidewalks on both sides of public streets. la'e\ CHUBBUCK PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us Exhibit 6 Current Zoning and Proposed Change Northside Crossing CC Aoy F Zoning/Landuse Agriculture (A) Dense Residential (R-4) General Commercial (C-21 . Industrial (I) Limited Commercial (C-1 ) Limited Reside ntia 1 (R-2) Li m iced Reside ntia I - P (R -2P) . Planned Unit Development(PUD) Single Family Res'dential(R-1) E] Unknown Subject Property ' Y TyheeRd M F7 hL.1 No 7-1 .qJ , J A v I i' Siphon. Rd i DC No 7-1 .qJ , J A v I i' Siphon. Rd i Exhibit 7 Evidence of Notice a. Site Postings b. Mailing List c. Copies of printed notices on file with staff PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 /64 �Cf—\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 Exhibit 7a: Site Postings - 6/19/19 Hi(ine Road tLl yRor`�.n. Siphon Road Tyhee Road PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 0 H 0 'lam Rye 59W, % _ CN&Rr] Knill PAAH&4ti H 903R-iNKA.TEEET ktCH Rn TNIRTQ�F RI2}5f 4 ALDEF3 iv0JHr uAATtD 41 TVF:FF $ $ 1; H WATE R AS90C %bUFOIN, JOHN I iXAI-E O. Ilizi uv EL4-5nAR J PALA IAC 891St Uu%,, {4I]FEIti KIW IAUJd N fAJUNQVJW LN PQCATFlkO. I 8IUC2 EJ4MLMN, DAVID M & CAMEHID19, ANNE T K,{'.tir #1R AD CA t;O5T CHUS311JEIL, I13.632M CGiLINS. hi LCIR4EL D $ COLLINS. OEOuG1fi � I I 1 XII M MANNING I rJ MCMULD. t 53232 FP;Tz. nrNr+is z r mr7T m i.cm ww IM)I ISN Ealy IIN, P+C'WELLO,1D:hAzW LOV1 LAINIQ. lit AN It KMLAJ4D, A H N HJW RTG WX622 PCCAT-r uo, ID Rum ALFA T•. -)N, Rin KLA I D $L NLYTTi1N, --A K -WY H�W ]}SMR IJILLYLN ;mocrrCI n, iD pimp r+10P1IIYK M. Ik4HAL-3 C $, TQM PSON, LALA(L FVW K !Fr 1:HIJHHU(:K IDRAJDR KL,f, H.$CKi' L 2026 F: JWD N SHEUV. ID ILS?79 Exhibit 7b: Mailing List �� P� fir �1�- • �1��•� JjAR AVFE-rMFUT : i C. fb hiAL•, J D H U •1Ei'r'FUI�r, �,'r1 POCATE _ld, ID 8]]a1 GEDWN SMETiINF *k1CP % UNI()FF PAEIF4C FAJJ2[]df} ❑D PROFFRTY TAN DEPAKrrAENT DMARk NE 681112 V)UMG, I Ih1U I H5 K [io H�uIN, CkIS'•1N� ;7H 111WANIV7 til IU quir, ID aulm Ciia6o awery wDw 'Immn L -La ,.wjLma.L.L&u NALN. HUEEFF T 9 r'.k;i y KAYLYNNL 1'AM M N00KIGLCYA. I i POCATLLLD, ID 43212 D4EF1. TEI4{MOL K % RA<PP, TAU$HA L N)W yHI�AfW��, •� tl�J�ll[L 30REN, GRrCCkKv rrQu 'rm $ H13REAl. SHAURA -LNN ATFk P bNK) ST CHIJRRkICr, rr RIM fdm moil. KL4Ir, X07- & CAMER 0N. PA6 11i FYW HM 3 MG2 N MANNING LN F CATFl I r% P. flim? CRLIMP, TODri & CRUMP, WAWA} H}VY i9+J#1+4115I1.1-YLff POI -V: H a IFJ Uagi GW PA, ILIO iAS0 'i GYWH, MTHL12N 1% 4%} minims Avr PGCATFLL13, 1D XV D5 MMCA. MUvNby -% MmcA,Trpr A he -w 116&11 %V 5YP,1ON F;D WCA I'LLLU. ID U32W KU5kTFILAL3rJHLA & Rcmk ANNErrE L _ 73349 MANNING LA rOCAldw L? iW2 RXH,$AM W}4V[P! kfa Irg & WOHLEC SAM 243 A7 G55 30a f'imm LJS Rdffiirt MERIT, RAWPW WA -f JE ilm 44' SY'I¢ N F:D POCArum IU 6144 CAR WP% 4WAYNF &CAR7tMsrL'HAME HAV ti12q N I IILAE RD NKA ID SW 02 LKbCULL, ALF itF Y C & 4�;7-5QDLL. A HIL REV13CA ILF 7RLIi7 RTELLO, la E:I2CP miffiA. RO@INR &L5 HAM, TIH1%M i*fWi L 3 M N HILEY L{N KWATEI I C}, L7 032K MFRaX.?, SRA -%Ck J $ MLRZ! [JCI[, OLRetA �a TRU5T 1220 N I•I_INL RU PDCATELLO,10 AIM SOHLNSik Mr: L 8 �OAENSK&17'rt4 IqW #r$ ROCAW $1 {HumiT.K. mpa2w YOST. KENT L Y, �%aST, EIAILEE ski m1w $ iA[KEVN, R DfLWID WAAU 13. I L} EMU FHEEU,firIA13-rOPHERY 32242 N HIWn Ro FOUA.iELtD, ID SN W r+� �•� �••-•- "u—km d%3dTzc•E-isy "' : AWw&umy c*Apkonfis � PO Box 5604 - 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 - Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 Exhibit 7b: Mailing List - p. 2 RYk SDI501 5)r N(.r i� !-tihn6 +r--*V•■I-W4, 4-9 WTD' I MCCAMY, RnnP4FYF CSIiovK, H.O L"a ] 205S N &MNING OA 1.9_56 M I IIL.ME AU RWATMO, 113:1;2W PMAI hLL4, ID 332D2 SPUR SUDDIFS LLC CL, ALIT WL I:M :hK 25Ma M IW AWE Z727AIL5WIND C1kCI F PEOPM, AZ95593 CnUU*Um 1D mW !E.Ir pkkLkr.]L451k1CKhh JYLL:{ 37R POrANG 5F dlb S IIH AWL -rHLIKKIJCK, 11) FIZ Q Rw..A3r�l0, in S;j0j IyLli M. J!)nOON $ RIitT, OF 909 438 FOLA.ND ST 444 PY:{Au ,,j CHUHALICK, ID }TUU CH J 3ELOK, D R3�M $IMONS, N 1�RA113 WIL . S) LVEN ADEN 49 TO PL.[AS PAFF WEW D 7 h77 AU9EVVILLE DR POCATELAO, IU I!W02 LAS WEG,AS, NV BSJ19 L.D5CHURCH E130PrYl, CARYr CORP OF ANEWYM alb-IoPruc FAMILY UfdXTED PAR.TNER$HIP 50 E AnRTH TrM LJ' a0 fICI �6118 SkU LAKE CITY, IJT Ra190 Pr]CAM I Ck •Er R9�.Ifi MEL VAS) INC Cry' OF CHLFBRUCK P o RAX :}1 F Wj LLO X Sm CHUBHUEH, ID S�202 0b•„ BUKV, ID 934O2 �DtDuau-ccmJWmpWAK ua�lorrpli �+,. "SDS-, KENTL 1M26r4GONGLOWLIN MCATFUO, la;Mflz 101 IN N, RLGHAPAIF 5 366KXAN aSI' CADAMI(X rD 032N kff-C, VM HL RINE S ALAPOCANO.;T C4U HULP� IJ HnJ7 (-� korl, Urmu-M .338 P4CANOST L IL, MU. IU 6ILA•3d IND EC -0111 111474?r. J115 PUL: L h: FP PWTF LLrd. 1v tljtt: I•.F 1H WLNUL ARCP RLI; a0 LM 454 {.A IMELL, 10 0J An amywoi'-,bbsr. �IIIu-LIm d'.zdics!e L7a'r Parr AMs$arer%m;<MhMrIb PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 9 H 0 Exhibit 7 Evidence of Notice a. Site Postings b. Mailing List c. Copies of printed notices on file with staff lae'\ CHUBBUCK PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us Exhibit 8 CHUBBUCK 1 0 11 H 0 Memo Office of Community Planning & Economic Development PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us To: Northside Crossing Community Builder & Consultants From: Don Matson, Senior Planner Date: July 29, 2019 7/19/19 Re: Master Plan Guidelines submitted on 6/28/19 and comments sent 7/3/19 Overview The Planning Department has reviewed the document and has a few outstanding issues. Most of the issues from the 7/3/19 memo have been resolved. Itemized Needs • P. 3- "Principals" is misspelled; "principles" is correct. • Table of contents: consider deleting Section of this document entirely and working code/process requirements into the draft code. • P. 10- master plan guidelines should be a reflection of the draft code with the draft code setting the minimum standard; the MPG can exceed the adopted zoning code in terms of standards or regulations but should not drop below the zoning standards. • P. 11- Northside crossing definition- 225 is the entire planned area; consider breaking the descriptions of the project into two phases with the first phase as 136 acre and the 2nd phase being the remaining area. • P. 14- misspelling of "principles" in page heading • P. 14- Section D refers to Section E: Energy Efficiency Standards, but I couldn't find them — does it refer to page 70? • P. 16- Trails/Walkable Communities o check miles of trails on map (and in other map legends in document) — also, number difficult to read with "halo" o Define what type of paths are going to be used (asphalt, concrete, gravel etc.). o The City would prefer to move the walking path along the south side of Tyhee Road, eliminating a pedestrian crossing at Tyhee Road and Yellowstone Avenue. o The path along Siphon Road will need to continue to Yellowstone Avenue. • P. 19- Section C: Consider removing much of this section since the draft code, once adopted, will set the regulatory standards (at minimum, delete the following sections: purpose, authority, applicability, pre -plat, dev agreement, as-builts, building permits, cert of completions, amendments. • P. 20- reference to Northside Crossing zone will be Creative Community -Northside Crossing (CC - NC) • P. 23- The descriptions of the Park and Central districts are in the wrong paragraphs — Park should be under Village, Central should be under Town Page 1J:\Planning\Creative Communities\Northside Crossing\6.28.2019 NSC MDP\Memo to community builder re Version 3 of Master Plan 07.29.2019.docx Exhibit 8 • P. 24- new TO community builders... deviations of +/- 10%? • P. 24- gross densities are listed. Gross maximum number of lots are listed but per the CC zone standards, no CC zone can have below 3 du/a net (gross area excluding nonresidential area). This section may be best addressed solely in the draft code in section 18.35.030 (please review the draft code and make changes as necessary, again to address densities (min and max) and to address the area currently annexed. • P. 24- the approx. size/acreage are off for Village (129 ac?) and Town (20 ac?) • Maps and drawings- please provide us with separate documents for all that are in the MPG since they will be adopted as exhibits to the zoning ordinance code. o Maps- a road is shown going over the future city well site. This will likely not be allowed. o Maps- change "connector" to "collector" to keep classification consistency across the city o Section view of neighborhood streets- 4' sidewalks, as indicated in detail below are problematic. o Trail map- Trail on the west bank of Hiline may be problem per discussions with FHIP- we are working to see if they can be built to a higher spec to allow for maintenance but have not received an answer to our request yet. o Maps- Hiline Road may need turning lanes at intersections like Morning Dew, Aurora, and intersection w/ Tyhee; currently classified as a principle arterial. • P. 28- In the 6/18 email with the draft code attached, we commented requesting a tweak in terminology used for the roads. To keep consistency across the city, we are asking to change "connector" to "collector" where used in the documents and maps. • P. 28-31- need a cross section for minor neighborhood streets • P. 29- New Day/Tyhee (Principal Arterial) o Increase the proposed right of way width of Tyhee Road to be hundred and twenty (120) feet per Functional Classification Map (Res. No. 2018-07) or submit a request for a deviation to this requirement. o Reduce the width of travel lanes to be twelve (12) feet. o Increase the width of turning lane to be thirteen (13) feet. o Tyhee Road will require five (5) lanes per 18.35.100 of draft code for Northside Crossing, you can convert the parking lanes into travel lanes twelve (12) feet in width. • P. 30- Hiline Road is classified as a Major Arterial, requiring a ROW width of 100' per the Functional Classification Map (Res. No. 2018-07), or submit a request for a deviation for the requirement. • P. 30 — Neighborhood Collector o Increase the width of parking lane to be eight (8) feet and decrease the width of travel lanes to be eleven (11) feet. o In commercial areas the City requires the width of sidewalks to be five (5) feet minimum. • P. 31- Neighborhood Residential o Increase the width of parking lanes to be eight (8) feet. o In commercial areas the City requires the width of sidewalks to be five (5) feet minimum. • P. 32- open space totals still are questionable. Is the 18.9% figure for pathways supposed to be on a total row (bottom) for all categories? • P. 40- Garage doors — change "decretive" to "decorative" • P. 41- sidewalks. Text has the corrected width, five feet, but it says 4' in the parentheses. Page 2 Exhibit 8 • P. 42- sideyard, again consider removing the 10' setback since the code addresses this. If not, change to 6' since that what the draft zone requires; 6' from building to property line, not building to building. • P.42- change- non -cantilevered bay windows are allowed to encroach into the side yard by no more than two feet. • P. 43- Carriage House section refers to "detached yard home" — since yard home/house isn't defined, just use "detached single family dwelling" for clarity • P. 45- alley loaded 5' requirement would likely work better if its own bullet point o It seems the sub bullets below the alley loaded garage reference apply to front loaded garages? • P. 51- remove note minimum elevation of 60 s.f. for porches • P. 49-53- parking standards for the residential types do not meet what is in the draft code for residential and non-residential. Consider removing from the MPG. • P. 49, 51, 53, 56- Under Building Mass, change "converge" to "coverage" • P. 54- last bullet — can waiver be approved the ACC- who approves this exception? • P. 55- side load garages — measure the setback from back of sidewalk • P. var- Throughout MDP change Whitaker Lane to Whitaker Road. • P. var- Near the southeast corner of the development, concept maps have a proposed road through City property. The City doesn't plan to dedicate a corner of its property for future right of way, relocate proposed road to eliminate two dead end streets. Page 3 Public Hearing Item No. 2 Northside Crossing Code New section 18.35 Contents Chapter 18.35: Creative Community — Northside Crossing Zoning District(CC-NC)........................1 18.35.010: APPLICABILITY; PURPOSE AND INTENT; RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CONTROLS AND CODES; CHAPTER SUPERSEDES PORTIONS OF CODE AS DESCRIBED..........................................................................................................................1 18.35.020: DEFINITIONS:......................................................................................................................5 18.35.030: MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM BUILD-OUT DENSITY AND OCCUPIED FLOOR AREA; OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................................. 7 18.35.040: SCHEDULE OF GENERAL CONTROLS; LAND USE CHART........................................ 7 18.35.050: SCHEDULE OF GENERAL CONTROLS; BULK, LANDSCAPE, AND DESIGN ............................................... STANDARDS.................................................................................. 14 18.35.060: GENERAL CONTROLS .............................................. 17 18.35.070: PARKING STANDARDS ............................... ......................................................19 18.35.080: SIGNAGE STANDARDS...................................I ..................................................... 21 18.35.090: LANDSCAPING STANDARDS ...... ..................... .............................................. 21 18.35.100: STREET STANDARDS ....................... .......................................................................23 18.35.110: PARKS AND OPEN SPACE�....................................................................... 24 18.35.120: PLAN AND AGREEMENT CHANGES; AD TRATIUN........................................ 25 Chapter 18.35: District (CC -NC) 18.35.010: APPLICABILITY; PURPOSE AND INTENT; RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CONTROLS AND CODES; CHAPTER SUPERSEDES PORTIO F CODE AS DESCRIBER% A. This chapter reflects the approved Master Development Plan ("MDP") for the Creative Community- Northside Crossing zoning district (hereinafter CC -NC or Northside Crossing zoning district) as lifined by municipal code section 18.08.010K and in accordance with municipa ode c er 18.21, and as described in this chapter. B. Boundary Legal Description: A tract of land located in the Southeast 1/4 of Section 34 and the West 1/2 of Section 35, Township 5 South, Range 34 East, Boise Meridian, Bannock County, Idaho, described as follows: Beginning at the Northwest corner of Section 35, being monumented by a railroad spike as described in corner perpetuation filed for record as Instrument No. 20520343 in the official records of Bannock County; 1 Thence South 89°46'49" East, along the North line of Section 35, a distance of 1485.77 feet to a point on the center of the Hiline Canal. Thence following along the centerline of the Hiline Canal over the following eight (8) courses: 1. South 13°11'58" West a distance of 241.08 feet; 2. South 26'17'16" West a distance of 314.45 feet; 3. South 18'21'19" West a distance of 318.85 feet; 4. South 9°31'31" West a distance of 808.83 feet; 5. South 0°35'06" West a distance of 1029.73 feet; 6. South 1°13'28" East a distance of 352.00 feet; 7. South 8°00'48" East a distance of 396.63 feet; 8. South 5'46'10" East a distance of 583.20 feet to a point on the North boundary line of a parcel of land belonging to Randy Merica and Teresa Merica as described in Warranty Deed recorded as Instrument No. 896747 in e official records of Bannock County; Thence following along the North andest boundary lines of said parcel of land over the following two (2) courses: 14 1. North 89°46'42" West a dis e of 1184.49 feet to a poinNthe West line of said Section 35; 2. South 0°14'09" Westistance of 861.18 feet; Thence North 89°3 4" Wes Itance of 720.00 feet; Thence South 0°14'09" West a distance of 432.66 feet; Thence NO 89°3 44" West a distan 264.32 feet to aoint on the East right-of- way g way line of the Railroad; Thence North 2'43" We long the railroad right-of-way line, a distance of 1711.74 feet; Thence South 89° 48" East a distance of 1027.62 feet to a point on the West line of said Sec Thence North 0'14'09" East, along the said section line, a distance of 914.35 feet to the 1/4 corner common to Section 34 and 35, being monumented by 1/2" rebar with plastic cap as described in corner perpetuation filed for record as Instrument No. 20520348 in the official records of Bannock County; Thence North 0'14'10" East, continuing along said section line, a distance of 2648.86 feet to the Point of Beginning. Excepting Therefrom: 2 C A parcel of land belonging to Steven Allen Wilson as described in Warranty Deed recorded as Instrument No. 21404143 in the official records of Bannock County described as follows: Commencing at the NW corner of Section 35, T 5S, R 34 EBM: Thence S 36 degrees 07' E 1450 feet to the P.O.B. Thence N O1 degrees 26' E 241.0 feet: Thence S 87 degrees 36' E 220.56 feet (recorded as 210 feet): Thence S 12 degrees 01' W 259.49 feet (recorded as 259 feet): Thence N 84 degrees 59' W 173.21 feet (recorded as 174.50 feet): Thence N O1 degrees 26' E 6.97 feet to the P.0 A Total of 1.14 acres (recorded as 1.04 Acres) TOTAL PROJECT AREA IS 136.07 ACRES, Intent and Purpose: The intent and purpose of this zon g district is to further the specific intent of the Creative Community district as set forth in municipal code 18.21. Specifically, the Northside Crossing developindIl bals are as follows: 1. Northside Crossing at New Day will provide a new opportunity for its residents. Much like the dawn of a neAay, ourw community will provide residents a new beginning, a new start, and a new life every of the year. The Community Builder together with the City has partnered together to crea e an open and inviting neighborhood to all those who live or visit here. It is the Community Builder's goal to create a truly walkable neighborhood that is easy and safe to navigate. Through comprehensive site planning this community will incorporate something for everyone. Miles of walking paths will connect dozens of acres of open spaces, parks, and recreational areas. These eational areas are intended promote health and wellness along with offering p aces for gathering. The "Hub' at Town Center will be a place for public events, live entertainment and music, apartment over retail living, and many other creative uses. Fulfill the City's Creative Community Public Benefit Objectives: A goal of the Developer ("Community Builder") and the City is that construction of The Northside Crossing MDP, consistent with the MDP Approval and this Chapter, will fulfill the public benefit objectives outlined in chapter 18.21. 2. Create Employment Opportunities: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to provide Commercial, Retail, Office, and Light Industrial opportunities that are well - integrated into the Northside Crossing zoning district, that promote the creation of jobs and commerce, that are flexible to market conditions and that provide the opportunity for the newly created households and residents to have a place to work and shop. Health and wellness is intended to be the focus in this community. The Community Builder will also provide mixed-use opportunities to create meaningful village centers that support local business activity and employment opportunities. 3 3. Create a Mix of Land Uses: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to develop a mix of uses within the Northside Crossing zoning district that complements the range of existing and planned uses within the City; respects the character of adjacent neighborhoods; and utilizes existing availability and planned capacity of urban services, access opportunities, and infrastructure systems located in proximity to the district. 4. Protect the Environment: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to create a creative community that seeks to protect the landscape and allow in residents to enjoy the outdoors. Idaho is a beautiful state. People will be moving here for that reason. Solar, as a renewable energy source will encouraged. Water conservation efforts will be met through smart landscaping and the use of Fort Hall water for irrigation. Recycling and other repurposing receptacles are envision to be placed strategically in the community. 5. Create a Fiscally -Sound, Economically -Viable Community: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to create an economically -viable Creative Community that provides Office, Retail, Light Industrial, and other Commercial uses; preserves open spaces and integrates open space corridors; provides recreational opportunities, necessary public facilities, and a wide range of res* ential opportunities'. The Community Builder and City seek to ensure that these elements of the Northside Crossing zoning district are fiscally sound and sufficient so they can aid in minimi? ng necessary up -front infrastructure cost and upgrades as well as generate an adequate financial return to justify the risk and cost of local and regional improvements to transportation, water, sewer, and stormwater facilities. Opportunities to create positive fiscal performance that are mutually beneficial to the City and Community Builder are to be pursued 6. ProvideTRange of 6Quse Types and Lifestyles Opportunities: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to provide within the Northside Crossing zoning district a range of residential and lifestyle opportunities at urban densities within the City that adequately responds to dynamic market factors over time, is accessible to all economic segments of the population, and contributes to the City targets for accommodating k7ilt-In wth under the comprehensive plan. Flexibility: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to create a community with the flexibility to quickly respond and adapt to new and/or innovative technology, construction methods and materials, land uses, housing types and businesses. Recognizing that the future may include advances in these areas that do not currently exist and that may prove to be fiscally or environmentally beneficial to the Community Builder and City, the City shall allow flexibility in the use of new and/or innovative technologies, construction methods and materials, land uses, housing types and businesses that meet or exceed the design standards and guidelines throughout the Northside Crossing MDP. 8. Sustainability: A goal of the Community Builder is to integrate Low Impact Development techniques within the Northside Crossing zoning district in order to create a community that is more livable, walkable, and sustainable for current and 4 future residents. Potential techniques include, but are not limited to, Low Impact Development, recycling, and water conservation. 9. Make Development Decisions Predictable, Fair and Cost- Effective: A goal of the City is to provide certainty, predictability and a stream -lined process for the review and approval of Phases and Neighborhoods that are consistent with and implement this district. D. Relationship to other land use and development controls and codes; Chapter supersedes portions of code as described: 1. With the establishment of this zoning district, modifications from municipal code are allowed with the CC -NC zoning districts as applicable. 2. Where there appears to be a conflict between these standards and any other sections of city code, the requirements set forth in this zoning district prevail. This district does not prevail over life safety codes. 18.35.020: DEFINITIONS: Assembly, Place of: The use of land fox, a meeting place where persons gather together for purposes of attending civic, social, religious functions, recreational events or entertainment performances on a regular or recurring basis including, bAknot limited to, religious institutions, banquet facilities, funeral homes, theaters, conference centers, stadiums, or indoor or outdoor recreational facilitiet excludes a "cultural facility" as defined by this chapter. A gathering of less than twenty five (25) persons shall not beiconsidered a place of assembly provided the gathering is accessory and incidental to the principal use. Bed and Breakfast: An owner-occupieN-sidence which has a maximum of three guest units within a single-family dwelling, the ownersofwhich serve breakfast to guests Comm Access Easement Configuration: An easement created for the purpose of providing vehicula edestrian access to a property, such as to allow two or more residences to have access via a sin r common private drive or walkway, or easements across common areas where walkways are 1Qcated to grant access (pedestrians/bicyclists) to properties that front the common area. Community Builder: The developer of the Northside Crossing zoning district who maintains ownership/control during the planning and development stage to ensure that the development is achieved in a unified manner consistent with the approvals and standards within the district. The Community Builder designation may be amended if the purchaser submits a notarized letter to the Public Works Director stating that he/she has reviewed all documents relating to the approvals and that they agree to comply. Courtyard: An unoccupied, open, and unobstructed court that opens onto a street, providing access to two or more single-family detached dwellings occupied and arranged around two or more sides. 5 Cultural Facility: A building or site providing for display, performance, or enjoyment of heritage, history, or the arts. This includes but is not limited to museums, art galleries, and libraries by a public, private, or nonprofit facility. This does not include commercially -operated theaters. Duplex: A single building containing two individual dwellings on one parcel. They may be side by side or up and down (see also Twin Home). Industrial, Heavy: Manufacturing or other enterprises with significant external effects, or which pose significant risks due to the involvement of explosives, radioactive materials, poisons, pesticides, herbicides, or other hazardous materials in the manufacturing or other process. Industrial, Light: Any operation which assembles, improves, treats, compounds, or packages goods or materials in a manner which does not create a noticeable amount of noise, dust, odor, smoke, glare or vibration outside of the building in which the activity takes place, which does not require outside storage or goods or materials, and which does not generate objectionable amounts of truck traffic. Land Use Designation Area: A land use category a ithin th zone istinct, separate standards established by this chapter and as show n t aster velopme n. Land Use Designation Area is not to be interpreted as zoning bou and may amended as provided for by this chapter. Lot, Flag: A lot that has access to a public or private right:of-way li�eans of a narrow strip of land. Lot, Irregular: Irregular lots a efin s non -rectangular, lots with three sides and/or pie - shaped, or lots with more than fou es a equire special measurement techniques in order to achieve the purpose of the specific se ks. r Lot, Z: Parcels with lot lines that are zig-zagged to provide more space between homes for useable side or rear yards, and/or which allow side windows to capture wider views of the outdoors, as opposed to a zero -lot line development wherein houses are commonly lined up next to each other with limited views. Open . An area within a developme�i�Elesigned and intended for the use or enjoyment of all residen f the development or for the use and enjoyment of the public in general. Short-te Rental: The rent#PW lease of any unit or structure or portion for a period of not more than thirty ) days. , Single-family Dwelling, Detached: A dwelling that is not attached to any other dwelling, excluding accessory dwellings. Single-family Dwellings, Attached: Dwellings that are individually owned and share a common wall with adjacent dwellings, such as condominiums, townhomes/townhouses, and twin homes. Triplex: A building containing three individual dwellings. Accessory dwelling units are not included in this definition. Twin Home: A single building containing two individual dwellings on separate parcels, side by side with a common wall between them (see also Duplex). Quad-plex: A building containing four individual dwellings. Accessory dwelling units are not included in this definition. C. Zero -lot Line Development: The location of a building on a lot in such a manner that one or more of the building's sides rest directly on a side lot line. 18.35.030: MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM BUILD -OUT DENSITY AND OCCUPIED FLOOR AREA; OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS A. The Creative Community -Northside Crossing zoning district will provide a mixture of uses include: residential, commercial, office, light industrial, ret ' , educational, civic, and recreational uses such as trails, parks, and open space. B. Maximum and Minimum Number of Residential Units; A maximum of 1,400 residential units are permitted within the zoning district including 650 singlamily units (single- family dwelling, single-family attached including townhomes okuplexes, triplex, or quadplex) and 750 multi -family units (structures containing greater than five residential units). To meet the overall net residenti 1 density requirement of section 18.21.020C and the minimum established through theA;P approval process, in no instance shall the district be built out to contain fewer -than 500 resid&ntial units. Accessory dwelling units shall not count toward the density calculations of this section. To ensure that the Community Builder will fulfill the residential density requirements of this district, the Public Works Director shall establish a mechanism by which to track platted lots and to track current densities and may require that future developments contain greater densities than proposed by the Community Builder. Access dwelling units do not count toward the maximum number of dwelling units. C. Maximum Square Feet of OccupiedArea for Non -Residential Uses: There is no restriction on maximums square feet o�d floor area for non-residential uses provided that City utilities and services are adequate to serve the area without negatively impacting the ability to serve other planned orj�isting areas in or near the City. D. Open Space VW Minimum Area Requirement: At least 30 acres of open space are required w'n the district. Development of the open space areas shall be at least proportional to the lopment area (e.g., if a plat contains 15% of the land area in the district, there shall be bui r existing, at least 15% of the proposed open space in the district); however, recognizing that market or development patterns may cause a need to deviation from this requirement, a deviation may be granted through the design book approval process. For purposes of this zoning district, open space amenities as approved through the MDP are found in Exhibit 18.35.040: SCHEDULE OF GENERAL CONTROLS; LAND USE CHART A. General controls for the zoning district are set forth in the schedule below. Specific uses are permitted where indicated in the schedules by the letter "P". Where the letter "C" appears, it denotes a use allowed in the district in question only upon issuance of a conditional use permit as herein provided. An "X" indicates that the use is neither allowed 7 nor conditionally permitted. An "R" indicates a restriction on that use. Because no list can be all encompassing, decisions on uses will be rendered by the Public Works Director with appeal to the Land Use and Development Commission as a business item available to the applicant. In making a determination of use, the Public Works Director shall consider similar uses listed in the chart below, the character of the surrounding neighborhood, and characteristics of the proposed use. B. All non-residential uses/projects and residential uses/projects with structures containing more than 5 dwellings shall be subject to the City's Design Review Committee review and approval. C. Land Use Designation Areas Defined: Within the Northside Crossing zoning district are three (3) land use designation areas with specific uses permitted, conditionally permitted, or prohibited by this section. Whereas land uses may differ between the district and the private covenants, all applications for new or modified uses within the zoning district must be submitted with a recommendation from the reviewing body of home owners association. These land use designation areas are adopted as Exhibit of this chapter and prior to design book and platting, are to be interpreted as not being hard, definite boundaries but are rather, flexible to accommodate needs related to topography and grade, lot layout and plat design, or other elements that be identified during the platting process. Land Use Designation Areas are as follow 4 1. Village (V): This land use area is designed fo um to high density mixed use development that includes residential kkingle- and multifamily), office, commercial, public/semipublic, recreation/open space uses, and certain compatible light industrial uses without a predetermined emphasis on any single use. This designation includes the Garden District and the Central District. 2. Town (T): This land use area is designed for office, commercial and recreational Oftusen% but also includes res*ntial (single- and multi -family), public/semipublic, open space, and certai compatible light industrial uses. This designation includes it the Park District. 3. Business and Research Park (BRP): This land use area is designed to accommodate (but not require) a mixture of all uses: residential (single- and multi -family), office, commercial, light industrial, recreational and public/semipublic uses. The principal land use in this category should be office, commercial and light industrial. This designation includes the Progress District. D. Land Use Charts: 1. Village (V) Land use Designation Area Use Permission I Restriction Residential H Single-family (detached) P Single-family (attached) P Duplex, Triplex, Quadplex R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation is granted as part of the design book approval process. Multi -family (5+ units) R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation is granted as part of the design k approval process. Accessory dwelling units P Home Occupation, minor R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use pennVI Home Occupation, major R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Model homes/Sales office P Mixed use building (such P as commercial ground floor & residential aRbve, or shop homes) Commercial Auto sales X Gas stations X Sexually -based businesses X Storage facilities R Permitted only when form and design are consistent with the district and/or neighborhood's architectural theme and as recommended by the community's architectural review committee. Off-street parking facilities R Off-street parking is limited to surface parking lots. Surface parking lots must be set back 10 feet from sidewalks and be lined with buildings or vegetative buffer. Parking lots between buildings and functionally classified collector and arterial streets are prohibited unless justified through the applicable review process. General Office R See all other commercial uses Personal and Professional R See all other commercial uses Services All other commercial uses R Supermarket and grocery stores are Single-family (detache) P limited to 15,000 sf max. Personal Single-family (attached) P services provided primarily to Dui, Triplex, Quadplex R neighborhood residents are limited to 10,000 square feet per tenant. Lodging Hotel/Motel X Short-term Rental P Bed and Breakfast C Industrial Heavy Industrial X R Light Industrial X Civic/Institutional Assembly, Place of C; R Limited to size not to exceed 30,000 sf School (public or private) C the design book approval process. Agriculture Agriculture (except P Home Occupation, minor livestock) Permitted unless objections by any Livestock R As described and regulated in municipal code 9.20.070-120, except that section 9.20. 110 is amended in this zoning district to permit chickens within the rear yard of any single- family unit as described in this Chapter, regardless of land use designation area; and that all livestock must be accessory to a primary residential use only. E'I -Iqw 2. Town (T) Lase Designation Area Use Permission Restriction Residential Single-family (detache) P Single-family (attached) P Dui, Triplex, Quadplex R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation is granted as part of the design book approval process. Multi -family (5+ units) R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation is granted as part of the design book approval process. Accessory dwelling units P Home Occupation, minor R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in 10 11 section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Home Occupation, major R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Model homes/Sales office P Mixed use building (such P as commercial ground floor & residential above, or shop homes) Commercial Auto sales X Gas stations X Sexually -based businesses X Storage facilities R Permitted only when form and design are consistent with the district and/or neighborhood's architectural theme. Off-street parking facilities R Surface parking lots must be set back 10 feet from sidewalks and be lined with buildings or vegetative buffer. Parking lots between buildings and functionally classified collector and arterial streets are prohibited unless justified through the applicable review process. General Office P Personal and Professional P Services All other commercial uses R The following restrictions apply: 1. Building footprint must not be larger than 35,000 sq. ft. Larger buildings may be permitted by CUP. 2. Drive-thrus and access lanes between buildings and sidewalks are not permitted. 3. Storage of non -retail materials and making, assembling, remodeling, repairing, altering, finishing, or refinishing of its products or merchandise is permitted provided: a. These activities are completely screened within the premises occupied by the establishment. b. These activities are clearly 11 1 k N3. Business and search Park (BRP) Land use Designation Area ,Use ji Permission Restriction accessory to sales and display Single-family (detache) X activities. Lodging Hotel/Motel P Short-term Rental P Bed and Breakfast C Industrial Heavy Industrial X Light Industrial C designed to have an Civic/Institutional Assembly, Place of C School (public or private) C Government facility C (excluding critical is granted as part of the infrastructure) design book approval Media P Multi -family (5+ units) Agriculture Agriculture (except P livestock) Livestock R As described and regulated in single-family dwelling municipal code 9.20.070-120, except unless a design deviation that section 9.20. 110 is amended in this zoning district to permit chickens within the rear yard of any single- family unit as described in this Chapter, regardless of land use designation area; and that all livestock must be accessory to a primary residential use only. k N3. Business and search Park (BRP) Land use Designation Area ,Use ji Permission Restriction Residential Single-family (detache) X Single-famil (attached) X Duplex, Triplex, Quadplex R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation is granted as part of the design book approval process. Multi -family (5+ units) R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation 12 r 13 is granted as part of the design book approval process. Accessory dwelling units P Home Occupation, minor R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Home Occupation, major R rmitted unless bjections by any person as set forth in section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Model homes/Sales office P Mixed use building (such P as commercial ground floor & residential above) Commercial Auto sales P Gas stations P Sexually -based businesses X Storage facilities R Permitted only when form and design are consistent with the district and/or neighborhood's architectural theme. Off-street parking facilities R Parking lots between buildings and functionally classified collector and arterial streets are prohibited unless justified through the applicable review process. General Office P Personal and Professional P Services All other commercial uses I P Lodging Hotel/Motel P Short-term Rental P Bed and Breakfast C Industrial Heavy Industrial X 13 Light Industrial P Civic/Institutional Required Setbacks 4, s, 7 Assembly, Place of C Front School (public or private) C Rear Government facility (excluding critical infrastructure) C Media P Yard Agriculture (Street Agriculture (except livestock) P Livestock X 18.35.050: SCHEDULE OF GENERAL CONTROLS; BULK, LANDS—APE, AND DESIGN STANDARDS A. Lot Size and Width: Lot sizes within the district are dictated by product type, setbacks, and other specific lot standards described in chapter. An implementing Project must meet the density requirements set forth in section 18.35.030 of this chapter, and lots must be of sufficient size to meet dimensional standards of this section for their intended use. B. Setbacks: 1. Chart: Notes: _q%J 1. Front Yard is the area of the structure that faces either on a public street or green court. Front yard is measured from the back of sidewalk, courtyard path, or walkway; distance is measured from the closest edge of building materials (e.g., if dwelling has front porch, the front porch shall be used to determine distance; if dwelling does not have front porch, the closest edge of the structure facing the front shall be used). Front yard maximum setback may be increased where necessary due to topography. 2. Setbacks for street -loaded garages are measured from the front of the dwelling as defined in Note 1. 14 Required Setbacks 4, s, 7 Land Use Front Side Side Rear Garage Garage Yard i Yard Yard Yard (Street (Alley in. — @ Loaded)' Loaded) 3 Corner Lot Village 10'-25"1 10' S' 15' S' Town 6 10'-25' 6' 10' S' 15' S' Business '-25' 6' 10' S' 15' S' and Research WW Park 6 Notes: _q%J 1. Front Yard is the area of the structure that faces either on a public street or green court. Front yard is measured from the back of sidewalk, courtyard path, or walkway; distance is measured from the closest edge of building materials (e.g., if dwelling has front porch, the front porch shall be used to determine distance; if dwelling does not have front porch, the closest edge of the structure facing the front shall be used). Front yard maximum setback may be increased where necessary due to topography. 2. Setbacks for street -loaded garages are measured from the front of the dwelling as defined in Note 1. 14 3. Setbacks for alley -loaded garages are measured from the edge of the alley right-of-way (private or public). 4. Note that Side Yard Setback does not apply to the common wall on townhome, duplex, other similar attached dwellings or alternative lot configurations as provided in this section. 5. Use easements may be utilized for provision of private yards. 6. Nonresidential uses and/or structures have no minimum side or rear yard setback requirements; there may be no minimum front yard setback provided that it can be successfully demonstrated that pedestrian or vehicular travel is not negatively impacted. 7. Allowed Encroachments: a. Uncovered decks, patios, walkways, and other minor structural elements less than 30 inches in height; and fences seven (7) feet in height or less; are exempt from setback requirements. 14111, b. Retaining walls, rockeries and heat pumps and other similar mechanical/landscape features are allowed within setbacks. c. Balconies above the first floor may intrude into Setbacks up to 2 feet subject to applicable construction codes. V d. Chimneys and fireplaces, accent walls or pilasters, bay windows, eaves and other similar minor structural or architectural elements may encroach up to 2 feet into Setbacks subject to applicable cov ruction codes. 2. Setbacks are measured from the outside wall of the foundation of a structure to the property lines in a perpendicular fashion unless otherwise stated herein. 3. Irregular Lots: Setbacks for irregular lots as defined shall be as follows: a. Front: Front setbacks shall be measured from the property line that abuts +lie street from which the lot is addressed or takes primary access. b. Rear: In the case of an irregularly shaped lot, a ten -foot line which is within the lot and parallel to anJmost distant from the front lot line shall be considered the rear lo�line. Foran alley loaded lot, the Setback is measured AMIL om the lot line closest from the alley. C. ide: All lot lines, which are not front or rear lot lines, shall be considered side lot lines. d. Pie -Shaped Lots: Setbacks on pie -shaped lots shall be measured at the closest point between the proposed building and the angled lot line, _.&6pendicular to that lot line. e. Cul -De -Sac Lots: Setbacks shall be taken from the nearest proposed foundation corner, and measured perpendicular to the property lines. f. Flag Lots: A flag lot is a lot so shaped that the building area (the "flag") is not adjacent to the street or alley on which the lot fronts, and which includes an access strip (the "pole") connecting the building area to the street or alley. Setbacks shall be applied at the enlarged area of the lot ("flag"), and front (or false front) setbacks shall be a minimum of ten feet (10') and side yard setbacks shall be a minimum of six feet (6'); whereas rear setbacks shall be a minimum of five feet. 15 C. Alternative Lot Configurations: In order to promote creative and unique site designs, alternative lot configurations are allowed within the Northside Crossing zoning district. Alternative lot configurations include, but are not limited to: 16 1. Zero lot line developments 2. "Z" lot configurations 3. Common access easements configurations 4. Courtyard D. Deviations from Dimensional Standards: The following deviations from dimensional standards may be allowed by the City: 1. Front and side yard setbacks set by this chapte� for residential structures may be administratively reduced up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) provided that the deviation does not result in a garage wit %rdsetback of less than twenty feet (20') from the property line. E. Building Height: 1 Land Use Maximum Height (in stories)1, z Village 3 Town 4 Business and Research 1& 4 AN 2. Stories are ftamber of stories above grade at the front of the structure street level. This d'N not restrict kout basements for non -street fronting structure area The ityNents may approve r building heights than shown in the table above if ies site or design c aracteristics that are unique to the developmassize, scale, topography, or development amenities (e.g., 'rooftop gardens), that justif}"allowing greater building heights. Approved structures with additional height may be required to employ suitable "step back" architecture and other architectural features that create a development that is built at the human scale, and is pedestrian friendly and architecturally diverse. eights up to 35' with more than 2 stories may be permitted for buildings such as level homes or buildings with attic offices or quarters. 18.35.060: GENERAL CONTROLS A. Building Areas To Be Unencumbered: Buildable areas must be unencumbered by setbacks, public easements, and other physical constraints (such as topography or similar features). B. Clustering: Buildings shall be clustered to preserve scenic or environmentally sensitive areas in the natural state, or to consolidate small open spaces into larger, more usable areas for common use and enjoyment. Clustered areas shall be carefully designed to abut upon common open space or recreational amenities. Commercial developments shall be planned 17 as groups having common parking areas and common ingress and egress points in order to reduce the number of vehicle and bike/pedestrian conflict point locations. C. Like Uses To Face Like Uses: Where possible, "like land uses" shall face "like land uses" or open space, i.e., retail across the street from retail, townhomes from townhomes, etc. D. Fencing along Sidewalks and Streets Discouraged; Standards for When Used: To facilitate a visually open public realm, unless otherwise required by this chapter, fencing along sidewalks or streets, excluding alley ways, is strongly discouraged. Where such fencing is used however, fencing plans which include heights, materials, and designs, shall be reviewed as part of the design book review process and the City may impose necessary conditions of approval in order to satisfy the intent and purpose of phis chapter and section. E. Buffering of Nonresidential Uses from Residential Uses: Where separation is desirable between uses, landscaped buffers are preferred over fences and walls in order to create a more visually open look. When fences are used between uses or properties within the development, fencing shall be compatible in color, texture, and design in relationship to building materials. Buffering may be required by the Land Use and Development Commission, the City Council, or Design Revigw Committee between usesc�emed incompatible. F. Utilities: Underground utilities, such as telephone, fiber, aid electrical systems, are required if included in the development. Appurtenances to these systeNs which can be effectively screened may be exempted from this requirement if the City finds that such exemption will not violate the intent or character of the proposed development. However, the developer shall make efforts to group appurtenances together so as to minimize their distribution. G. Storage Of Recreational Vehicles, Watercraft, Trailers, Campers, Motorhomes, And Other Utility Vehicles To Be Screened: Watercraft, trailers, ,campers, motor homes and other utility or recreational vehicles shall be stored within completely enclosed, lawfully constructed buildings or within fenced enclosures at least six feet (6) behind the front line and the street side line of the main building on the lot or parcel in a CC Zone, except that said vehicles may be parked temporarily in fr nt or side yards for no longer than twenty four (24) hours. H. Architectural Control Committee Required: The Community Builder shall provide for, and maintain, an Architectural Control Co*nittee to ensure that the treatment of building mass, materials, and exterior appurtenances create aesthetically pleasing structures and a site that is in character with, and in proportion to, other surrounding buildings, while still providing diversity in design and neighborhood identity. The committee shall review and approve all themes and colors prior to design review committee and building permit application submittals to the City and to significant exterior modifications to ensure compliance with the approved Master Development Plan and Design Book. I. Product Mix: A variety of different residential architectural styles have been approved through the master development plan process. Neighborhoods that have nearly identical homes and streets without variation in product placement and form are not allowed. In order to ensure that the neighborhood is non -repetitive, homes with the same color scheme shall not be built on adjacent lots on the same street or on lots directly or diagonally across the street from one another. J. Corner Lots: Special attention should be paid to corner lots. At least one home plan per neighborhood shall be designed specifically for corner home sites. This home plan is required to include wrap-around architecture to provide visual interest on both the front and 18 corner side yard of the home, and the ability to turn the garage for side entry. An example would be continuing a full -wrap of material accent onto the side facade, adding a wraparound porch, or facing the home on a diagonal towards the intersection. Corner lot development shall conform to product mix requirements of the previous section. K. Entry Sidewalks and Front Porch: Single-family residences shall have building entry sidewalks that connect directly to a street sidewalk or pathway. L. Ground Level Aesthetics: Buildings shall be designed to relate to grade conditions with a minimum of grading and exposed foundation walls, creating easy pedestrian access from sidewalks, parking areas, etc. Commercial or mixed use buildings shall be designed with contrasting ground floor architectural articulation in order to enhance street activity and walkability. Windows, display windows, doors, and arcades must make up at least fifty percent (50%) of street facing facades on the first story of commercial developments. Window shapes and sizes shall be so designed to be compatible from building to building. Tinted windows or windows with reflective film or glass are discouraged at street level. M. Access: All lots developed for residential purposes shall have frontage along a public roadway, or be rear -loaded with alley access, front upon a "green court . 1 retail, civic, and office buildings shall front onto streets. 18.35.070: PARKING STANDARDS The standards for parking facilities are intended t vehicular and pedestrian safety and efficient land use. Parking lot landscaping standards rovided in section 18.35.090 of this Chapter. lak A. Minimum Parking Requirements: - 1. Residential uses or structures shall pr vide off-street parking spaces pursuant to the chart below; Guest parking for residen uses and non-resident parking for mixed-use, live work --uses and home occupations is included within those required spaces. Additional guest parking may be pr ided on -street. For mixed use projects, the residential use portion of the tructureall satisfy the requirements of the chart below: 19 Required Spaces e/Structure Per Unit Dwelling Unit, detached or attached less than or equal to three dwellings 2 Dwelling Unit, attached more than three dwellings 1.75 19 Dwelling Unit, Accessory 1 Multi -family studio units 1 Group Quarters Calculated in same manner as non-residential uses 2. Non-residential uses: Off-street parking shall be provi�& meet the demand of the proposed land use. The applicant shall calculate this demand based on accepted standards, such as published in the Institute of Transportation Engineer's Parking Generation Reports. Mixed-use projects shall provide parking according to a shared parking analysis that projects parking needs based on the peak hour of parking demand. For example, a building with first -floor retail and office space and upper -floor residential will be able to adjust totarking demand to address the fact that peak residential parking demand will occur in the evening, while peak office parking demand will occur during the day. This analysis shall be based on accepted methodologies, such as the Urban Land Institute Shared Parking Study. N B. Parking Dimensions: ParVisions shallNmeexceed the following standards: 1. Spaces: a. Standard space: 9.5 ft x 18 ft, 2 ft o4ang permitted into non -pedestrian areas. b. Compact space: 8.5 ft x 16 ft, with a 2 overhang permitted into non -pedestrian areas; up to 65% of total spaces m be compact. c. Motorcycle space: 4.5 ft x 12 ft. TA d. Parallel parking space: 24 ft x 7 ft. IL 4 Location of Parking: For single-family detached dwelling on a fee simple lot, the parking must be provided on the lot it serves. For all other uses, the parking shall be rovided within five hundred feet (500') of the use. 3. D aisle width for parking lots with perpendicular parking is twenty-four feet (24) minimum, and for angled parking, width is twenty feet (20') minimum for two-way traffic. C. Motorcycle and Bicycle Parking: Motorcycle and bicycle parking shall meet the following standards: 1. All multi -family developments and non-residential uses may provide one motorcycle space for every twenty-five (25) required automobile parking spaces in lieu of a required automobile space. W 2. All uses with 25 or more required parking spaces shall provide a designated bicycle parking area to accommodate a minimum of five (5) bicycles. Such bicycle parking shall provide a secure facility to which to lock bicycles and shall be located so as to be reasonably convenient to the on-site use and not interfere with pedestrian or automobile traffic. The City may require additional bicycle parking for facilities with high expected bicycle traffic, such as schools. 18.35.080: SIGNAGE STANDARDS A. Sign Standards Applicability: All Phases and Neighborhoods within the Northside Crossing zoning district shall be subject to the definitions, standards, requirements and processes found within this Chapter and the standards found within the Master Development Plan and Design Book with the following standards: 1. Shopping center identification signs shall be designed wit imilar materials and architectural character as the buildings within the shopping r so as to provide a cohesive appearance. _ 2. A master sign plan that provides for consistent color, placemen , aterials and design of all signs within the shopping center shall be submitted and approved together with the application for the shoppi�center identification sign. 3. Water features, masonry, and/or landscaping should be incorporated into the design to create visual interest. — 4. Signs may be indi*ctly liter have internally illuminated channel letters. Internally illuminated plastic, or other similar material faced box signs are not allowed. 5. Maximum height of shopping center identiltion sign is thirty feet (30') including its base, measured from the adjacent ground level. Signs of heights greater than thirty feet (30') may be conditionally permitted by the City after considering the recommendation of the Community Builder, homeowners' association, and/or architectural control committee and after considering the criteria for conditional use permits in this Title. 1W B. Neighborhood Identification Signs: Signs identifying each neighborhood within the MDP shall be installed at the beginning and end of each neighborhood. 18.35.090*ANDSCAP STANDARDS A. Applicabi ity: Th ovisions of this Section establish the landscape standards for the Creative - Northside Crossing zoning district, and shall apply to all phases and neighborhoods and developments, including all types of dwellings. All Phases and Neighborhoods, including those excepted above, are still subject to review by the Design Review Committee. B. Review Process: 1. A landscape plan designed or approved by either a landscape architect licensed in the State of Idaho or Idaho State Master Gardener shall be submitted to the Design Review Committee for review and approval. 21 2. The landscaping plans shall contain generally accepted specifications and direction for planting and maintenance such as, but not limited to, tree and shrub planting, staking, and soil preparation. C. Landscape Design: Landscape design shall be consistent with the approved master development plan/design book and guidelines of this Chapter, and be appropriate to the intended use of the site or building. D. Landscape Materials: New landscape materials shall include species native to the area or non-invasive naturalized species that have adapted to those climate conditions in the following amounts: 75% ground covers and shrubs, 50% trees. Sixty percent (60%) of plant materials must be drought tolerant. In addition, landscaping may include water features, rock, wood, walls, fences and other similar decorative materials and artistic features. Playfields, playgrounds, and other similar uses are exempt from the materials requirement. E. Right -of -Way and Associated Landscape Tracts: k V 1. One (1) street tree per each thirty lineal feet 0') of street frontage is required on all streets. In addition, trCcobe staggere , and/or planted in drifts or groves so long as the total numbquired tree is prov ed. Street trees must be a minimum caliper of one-half incheSendscape eter at breast height. 2. Medians and planter strips shall be planted materials per section 18.35.090.D of this Chapter. Trees, shrubs and groundcovers may be planted in drifts, or as appropriate for stormwater quality/Low Impact Development. 3. Landscaping within planter strips adjacent to parking spaces must include a low growing plant palette with a variety of textures, such as, but not limited to, low grasses, groundcovers and perennials. 4. Portions of park strips may be paved to accommodate street furniture, leaving Wnbronriately sized tree wells for street trees. 1W 4 F.king Lot Landscaping: The purpose of parking lot landscaping is to soften the visual a rance, soften views of parking lots, add shade and reinforce safe pedestrian access to buil and conbpting sidewalks. Parking lots with twelve (12) or more stalls shall 1. One-rllr�e for every ten (10) stalls located in islands or perimeter landscaping; and 2. Total of all interior landscaped areas shall be at least ten percent (10%) of the total parking area (including parking, maneuvering, and loading areas); and 3. All landscape areas must be planted with landscape materials per 18.09.090.D of this Chapter, except where pedestrian access is provided. Landscaping adjacent to parking spaces must include a low growing plant palette with a variety of textures, such as, but not limited to, low grasses, groundcovers and perennials; and 22 4. Minimum width of all landscape areas is 4 feet. A reduction in width of up to two (2) feet may be allowed for interior landscape areas (not adjacent to right-of-way) provided the total required area is provided; and 5. A minimum six-foot wide perimeter of landscaping is required adjacent to rights- of-way, except where vehicular ingress and egress is proposed. The perimeter landscaping may include decorative walls, solid fences or vegetation to obscure views of parking areas provided that any of the aforementioned screening treatments are limited to a maximum height of four feet (4'). G. Maintenance: To the extent necessary to remain, all landsc shall be watered, weeded, pruned, freed of pests, and replaced as necessary. 18.35.100: STREET STANDARDS A. Purpose: The purpose of this Section i and performance of all public a� district in order to: 'IN '6� I\ ish standards or the design, configuration ;t thin the Northside Crossing zoning 1. Ensure adequate access ai*connectivity throughout the Project Site; 2. Allow for flexibility in the design and locat'on of streets; and 3. Establish a streetscape and street design tha 1ps to define the character and image of the Northside Crossing zoning district. B. Applicability: This section is app�itable�p all streets, alleys, private drives and other vehicular accessways proposed within4e zoning district. Specific land uses, site conditionItsibility limitations an ritical areas may result in variations to the street types as permittealathis section. Standa s not defined in this section will be governed by the typical City obbuck standards. 11 C. Street Types: Exhibit "E" of the approved Master Development Plan shows the approximate locatio of streets classified as Arterials, Collectors, and neighborhood. All other strNeee cess will be Neighborhood streets, Private Roads, Shared Drives, Auto/Pedestrian Shared Drives or Alleys and will be designed and located by the applicant during the platting and/or development process associated with each parcel. These Phases and Neighborhoods shall be designed to foster the development of a street grid system throughout the Project Site. D. Off -Site Connections Required: The Northside Crossing development shall stub streets to the boundaries of abutting off-site property as generally shown in the approved master development plan; the connection points on the approved MDP Circulation Map are 23 approximate. The actual design and location of connection points will be determined at the preliminary plat stage of each phase by the Community Builder and City using a collaborative process. E. Review Criteria for Deviations: The requirements of this Section may be modified through F. a deviation request for cause during the design book and preliminary platting phase. Street sections may be modified to best fit the character of the proposed neighborhood and respond to natural site features. Modifications to street sections rgated to on -street parking, bicycle lanes, planter strips and/or sidewalks must meet the following guidelines as applicable:104 1. On -street parking is required the extent ecessary to atisfy guest parking requirement. 2. Bicycle lanes are only required to be in ed in s t sectio at are classified higher than a Neighborhood Street. B'*ycle s ma a eliminat ' an adequate off-street trail facility is provided as a replace 3. A sidewalk may be eliminated if a separated '1 section is provided as a replacement. For example, where a paved multi -use t provided along the road (it may be separated), the sidewalk may be eliminated o e or both sides. Street Sections: As authorized by the master develo enplan approval, street sections for all street types within the district shall be followed hese street sections are typical and may vary subject to approval by the Public Works irector to accommodate specific site and design conditions. Street sections may incorporate cross -slopes, crowns, inverts, and/or super elevation to accommodate Low Impact Development or other design features. G. Tyhee Road: The designyheead, as proposed to realign through the district, will extend from the Union Pac fic Railroad to Hiline Road and will be designed to create an intersection with it's extension being build by the Community Builder of the Creative Community -Harvest Springs Developer. The Community Builder may dedicate and plan a 100' wide right-of-way to be dedicated since the right-of-way will contain a separated multi -use than e (5) lanes. 18.35.110: PARKS AND OPEN SPACE A. The Community Builder is responsible for the design and construction of the Parks. The actual location and boundaries of Parks may vary but will be defined through the platting stage. B. Sensitive Areas and Buffers: Sensitive areas and buffers are the steep slopes (slopes above 35% grade), lowlands, and dry -stream beds. An effort shall be made to preserve and 24 protect and, in many cases, leave natural, sensitive areas and buffers. Trails, crossings, encroachments, and improvements may be allowed within sensitive areas consistent with a low impact development effort. These areas may be dedicated to the City as open space at the time of phase platting. C. Non -Sensitive Open Space: Open Space outside of sensitive areas and buffers includes, but is not limited to, the plaza, Community Parks, trails, Neighborhood and Pocket Parks, natural areas and stormwater ponds and infiltration facilities. Additional Parks may be provided as individual phases are developed. D. Stormwater ponds and facilities shall be designed as either passive or active Open Space when practical. Passive Open Space facilities consisting of stormwater ponds shall be designed to appear as a natural wetland or pond. Vegetation shall consist of no less than 70% native plant material typically found in and around Bannock County. Any fencing required shall be designed and located such that it does not detract from the natural character of the facility. If natural landscaping is intended to provide a long4erm barrier to human intrusion, temporary fencing may be perm\duntil such time as the landscaping has matured to the p pro barr E. Trail Plan: The Community Buil is responsible for the design and construction of the trails shown on the Plan with approval by the City. The actual location of trails may vary and will be defined through the platting rocess. Necessary trail construction will be completed within the boundaries of eac hase as constructed. Where feasible, trail construction should avoid dead ends and ncomp ete segments. F. TrailSt ards: Tragi will be built tort ie standards as described in Municipal Code 18.21.050. .3. The following amer4sles may be included within trail corridors subject to mutual agreement between the Community Builder and the City: rest stops, sculpture and other art, pedestrian lighting, exercise stations, picnic tables, interpretive areas, Pocket Par s/tot lojdrinking fountains, restrooms, and covered sheds, and other similar am 'es. G. Park, OS d Deviations from Plan: All Park, Recreation Facility, Open Space and trail standards, cross sections and locations are general documents and may be modified through the deviation process established by section 18.35.120. 18.35.120: PLAN AND AGREEMENT CHANGES; ADMINISTRATION A. Purpose: The purpose of this section is to provide a process and criteria to interpret, modify and/or amend the standards, processes, conditions, or provisions contained within the MDP 25 Approval as codified in this Chapter and in agreements with the Community Builder. In addition, recognizing that not all potential issues can be anticipated over the life of this development, it is the intent of this chapter to allow for flexibility so that the Northside Crossing zoning district can adapt to new information, changes in the market, and technological advances over time. B. Interpretations: Any dispute over the meaning of this Chapter shall be resolved first by an interpretation from the Public Works Director. The Public Works Director shall issue a written interpretation within ten (10) business days of receiving a written request for clarification. The City Public Works Director's interpretation may be appealed to the City Council. The City Council shall hold a meeting on the interpretation appeal at the next available regular meeting following the date upon which the request for an appeal to the City Council is delivered to the Public Works Direc or. t the appeal, both the Public Works Director and appellant shall be entitled to voic timony to the Council for consideration. The Community Builder or Community Buil Transferee shall exhaust its remedies as set forth herein prior to exercising other reme C. Appeal of Administrative Decisions to City Council: Final a istrative decisions of this Chapter may be appealed to the City Council. D. Deviations from the Mast Development Plan Approval: An Amendment to the Northside Crossing Master Development Plan as approved ay be requested by the Community Builder or Community Builder Transferee. Mi r deviations meeting the criteria as described below may be approved administr ' y the Public Works Director; Major deviations not meeting the criteria for a minor deviation shall require the same review and approval process as a zoning ordinance a+dment as outlined in Idaho Code 67-6511. E. Minor Deviation: A deviation to the approved master development plan shall be considered minor if the change satisfies all of the following criteria: 1. The devi�-will not increase the total number of dwelling units in the development above the maximum number set forth in the approved master development plan, or reduce the minimum number by more than fifteen percent G -%); r 2. The deviation will not increase the total floor area of nonresidential uses by more than ten percent (10%); 3. The deviation will not decrease the minimum, or increase the maximum density for residential areas of the development beyond approved density ranges approved. 4. The deviation will not decrease the approved amount of open space or recreation space; 91 5. The deviation will not increase any adverse environmental impact, provided that additional environmental review may be required to determine whether such change is likely to occur; 6. The deviation will not adversely impact the project's fiscal projections to the detriment of the city; 7. The deviation will not significantly impact the overall design of the approved master development plan; 8. The deviation will not significantly alter the size or location of any designated open space resulting in a lowered level of service; and 9. The requested amendment is a land use category change that does not increase the land use category of a Development Parcel immediately adjacent to the perimeter of the Project Site. F. Project & Improvement Phasing: The concept master pha plNgu through the Master Development Plan approval process is intended to b end to reflect current conditions. It is not the intent of the City to restric thpportunities which correspond to changes in market conditions and technological advances nor to restrict infrastructure and timing ol%e dev t which n�differ from the approved concept. G. Responsibility of the Community to Ensure Compliance with this Chapter: The Community Builder shat designate through its controlling community documents, a community review board who, prior to any applications being accepted by the City for review and approval, shall perform a review of the petition materials to ensure that the requirements and intent and purpose of this zone and upheld and shall then provide a letter to the CityFo accompany the application stating their findings and providing a recommendation. The City will not enfKce standards of the development contained within the development's internal codes, covenants, and restrictions or other related controlling nts H.rerested onsirom standards,of this Chapter: In instances where the Community Builder or party seeks a deviation from the City from regular standards of this code as may be authorized in this Chapter (e.g., height, building and parking lot layouts, fencing and screening, etc.), and in addition to any of the criteria related to the subject matter, the City shall con * er the following in making a decision: 1. Findings and Recommendation of the Community Builder, homeowners' association, and/or the architectural control committee. 2. Whether the proposed deviation would conflict with the stated intent and purposes of this Chapter and the adopted master development plan and design book. 27 Business Item No. 1 Northside Crossing Div. 2 Preliminary Plat Public Works Department PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 CHUBBUCK 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us 1 0 1 H 0 0 147 iIII :I� 17 �T'kil I, I ►Cil 71�/ �� C�7�► F'% PRELIMINARY PLAT REQUEST - STAFF REPORT CITY OF CHUBBUCK LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION SPECIAL MEETING ON AUGUST 6, 2019 STAFF FINDINGS SUMMARIZED After reviewing the Northside Crossing Division 2 preliminary plat, Staff finds that it appears to meet the code requirements with the following comments: • Secondary irrigation facilities will be required to be designed and constructed in accordance with section 16.12.230 of city code • Preliminary Plat recommendations are conditional upon City Council approval of the final plat FACTS REQUEST: The applicant proposes a 4 lot Preliminary Plat for 4 commercial buildings in the Northside Crossing subdivision, Division 2. Background: This is the 2nd division of the Northside Crossing development. Recommendation/approval of this preliminary plat shall be whether it meets the requirements of the City of Chubbuck ordinance and State of Idaho statutes. TYPE OF COMMISSION ACTION: Quasi -Judicial (Subject to appeal; decisions must be supported by the evidence and by applying law to the facts; decisions shall be based on the standards for approval). The Commission may recommend approval with or without conditions, may table a decision, or may recommend denial of the application. OWNER/APPLICANT: Lyn Yost 13982 N Rio Vista Rd Pocatello, ID 83202 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES: RM ES 600 E Oak St Pocatello, ID 83201 LOCATION: SE 1/4 of Section 34, Township 5 South, Range 34 East, of the Boise Meridian, generally located on the north side of Siphon Road between the Union Pacific Railroad and Whitaker Road in Chubbuck, Idaho. SITE CHARACTERISTICS & ZONING: CURRENT ZONING: Limited Commercial (C-1) CURRENT LAND USE: Farmland PROJECT SIZE: ±2.68 acres VIEWS: Generally visible from all directions TOPOGRAPHY: Generally flat EXISTING STRUCTURES: None RECENT TRAFFIC COUNTS: 2016: Hiline Rd so. of Siphon, 4,197/day 2016: Siphon Rd at UPRR, 1,961/day 2017: Siphon Rd at UPRR, 1,807/day SURROUNDING LAND USES AND ZONING NORTH: Farmland; Limited Commercial (C-1) zone EAST: Farmland, Grace Assisted Living under construction; Limited Commercial (C-1) zone SOUTH: Vacant land and single family residential; Limited Commercial (C-1) and Single Family Residential (R-1) zones WEST: Union Pacific Railroad and industrial development, Industrial (1) zone SERVICES: ACCESS STREET: Current access from Siphon Road — proposed access from new street connecting to Siphon Rd. FIRE PROTECTION: City of Chubbuck SEWAGE DISPOSAL: City of Chubbuck CULINARY WATER SERVICE: City of Chubbuck PROCEDURES: 1. In accordance with City Code 17.12.030-050 and Resolution 2018-009, a complete petition and fees for a preliminary plat were filed with the City at least 29 days priOr tG the regular Fnee ^^ and which contained the appropriate documents and %yhich c^ntain waiver requests pursuant to 17.12.040. 2. In accordance with City Code 17.12.100, the application is scheduled to be heard at the August 6, 2019 Special Meeting of the Land Use and Development Commission. 3. In accordance with City Code 17.12.080, notice were provided as follows: a. Notices posted on the subject property. b. Notices provided to City departments, other government agencies, and affected public utility providers. APPLICABLE LAWS AND PLANS: 1. Idaho Code a. §50-13, Plats and Vacations b. §67-6513, Subdivision Ordinance 2. Chubbuck Comprehensive Plan (as amended) 3. Chubbuck City Code a. Title 16, Land Improvement Standards b. Title 17, Land Development, specifically (others may be identified by staff, LUDC, City Council or others) c. Title 18, Land Use PUBLIC COMMENTS: 1. No written comments were received as of this report. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 STANDARDS FOR REVIEWING A PRELIMINARY PLAT 1. Is the Preliminary Plat consistent with the City's Comprehensive Plan? Staff has identified the following as potentially applying to this application; decision makers should evaluate the following summaries and determine if they are applicable to the proposal and if others can be identified from the Plan. Summaries of goals, objectives, and policies may not be verbatim. Goal Objective Policy Staff Comment Ch. 4, Goal 5: 5.1: Encourage transition a. Adhere to land use The map designates the Encourage compatible of land use to avoid designations of the area as "Mixed Use", a land uses conflicts Comp Plan Map category intended for 17.12.050 Staff future Residential and Limited Commercial Comments zoning. Ch. 5, Goal 1 Provide 1.7.• provide a connected a. Design new streets The proposal appears to for safe and free-flowing network of pedestrian to connect with other conform to the policy. traffic for all friendly streets streets. modes of transportation g. Provide sidewalks along both sides of Concerns have been addressed by the applicant. streets Ch. 6, Goal 2: 2.1: Use design a. Bulk/height of new The proposal appears to Encourage new guidelines, standards, residential infill shall conform to the policy; it development that is incentives to ensure be similar in scale to is commercial and is not compatible with compatible development surrounding residential adjacent to residential existing buildings with existing development. developments. development 2. Does the Preliminary Plat comply with all the applicable laws and ordinances? CITY CODE TITLE 17- LAND DEVELOPMENT Compliant Standards and Staff Comments Yes No N/A City Code City Standard and Staff Comments 17.12.030, Copies to be Submitted, Notice and Fee 17.12.050 Staff The applicant has completed the requirements of these Comments sections. Department Public Works: Comments The department has reviewed the applicant's proposal for compliance and finds that it meets the code requirements. Concerns have been addressed by the applicant. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 44�e\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us 101x0 PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 164�04-1\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us Ianno Department Engineering: Comments The department has reviewed the applicant's proposal for compliance and finds that it meets the code requirements. Concerns have been addressed by the applicant. Department Maintenance / Operations: Comments No comments received/no concerns. Department Fire Department: Comments The department has reviewed the applicant's proposal for compliance and finds that it meets the code requirements. Department Police Department: Comments The department has reviewed the applicant's proposal for compliance and finds that it meets the code requirements. CITY CODE TITLE 18- LAND USE Compliant Standards and Staff Comments Yes No N/A City Code City Standard and Staff Comments 18.08.042A Height and area Regulations Staff This is proposed in the Limited Commercial zone and is limited Comments to 45 ft high and 2400 sf minimum lot size. 18.08.044 Lot Width to depth ratio Staff This is proposed in the Limited Commercial zone, maximum Comments ratio is 1:5 PRELIMINARY PLAT STANDARDS Compliant Standards and Staff Comments Yes No N/A City Code City Standard and Staff Comments 17.12.150 Form of Presentation Staff Comments Applicant has provided all information required of this section. 17.12.160 Identification and Descriptive Data Staff Comments Applicant has provided all information required of this section. 17.12.170 Existing Conditions Data Staff Applicant has provided a preliminary plat showing existing Comments contours, locations of existing water and sewer systems, street names and rights-of-way, and all other information required of this section. 17.12.180 Proposed Conditions Data Staff Applicant has provided a preliminary plat showing proposed Comments conditions including lot dimensions, easement use and locations, and street layout including proposed dedication of additional right-of-way. 17.12.190 Proposed Utility Methods Staff Water and sewer will be connected into the development, Comments applicant has provided service locations shown on the preliminary plat. PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 164�04-1\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us Ianno PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS Improvement Description Water Water mainlines with services will be constructed and connected to existing water mainlines. Sewer Sewer mainlines with services will be constructed and connected to existing sewer mainlines. Right-of-way has been dedicated and the street will be constructed per Streets 16.12.020C and in accordance with the comprehensive plan and as per negotiated with the Northside Crossing Master Development Plan Storm Drainage Storm water from the street will be retained in the roadway drainage swale, while storm water from the lots will be required to be retained on site. Pressurized Secondary Secondary irrigation facilities will be designed and constructed in accordance Irrigation with section 16.12.230 of city code. Parks N/A for non-residential development OTHER AGENCY COMMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS Agency Comment BTPO Bureau of Indian Affairs Cable One Century Link Direct Communications ID Fish and Game ID Transportation Idaho Power School District 25 SE Idaho Public Health US Postal Service No comment received. No comment received. No comment received. No comment received. No comment received. No comment received. No comment received. No comment received. No comment received. No comment received. No comment received. EXAMPLE MOTIONS APPROVAL: Having reviewed the petition materials, staff report, and all testimony presented before and by the City in this hearing as part of the record against criteria established by City Code 17.12.100, and having found that those criteria for approving a preliminary plat request are satisfied, I move to recommend approval of the preliminary plat as described in the application materials to the City Council with the following conditions and waiver recommendations: PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 164�04_1\ 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBBUCK www.CityofChubbuck.us Ianno 1. (if found necessary by LUDC). APPROVAL (NO CONDITIONS): Having reviewed the petition materials, staff report, and all testimony presented before and by the City in this hearing as part of the record against criteria established by City Code 17.12.100, and having found that those criteria for approving a preliminary plat request are satisfied, I move to recommend approval of the preliminary plat as described in the application materials. DENIAL: Having reviewed the petition materials, staff report, and all testimony presented before and by the City in this hearing as part of the record against criteria established by City Code 17.12.100, and having found that those criteria for approving a preliminary plat request are not satisfied, I move to recommend denial of the preliminary plat request as described in the application materials. I find that the petition fails to comply with... [CITE SPECIFIC STANDARD WHICH IS NOT MET AND DESCRIBE WHY IT WAS NOT MET]. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FROM IDAHO CODE: • I.C. 67-6513: Denial of a subdivision permit or approval of a subdivision permit with conditions unacceptable to the landowner may be subject to the regulatory taking analysis provided for by section 67-8003, Idaho Code, consistent with the requirements established thereby. REPORT: Don Matson, Senior Planner dmatson@cityofchubbuck.us (208) 237-2430 DATE: July 29, 2019 1. Reference Map 2. Application for Preliminary Plat 3. Plat 4. Narrative for Preliminary Plat 5. Maps a. Future Land Use b. Current Zoning 6. Evidence of Notice a. Site Posting b. Agency notices on file w/staff �L CHUBBUCK Ianno Staff comments in this report are based solely upon evidence available at the time of the report. Additional information may be brought to light at or before the hearing. EXHIBITS PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us . 77 -lm. . ' moi Exhibit 1: Reference Map Northside Crossing — Div 2 I j Interchange Exhibit 2: Application for Preliminary Plat PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBOUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us IaR110 gid, CHUBBUCKH a I D PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue Chubbuck,ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us PRELIMINARY PLAT APPLICATION PAGE 1 OF 4 Requirements and procedures for Preliminary Plat applications are found in section 17.12.030 —17.12.190 of municipal code. The following must be filled out and submitted with all required documents in order to progress to the next stage of the review process; failure to submit a complete application packet may result in additional fees. DATE RECEIVED: INITIALS: FEES PAID? Y N AMOUNT: SECTION A —DEVELOPER/APPLICANT INFORMATION Al. Name Lyn Yost A2. Mailing Address 13982 N. Rio Vista Rd. City State Zip Code Pocatello ID 83202 A3. Phone Number (including area code) A4. Email Address 740-258-7094 lynyost1 @gmail.com SECTION B — PROFESSIONAL SERVICES INFORMATION 131. Firm Name RMES 62. Mailing Address 600 East Oak Street City State Zip Code Pocatello ID 83201 63. Point of Contact (Name) 64. Email Address Brady Smith brady@rmes.biz SECTION C — SITE INFORMATION Cl. Site Address City Zip C2. Tax Parcel #(s) Undeveloped Ground Chubbuck 83202 R3803055503 C3. Current Land Use C4. Are there existing structures on-site? Limited Commercial C-1❑ Yes ❑X No C5. Is the site under contract or in the name of the developer/applicant? C6. Approximate size of property X❑ Yes ❑ No 2.68 Acres C7. Are there any existing items of which Staff should be aware? C8. Does the site contain irrigation water rights? ❑ Yes X❑ No If yes: X❑ Yes ❑ No If yes, which company/district: Fort Hall Irrigation Company gid, CHUBBUCKH a I D PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue Chubbuck,ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us PRELIMINARY PLAT APPLICATION PAGE 2 OF 4 SECTION D — PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT INFORMATION D1. Plat Name D2. Number of Lots Northside Crossing - Division 2 4 D3. Type of Land Uses within development (residential, commercial, industrial, etc.) D4. Water & Sewer Needs Limited Commercial C-1 City Services D5. Are there any issues related to the development of which Staff should be aware prior to meeting? F1Yes ❑X No If yes: D6. Will the development contain any commonly -owned and/or maintained improvements (storm water, streets, parks/playgrounds, etc.)? ❑ Yes ❑X No If yes, what: SECTION E — ADDITIONAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS E1. Preliminary Plat Application Fees ( 4 total # of lots X $5.00 + $203.00 base fee = $ 223.00 ) E2. Master Plan, for any preliminary plat that is a portion of a large parcel, part of a larger group of commonly held parcels, or part of a larger development which has been, or shall be developed by the developer, shall be accompanied by a master plan submitted during the preliminary platting process. E3. Preliminary codes, covenants, and restrictions (CC&Rs) addressing maintenance of commonly -owned improvements and/or land, if the development will contain any commonly -owned improvements and/or land. E4. Narrative indicating how the approval criteria for preliminary plats are addressed. Approval criteria are as follows (17.12.100): 1. The subdivision proposal complies with applicable provisions of this title. 2. The subdivision proposal complies in principle with all applicable city design standards and development regulations. 3. The subdivision proposal complies with all applicable zoning requirements of the underlying zoning district, applicable overlays, and other applicable development standards. 4. All public facilities including streets, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, water, sewer, fire protection, and sanitation services can be provided to the newly created lots and accommodate future extension to adjacent land. The use of a "control strip" intended to control or prevent the future extension of public facilities or development of adjacent land is prohibited. 5. If city public works determines that the proposed subdivision will result in significant traffic impacts then a "traffic impact study" will be required as part of the commission's review. A significant traffic impact is generally defined as occurring when: a. A proposed development or redevelopment of a site will generate 100 or more new peak hour trips; or b. The added volume is equal to 1,000 vehicles per day. 6. The proposal provides for a continuation of a connected transportation system unless topography or natural features prevents a connection to abutting streets or property. 7. The proposed subdivision provides for bicycle and pedestrian transportation routes and amenities in accordance with Bannock Transportation Planning Organization's adopted bicycle and pedestrian plans. 8. Public utilities are provided to the newly created lots in public rights of way or in appropriately sized easements. Jka� CHUBBUCKH a I D PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue Chubbuck,ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us PRELIMINARY PLAT APPLICATION PAGE 3 OF 4 E5. PDF Drawings drawn according to municipal code containing the following: Code Reference Staff Preparer's Reviewers Initials Initials Description 17.12.150 —17.12.160 Presentation & Descriptive Data BMS • Drawing Size (11"x22" minimum through 22"x34" maximum) BMS • Proposed Name BMS • Location of Development by Section, Township, Range BMS • Reference to Section or Quarter Corner (dist. & Bear.) BMS • Name, Address, Phone Number of Developer BMS • Name, Address, Phone Number of Engineer/Surveyor BMS . North Arrow BMS • Date of Preparation (Including Revisions) BMS • Vicinity Map 17.12.170 Existing Conditions JOE BMS • Existing Contours @ adequate Interval BMS • Existing Features BMS • Existing Utilities BMS • Existing R -O -W, easements, public areas, corporation lines BMS . Instrument # for parcels with common boundaries BMS • Existing & proposed zoning BMS • Total acreage BMS • Boundary dimensions 17.12.180 Proposed Conditions BMS • Street layout (including width) BMS 0 Street names BMS a Connections to existing streets BMS • Lot dimensions BMS . Lot numbers BMS • Total number of lots BMS 0 Location, width, and use of easements N/A 0 Designation of land for public use (parks) 17.12.190 Proposed Utility Methods BMS • Proposed sewage disposal BMS • Proposed water supply BMS • Proposed storm water disposal 17.16.100 Park requirements N/A • 5 acres per 1,000 people, centrally -located (use current census) N/A 0 Contribution in lieu of park (17.16.140) lao-t-\ CHUBBUCK 1 0 R H 0 PC Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue Chubbuck,ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us PRELIMINARY PLAT APPLICATION PAGE 4 OF 4 SECTION F- CERTIFICATION • I, the undersigned, hereby certify that the information herein and attached hereto is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. • I agree to comply with all provisions of ordinances and laws governing this type of work, whether specified herein or not. • I am aware that if this application is not complete, the preliminary plat review process will not continue until it is so deemed by the City upon further submission of materials. 0 1 hereby authorize the filing of this application and grant approval of on-site review of the development described herein. • I certify that I am authorized to file this application. Fl. jsignatur F2. Printed Name F3. Date SECTION G -FOR STAFF USE ONLY G1. COMPLETENESS REVIEW: Deemed Complete? Reviewed by: Date: ❑ Yes ❑ No If n0, listconcern(s): Applicant Notified? ❑ Yes ❑ No Comments: 30.0' 30'x70' TEMPORARY UTILITY EASEMENT a F- - — — — — — PRELIMINARY PLAT FOR: NORTHSIDE CROSSING DIVISION 2 A DEVELOPMENT LOCATED IN: SOUTHEAST 1/4 OF SECTION 34, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, BOISE MERIDIAN, BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO ° A° / 131.16' 1 LU w U) Q LU ° AURORA BLIfD. ----------------------------, 165.00' --I — V JYYLL C INSTNO21901499 S 0014'09" W 462.66' L 5'x5' ADA PASSING ZONE ° d 4475 A °d A d a r A a ° d d d 30.0' 1 L ti ~ w b LOT2 - oNo 18,068 S.F. � 0 n C) 0) 00 1 v7 / 1 7t / \ o / \ O 0 / \ z04 / 1 L5 / 4� r V cM 000 Z BLOCK 1 00 1 LOT/ 0 38,976 S. F. w to S 0°23'16" W 73.00' CD N \ \ L2 J \ 00 a� L3 S 0°23'16" W 70.00' LOT4 18, 541 S.F. LO 4 — J CD 1 o � 0 z J \ 1 1 208.58' 244.25' w w w w N 1012'43" 462.84' i UPRR RA/LROAD RIGHT- OF-IVAY l N 00°14'09" W 2647.68' — 100' TAPER I T TH EAST II M JN C7 M I I ao I 0 0 IC i � Sid• n O ■• .4 -------------A S 0°23'16" W 94.50' 10' UTILITY 10' UTILITY GAQGNAGNIT an' D()\A/ GACGNAGNIT 0.5' 30.0' 30.0' 0.5' 4' 5' 20.5' 20.5' 5' 4' TANGENT 2.00% CROWNc TREET SECTION DI ANITCD CTDI� /TVD \ CIIAIA/AI 1/TVD \ ARC LENGTH CHORD LENGTH Cl AURORA BOULEVARD NO SCALE S\-GPE v� 3_� G 3: so CURVE TABLE NUMBER � 1 TANGENT I ARC LENGTH CHORD LENGTH Cl I N 45°18'43" E 1 20.00' � Iia I 28.32' 31.00' L5 I I 32.00' �d U CONTOUR LINES w w w w W W—/ 1 — sssssS—)—/—= SEWER LINE —sD)sD)sD)/ II STORM LINE I FILo` OO I 1 I ® SEWER SERVICE C'i I OO STORM MANHOLE 8 / 9 STORM CATCH BASIN v FIRE HYDRANT a / m WATER METER ® / m WATER SERVICE O • WATER VALVE II ZIN I � III r I I 1 I SII m °° I I D I� N I /I m I� N `Y' ILO C) I I I I N I wi c0 Iv, IM I I Icoz IIII z 130' XIS INGIP ON IIII I II ',ANAL R- -vv III 10.0' 1 30.0' I N I I Ili I/ I X40.0' ROW i N II \\1 I I I I \ 1 I FU U E IT II \ 1 CU B I P, GUTTER III I y BY O H RS 10.00' \ — — -4473- I I / I I CURVE TABLE NUMBER DELTA ANGLE CHORD DIRECTION TANGENT RADIUS ARC LENGTH CHORD LENGTH Cl 90°09'07" N 45°18'43" E 20.05' 20.00' 31.47' 28.32' LINE TABLE NUMBER DIRECTION DISTANCE L1 S 89°36'44" E 9.00' L2 N 0°23'16" E 18.00' L3 S 0°23'16" W 40.00' L4 S 89°36'44" E 31.00' L5 S 0°23'16" W 32.00' NOTES 1. EXISTING ZONING: LIMITED COMMERCIAL (C-1) 2. LOT SIZE DATA PROPOSED MINIMUM: 18,068 S.F. 3. SUBDIVISION AREA: 2.87 ACRES SUBDIVISION LOTS: 4 4. GAS, POWER, CABLE T. V. & ETC. TO BE PROVIDED. 5. EASEMENTS ARE 10' (FT.) WIDE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. SECTION LINES SHOWN ARE ROTATED OUT OF ITS CORRECT LOCATION FOR REPRESENTATION PURPOSES. 7. LOTS 3 & 4 OF BLOCK 1 WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO HAVE DIRECT VEHICULAR ACCESS TO SIPHON ROAD M SOUTH 1/4 CORNER OF SECTION 34. FOUND ITD MONUMENT IN VAULT AS DESCRIBED IN CP & F INST. NO. 21111672 GRAPHIC SCALE 1 INCH = 20 FEET 20 0 10 20 BASIS OF BEARING PER IDAHO STATE PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEM - EAST ZONE. GPS OBSERVATION COMBINATION FACTOR OF 1.0002579939. COORDINATES ARE BASED ON (IDPO CORS). PRELIMINARY PLAT FOR: NORTHSIDE CROSSING DIVISION 2 A DEVELOPMENT LOCATED IN: SOUTHEAST 114 OF SECTION 34, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, BOISE MERIDIAN, BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO NAL FN G%STER C, F� 'L �p ID n � n !gTEOFID ELLGR� w ADDRESS BOUNDARY LINE CONTACT LYNN YOST PHONE (740) 258-7094 PROPERTY LINE DRAWN BY CHEYENNE R. NEWBERRY ----------------------- PROJECT # EASEMENT LINE — — — — SECTION LINE EXISTING PROPOSED CONTOUR LINES w w w w W W—/ WATER LINE — sssssS—)—/—= SEWER LINE —sD)sD)sD)/ STORM LINE OO / OO SEWER MANHOLE ® / ® SEWER SERVICE OO / OO STORM MANHOLE 8 / 9 STORM CATCH BASIN 4( FIRE HYDRANT a / m WATER METER ® / ® WATER SERVICE ® / • WATER VALVE GRAPHIC SCALE 1 INCH = 20 FEET 20 0 10 20 BASIS OF BEARING PER IDAHO STATE PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEM - EAST ZONE. GPS OBSERVATION COMBINATION FACTOR OF 1.0002579939. COORDINATES ARE BASED ON (IDPO CORS). PRELIMINARY PLAT FOR: NORTHSIDE CROSSING DIVISION 2 A DEVELOPMENT LOCATED IN: SOUTHEAST 114 OF SECTION 34, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, BOISE MERIDIAN, BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO NAL FN G%STER C, F� 'L �p ID n � n !gTEOFID ELLGR� NAME J ANDY ADDRESS 13985 N. RIO VISTA POCATELLO, IDAHO 83201 CONTACT LYNN YOST PHONE (740) 258-7094 DRAWN BY CHEYENNE R. NEWBERRY CHECKED BY I J. MITCHELL GREER PROJECT # 19039 DATE CREATED 06/04/2019 LAST REVISED 07/10/2019 FILE PATH R:\19\YOST, LYN\NORTHSIDE CROSSING DIVISION 2 - 19039\DES\BASE\NC2 PRELIMINARY PLAT—R1 7.10.19 TM �f<<.q y Engineers a Surveyors t Planners 30158th St, W. #138 a Williston, NO 58801 a (701] 572 -Of 10 600 E. Oak St, a Pocatello, /D 8320f it (208) 234 -Of f0 :i: Exhibit 4: Narrative for Preliminary Plat PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 CHUBOUCK www•CityofChubbuck.us IaR110 Northside Crossing Division No. 2 - Preliminary Plat Narrative 1. The subdivision proposal complies with the applicable provisions of this title. The current project as proposed meets the applicable provisions of this title. 2. The subdivision proposal complies in principle with all applicable City design standards and development regulations. All lot sizes, rights -of way, roadways, utilities etc. have been designed to comply with the city standards and development regulations. 3. The subdivision proposal complies with all applicable zoning requirements of the underlying zoning district, applicable overlays, and other applicable development standards. The current project is located within an approved Limited Commercial (C-1) zone within the city and will follow all of the parameters, guidelines and development standards that the (C-1) zone requires. 4. All public facilities including streets, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, water, sewer, fire protection, and sanitation services can be provided to the newly created lots and accommodate future extension to adjacent land. The use of a "control strip" intended to control or prevent the future extension of public facilities or development of adjacent land is prohibited. The current layout of the project allows for the extension of public facilities to the north along Aurora Street with access and utility services being provided to the commercial sites to the west of Aurora Street. There are no areas within this develop that prevent or control access to adjacent lands. S. If city public works determines that the proposed subdivision will result in significant traffic impacts then a "traffic impact study" will be required as part of the commission's review. A significant traffic impact is generally defined as occurring when: a. A Proposed development or redevelopment of a site will generate 100 or more new peak hour trips; or b. The added volume is equal to 1,000 vehicles per day. The proposed project will consist of 4 commercial lots that will have a mix of retail & office uses. The overall gross square footage within the complex will be 18,600 square feet. Based on the information provided in the ITE Trip Generation Report 10th Addition, per 1,000 square feet, retail spaces generate 38 trips per day with 4.2 of those trips being peak hour and office spaces generate 10 trips per day with 1.5 of those trips being peak hour. Assuming half of the uses will be retail (9,300 square feet) and half of the uses will be office (9,300 square feet) the project will generate (9,300 / 1,000 = 9.3 x 38 = 353.4) trips for retail and (9,300 / 1,000 = 9.3 x 10 = 93) trips for office, for a total of 446.4 trips per day. For peak hour trips per day the project will generate (9,300 / 1,000 = 9.3 x 4.2 = 39.06) for retail and (9,300 / 1,000 = 9.3 x 1.5 = 13.95) for office, for a total of 53.01 respectively. Based on this information, the project will not generate enough peak hour trips or total trips to warrant a traffic impact study. 6. The proposal provides for a continuation of a connected transportation system unless topography or natural features prevents connection to abutting streets or property. As stated in item #4, the proposed layout will allow for the extension of public facilities north along Aurora Street. There are no natural features or topography that will prevent future connections. 7. The proposed subdivision provides for bicycle and pedestrian transportation routes and amenities in accordance with Bannock Transportation Planning Organization's adopted bicycle and pedestrian plans. The proposed subdivision will have a 10' paved walkway provided that will tie into future phases of the Northside Crossing neighborhood to the north that will have sidewalks running throughout. This will provide adequate transportation routes for both bicycle and pedestrian traffic to circulate throughout the future neighborhoods. 8. Public utilities are provided to the newly created lots in public rights-of-way or in appropriately sized easements (Ord. 773, 2018) The proposed project will have new water, sewer, storm and irrigation utilities provided within the right-of-way. It will also have a 10' public utility easement provided within the platted subdivision for public utilities i.e. phone, cable, power and gas, to install their infrastructure to provide services to the new facilities that will be built. Exhibit 5b: Current Zoning and Proposed Change Limited Commercial (C-1) Limited Residential (R-2) Limited Residential - P (R -2P) . Planned Unit Development(PUD) Single Family Res-dentisI(R-1j E] Unknown F 4 i' Siphon. Rd i ~'01— F rae Northside Crossing Div 2 _ L; IL ,, 5Yrt � } Zoning/Landuseri - 'S` Agriculture -LA) + DenseResldential(R-4) It J General Commercial (C-21 TyheeRd . Industrial (I) Limited Commercial (C-1) Limited Residential (R-2) Limited Residential - P (R -2P) . Planned Unit Development(PUD) Single Family Res-dentisI(R-1j E] Unknown F 4 i' Siphon. Rd i ~'01— F rae Exhibit 5: Comprehensive Plan a. Future Land Use Map Plarinling_Layers Futu re Land Us e D esi g nation Commercial Employment High Density Q 0 Low Density Medium Density Northside Crossing Div 2 TyheeRd� 9 Exhibit 6: Evidence of Notice a. Site Postina June 14. 2019 lae'\ CHUBBUCK b. Agency Notices on File with Staff PO Box 5604 — 5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chubbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us CHUBBUCK 1 9 0 H 0 Memo Office of Community Planning & Economic Development Pa Box 5604-5160 Yellowstone Avenue, Chu bbuck, ID 83202 208.237.2430 — Fax 208.237.2409 www.CityofChubbuck.us To: LUDC From: Devin Willam, Director Date: August 6, 2019 Re: Review of revised Northside Crossing documents; document revisions based on staff's comments Overview Between July 31 and August 2, 2019, revisions to the Northside Crossing Creative Community Master Development Plans and Codes were submitted based on Staff's punchlist of concerns provided previously to the application (a copy of which was included in the 7/30/19 Land Use and Development Commission packet). Upon review, changes were made to the proposed code and master development plan (MDP) documents which largely addressed staffs concerns. Within the draft code, a change was made to decrease the minimum number of required residential units to reflect the area of the development already annexed and Staff concurs with their change. Another change was made to allow single and two-family dwellings in the Business Research Park area and again, Staff concurs with the change. Some very minor items and inconsistences remain unchanged in the master development plan documents (a reference to CC -NZ instead of CC -NC; discrepancy between sidewalk width minimums, and minor items) but since the MDP documents are intended to be conceptual only and are simply a demonstration of how the developer intends to develop to the CC zone standards, Staff is comfortable with the clause that was added to page 10 (below) and that it will ensure that the community builders develop to the CC zone standards, even where conflict exists in the master development plan guidelines: These Master plan guidelines are intended to be a reflection of the CC Zone city code. The CC Zone code is considered the minimum standard, whereas this MPG is intended to f trther describe the development standards. The design intent statements, standards and guidelines have been adopted to provide specific direction on the vision of Northside Crossing and supporting design principles. The Masterplan guidelines set forth the design review and approval process and provide the parameters for building and site design, streetscape design and construction practices. The CC Zone code for the City of Chubbucksets the minimum standards. The Master Plan Guidelines may exceed the adopted zoning code in terms of standards or regulations but should not drop below the CC Zone standards. Attached: - Revised draft code (8/2/19) - Revised master plan guideline documents (8/2/19) Page 1J:\Planning\Creative Communities\Northside Crossing\For LUDC\Memo to LUDC re—changes since report,docx Contents Chapter 18.35: Creative Community — Northside Crossing Zoning District(CC-NC)........................1 18.35.010: APPLICABILITY; PURPOSE AND INTENT; RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CONTROLS AND CODES; CHAPTER SUPERSEDES PORTIONS OF CODEAS DESCRIBED..........................................................................................................................1 18.35.020: DEFINITIONS: ................................................................................... .................................. 5 18.35.030: MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM BUILD -OUT DENSITY AND OCCUPIED FLOOR AREA; OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS..............................................................................................7 18.35.040. SCHEDULE OF GENERAL CONTROLS; LAND USE CHART........................................7 18.35.050: SCHEDULE OF GENERAL CONTROLS; BULK, LANDSCAPE, AND DESIGN STANDARDS.........................................................................................................................................14 18.35.060: GENERAL CONTROLS......................................................................................................17 18.35.070: PARKING STANDARDS....................................................................................................19 18.35.080: SIGNAGE STANDARDS....................................................................................................21 18.35.090: LANDSCAPING STANDARDS....,,... .... I..— .................... 21 ................................................... 18.35.100: STREET STANDARDS....................................................................................................... 23 18.35.110: PARKS AND OPEN SPACE............................................................................................... 24 18.35.120: PLAN AND AGREEMENT CHANGES; ADMINISTRATION ........................................ 26 5 Chapter 18.35: Creative Community — Northside Crossing Zoning District (CC -NC) 18.35.010: APPLICABILITY; PURPOSE AND INTENT; RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CONTROLS AND CODES; CHAPTER SUPERSEDES PORTIONS OF CODE AS DESCRIBED A. This chapter reflects the approved Master Development Plan ("MDP") for the Creative Community- Northside Crossing zoning district (hereinafter CC -NC or Northside Crossing zoning district) as defined by municipal code section 18.08.010K and in accordance with municipal code chapter 18.2 1, and as described in this chapter. B. Boundary Legal Description: A tract of land located in the Southeast 1/ of Section 34 and the West `/z of Section 35, Township 5 South, Range 34 East, Boise Meridian, Bannock County, Idaho, described as follows: Beginning at the Northwest corner of Section 35, being monumented by a railroad spike as described in corner perpetuation filed for record as Instrument No. 20520343 in the official records of Bannock County, 1 Thence South 89°46'49" East, along the North Iine of Section 35, a distance of 1485.77 feet to a point on the center of the Hiline Canal. Thence following along the centerline of the Hiline Canal over the following eight (8) courses: 1. South 13°11'58" West a distance of 241.08 feet; 2. South 26'17'16" West a distance of 314.45 feet; 3. South 18'21'19" West a distance of 318.85 feet; 4. South 9°31'31" West a distance of 808.83 feet; 5. South 0°35'06" West a distance of 1029.73 feet; 6. South 1°13'28" East a distance of 352.00 feet; 7. South 8°00'48" East a distance of 396.63 feet; 8. South 5'46'10" East a distance of 583.20 feet to a point on the North boundary line of a parcel of land belonging to Randy Merica and Teresa Merica as described in Warranty Deed recorded as Instrument No. 896747 in the official records of Bannock County; Thence following along the North and West boundary lines of said parcel of land over the following two (2) courses: 1. North 89°46'42" West a distance of 1184.49 feet to a point on the West line of said Section 35; 2. South 0°14'09" West:a distance of 861.18 feet; Thence North 89°36'44" West a distance of 720.00 feet; Thence South 0"14'09" West a distance of 432.66 feet; Thence North 89°36'44" West a distance of 264.32 feet to a point on the East right-of- way line of the Railroad; Thence North 1 ° 12'43" West, along the railroad right-of-way line, a distance of 1711.74 feet; Thence South 89'l 0'48" East a distance of 1027.62 feet to a point on the West line of said Section 35; Thence North 0'14'09" East, along the said section line, a distance of 914.35 feet to the 114 corner common to Section 34 and 35, being monumented by 1/z" rebar with plastic cap as described in corner perpetuation filed for record as Instrument No. 20520348 in the official records of Bannock County; Thence North 0° 14'J 0" East, continuing along said section line, a distance of 2648.86 feet to the Point of Beginning. Excepting Therefrom: 2 A parcel of land belonging to Steven Allen Wilson as described in Warranty Deed recorded as Instrument No. 21404143 in the official records of Bannock County described as follows: Commencing at the NW corner of Section 35, T 5S, R 34 ESM: Thence S 36 degrees 07' E 1450 feet to the P.O.B. Thence N 01 degrees 26' E 241.0 feet: Thence S 87 degrees 36' E 220.56 feet (recorded as 210 feet): Thence S 12 degrees 01' W 259.49 feet (recorded as 259 feet): Thence N 84 degrees 59' W 173.21 feet (recorded as 174.50 feet): Thence N 01 degrees 26' E 6.97 feet to the P.O.B. A Total of 1.14 acres (recorded as 1.04 Acres) TOTAL PROJECT AREA IS 136.07 ACRES, MORE OR LESS C. Intent and Purpose: The intent and purpose of this zoning district is to further the specific intent of the Creative Community district as set forth in municipal code 18.21. Specifically, the Northside Crossing development goals are as follows: . 1. Northside Crossing at New Day will provide a new opportunity for its residents. Much like the dawn of a new day, our new community will provide residents a new beginning, a new start, and a new life every day of the year. The Community Builder together with the City has partnered together to create an open and inviting neighborhood to all those who live or visit here. It is the Community Builder's goal to create a truly walkable neighborhood that is easy and safe to navigate. Through comprehensive site planning this community will incorporate something for everyone. Miles of walking paths will connect dozens of acres of open spaces, parks, and recreational areas. These recreational areas are intended to promote health and wellness along with offering 4' places for gathering. The "Hub" at Town Center will be a place for public events, live entertainment and music, apartment over retail living, and many other creative uses. .'.."Fulfill the City's Creative Community Public Benefit Objectives: A goal of the Developer ("Community Builder") and the City is that construction of The Northside Crossing MDP, consistent with the MDP Approval and this Chapter, will fulfill the public benefit objectives outlined in chapter 18.21. 2. Create Employment Opportunities: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to provide Commercial, Retail, Office, and Light Industrial opportunities that are well - integrated into the Northside Crossing zoning district, that promote the creation of jobs and commerce, that are flexible to market conditions and that provide the opportunity for the newly created households and residents to have a place to work and shop. Health and wellness is intended to be the focus in this community. The Community Builder will also provide mixed-use opportunities to create meaningful village centers that support local business activity and employment opportunities. 3. Create a Mix of Land Uses: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to develop a mix of uses within the Northside Crossing zoning district that complements the range of existing and planned uses within the City; respects the character of adjacent neighborhoods; and utilizes existing availability and planned capacity of urban services, access opportunities, and infrastructure systems located in proximity to the district. 4. Protect the Environment: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to create a creative community that seeks to protect the landscape and allow in residents to enjoy the outdoors. Idaho is a beautiful state. People will be moving here for that reason. Solar, as a renewable energy source will encouraged. Water conservation efforts will be met through smart landscaping and the use of Fort Hall water for irrigation. Recycling and other repurposing receptacles are envision to be placed strategically in the community. 5. Create a Fiscally -Sound, Economically -Viable Conununity: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to create an economically -viable Creative Community that provides Office, Retail, Light Industrial, and other Commercial uses; preserves open spaces and integrates open space corridors; provides recreational opportunities, necessary public facilities, and a wide range of residential opportunities. The Community Builder and City seek to ensure that these elements of the Northside Crossing zoning district are fiscally sound and sufficient so they can aid in minimizing necessary up -front infrastructure cost and upgrades as well as generate aizpadequate financial return to justify the risk and cost of local and regional improvements to transportation, water, sewer, and stormwater facilities. Opportunities to create positive fiscal performance that are mutually beneficial to the City and Cominunity Builder are to be pursued 6. Provide a Range of House Types and Lifestyles Opportunities: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to provide within the Northside Crossing zoning district a range of residential and lifestyle opportunities at urban densities within the City that adequately responds to dynamic market factors over time, is accessible to all economic segments of the population, and contributes to the City targets for accommodating growth under the comprehensive plan. 7. Built -In Flexibility: A goal of the Community Builder and City is to create a community with the flexibility to quickly respond and adapt to new and/or innovative technology, construction methods and materials, land uses, housing types and businesses. Recognizing that the future may include advances in these areas that do not currently exist and that may prove to be fiscally or environmentally beneficial to the Community Builder and City, the City shall allow flexibility in the use of new and/or innovative technologies, construction methods and materials, land uses, housing types and businesses that meet or exceed the design standards and guidelines throughout the Northside Crossing MDP. 8. Sustainability: A goal of the Community Builder is to integrate Low Impact Development techniques within the Northside Crossing zoning district in order to create a community that is more livable, walkable, and sustainable for current and 4 future residents. Potential techniques include, but are not limited to, Low Impact Development, recycling, and water conservation. 9. Make Development Decisions Predictable, Fair and Cost- Effective: A goal of the City is to provide certainty, predictability and a stream -lined process for the review and approval of Phases and Neighborhoods that are consistent with and implement this district. D. Relationship to other land use and development controls and codes; Chapter supersedes portions of code as described: 1. With the establishment of this zoning district, modifications from municipal code are allowed with the CC -NC zoning districts as applicable. 2. Where there appears to be a conflict between these standards and any other sections of city code, the requirements set forth in this zoning district prevail. This district does not prevail over life safety codes. 18.35.020: DEFINITIONS: Assembly, Place of: The use of land for a meeting place where persons gather together for purposes of attending civic, social, religious functions, recreational events or entertainment performances on a regular or recurring basis including, but not limited to, religious institutions, banquet facilities, funeral homes, theaters, conference centers, stadiums, or indoor or outdoor recreational facilities, but excludes a "cultural facility" as defined by this chapter. A gathering of less than twenty five (25) persons shall not be considered a place of assembly provided the gathering is accessory and incidental to the principal use. Bed and Breakfast: An owner -occupied residence which has a maximum of three guest units within a single-family dwelling, the owners of which serve breakfast to guests Common Access Easement Configuration: An easement created for the purpose of providing vehicular or pedestrian access to a property, such as to allow two or more residences to have access via a singular common private drive or walkway, or easements across common areas where walkways are located to grant access (pedestrians/bicyclists) to properties that front the common area. Community Builder: The developer of the Northside Crossing zoning district who maintains ownership/control during the planning and development stage to ensure that the development is achieved in a unified manner consistent with the approvals and standards within the district. The Community Builder designation may be amended if the purchaser submits a notarized letter to the Public Works Director stating that he/she has reviewed all documents relating to the approvals and that they agree to comply. Courtyard: An unoccupied, open, and unobstructed court that opens onto a street, providing access to two or more single-family detached dwellings occupied and arranged around two or more sides. 5 Cultural Facility: A building or site providing for display, performance, or enjoyment of heritage, history, or the arts. This includes but is not Limited to museums, art galleries, and libraries by a public, private, or nonprofit facility. This does not include commercially-operated theaters. Duplex: A single building containing two individual dwellings on one parcel. They may be side by side or up and down (see also Twin Home). Industrial, Heavy: Manufacturing or other enterprises with significant external effects, or which pose significant risks due to the involvement of explosives, radioactive materials, poisons, pesticides, herbicides, or other hazardous materials in the manufacturing or other process. Industrial, Light: Any operation which assembles, improves, treats, compounds, or packages goods or materials in a manner which does not create a noticeable amount of noise, dust, odor, smoke, glare or vibration outside of the building in which the activity takes place, which does not require outside storage or goods or materials, and which does not generate objectionable amounts of truck traffic. Land Use Designation Area: A land use category area within the zone with distinct, separate standards established by this chapter and as shown on the master development plan. Land Use Designation Area is not to be interpreted as a strict zoning boundary and may be amended as provided for by this chapter. Lot, Flag: A lot that has access to a public or private right-of way by means of a narrow strip of land. Lot, Irregular: Irregular lots are defined as non-rectangular, lots with three sides and/or pie- shaped, or lots with more than four sides and require special measurement techniques in order to achieve the purpose of the specific setbacks. ` Lot, Z: Parcels with lot lines that are zig-zagged to provide more space between homes for useable side or rear yards, and/or which allow side windows to capture wider views of the outdoors, as opposed to a zero-lot lime development wherein houses are commonly lined up next to each other with limited views. Open Space: An area within a development designed and intended for the use or enjoyment of all residents of the development or for the use and enjoyment of the public in general. Short-term Rental: The rental or lease of any unit or structure or portion for a period of not more than thirty (30) days. Single -family Dwelling, Detached: A dwelling that is not attached to any other dwelling, excluding accessory dwellings. Single -family Dwellings, Attached: Dwellings that are individually owned and share a common wall with adjacent dwellings, such as condominiums, townhomes/townhouses, and twin homes. Triplex: A building containing three individual dwellings. Accessory dwelling units are not included in this definition. Twin Home: A single building containing two individual dwellings on separate parcels, side by side with a common wall between them (see also Duplex). Quad-plex: A building containing four individual dwellings. Accessory dwelling units are not included in this definition. 0 Zero -lot Line Development: The location of a building on a lot in such a manner that one or more of the building's sides rest directly on a side lot line. 18.35.030: MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM BUILD -OUT DENSITY AND OCCUPIED FLOOR AREA; OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS A. The Creative Community -Northside Crossing zoning district will provide a mixture of uses include: residential, commercial, office, light industrial, retail, educational, civic, and recreational uses such as trails, parks, and open space. <`_;,. B. Maximum and Minimum Number of Residential Units; A maximum of 1,400 residential units are permitted within the zoning district including 650 single-family units (single- family dwelling, single-family attached including townhoines or duplexes, triplex, or quadplex) and 750 multi -family units (structures containing greater than five residential units). To meet the overall net residential density requirement of section 18.21.020C and the minimum established through the MDP approval process, in no instance shall the district be built out to contain fewer than 400 residential units. Accessory dwelling units shall not count toward the density calculations of this section. To ensure that the Community Builder will fulfill the residential density requirements of this district, the Public Works Director shall establish a mechanism by which to track platted lots and to track current densities and may require that future developments contain greater densities than proposed by the Continunity Builder.. Accessory dwelling units do not count toward the maximum number of dwelling units. C. Maximum Square Feet of Occupied Floor Area for Non -Residential Uses: There is no restriction on maximums square feet occupied floor area for non-residential uses provided that City utilities and services are adequate to serve the area without negatively impacting the ability to serve other planned or existing areas in or near the City. D. Open Space Minimum Area Requirement: At least 18 acres of open space are required within the district. Development of the open space areas shall be at least proportional to the development area (e.g., if a plat contains 15% of the land area in the district, there shall be built or existing, at least 15% of the proposed open space in the district); however, recognizing that market or development patterns may cause a need to deviation from this requirement, a deviation may be granted through the design book approval process. For purposes of this zoning district, open space amenities as approved through the MDP are found in Exhibit 18.35.040: SCHEDULE OF GENERAL CONTROLS; LAND USE CHART A. General controls for the zoning district are set forth in the schedule below. Specific uses are permitted where indicated in the schedules by the letter "P". Where the letter "C" appears, it denotes a use allowed in the district in question only upon issuance of a conditional use permit as herein provided. An "X" indicates that the use is neither allowed 7 nor conditionally permitted. An "R" indicates a restriction on that use. Because no list can be all encompassing, decisions on uses will be rendered by the Public Works Director with appeal to the Land Use and Development Commission as a business item available to the applicant. In making a detennination of use, the Public Works Director shall consider similar uses listed in the chart below, the character of the surrounding neighborhood, and characteristics of the proposed use. B. All non-residential uses/projects and residential uses/projects with structures containing more than 5 dwellings shall be subject to the City's Design Review Committee review and approval. C. Land Use Designation Areas Defined: Within the Northside Crossing zoning district are three (3) land use designation areas with specific uses permitted, conditionally permitted, or prohibited by this section. Whereas land uses may differ between the district and the private covenants, all applications for new or modified uses within the zoning district must be submitted with a recommendation from the reviewing body of home owners association. These land use designation areas are adopted as Exhibit of this chapter and prior to design book and platting, are to be interpreted as not being hard, definite boundaries but are rather, flexible to accommodate needs related to topography and grade, lot layout and plat design, or other elements that may be identified during the platting process. Land Use Designation Areas are as follows: Village (V): This land use area is designed for medium to high density mixed use development that includes residential (single- and multifamily), office, commercial, public/semipublic, recreation/open space uses, and certain compatible light industrial uses without a predetermined emphasis on any single use. This designation includes the Garden District and the Central District. 2. Town (T): This land use area is designed for office, commercial and recreational uses, but also includes residential (single- and multi -family), public/semipublic, open space, and certain compatible light industrial uses. This designation includes the Park District. 3. Business and Research Park (BRP): This land use area is designed to accommodate (but not require) a mixture of all uses: residential (single- and multi -family), office, commercial, light industrial, recreational and public/semipublic uses. The principal land use in this category should be office, commercial and light industrial. This designation includes the Progress District. D. Land Use Charts: 1. Village (V) Land use Designation Area Use _ Permission I Restriction Residential 8 Single-family (detached) P Single-family (attached) P Duplex, Triplex, Quadplex R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling un]ess a design deviation is granted as part of the design book approval process. Multi -family (5+ units) R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation is granted as part of the design book approval process. Accessory dwelling units P Home Occupation, minor R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Home Occupation, major R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Model homes/Sales office P Mixed use building (such P as commercial ground floor & residential above, or shop homes) Commercial Auto sales X Gas stations C Sexually -based businesses X Storage facilities R Permitted only when form and design are consistent with the district and/or neighborhood's architectural theme and as recommended by the community's architectural review committee. Off-street parking facilities R Off-street parking is limited to surface parking lots. Surface parking lots must be set back 10 feet from sidewalks and be lined with buildings or vegetative buffer_ Parking lots between buildings and functionally classified collector and arterial streets are prohibited unless justified through the applicable review process. General Office R See all other commercial uses Personal and Professional R See all other commercial uses Services All other commercial uses R Supermarket and grocery stores are Single-family (detached) P limited to 15,000 sf max. Personal Single-family (attached) P services provided primarily to Duplex, Triplex, Quadplex R neighborhood residents are limited to 10,000 square feet per tenant. Lodging Hotel/Motel X Short-term Rental P Bed and Breakfast C Industrial Heavy Industrial X Light Industrial X R Civic/Institutional Assembly, Place of C; R Limited to size not to exceed 30,000 have an outward appearance of a sf School (public or private) C Agriculture Agriculture (except P livestock) the design book approval process. Accessory dwelling units Livestock R As described and regulated in R Permitted unless objections by any municipal code 9.20.070-120, except person as set forth in that section 9.20.110 is amended in this zoning district to permit chickens within the rear yard of any single- family unit as described in this Chapter, regardless of land use designation area; and that all livestock must be accessory to a primary residential use only. 2. Town (T) Land use Designation Area Use Permission Restriction Residential Single-family (detached) P Single-family (attached) P Duplex, Triplex, Quadplex R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation is granted as part of the design book approval process. Multi -family (5+ units) R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation is granted as part of the design book approval process. Accessory dwelling units P Home Occupation, minor R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in 10 11 section 18. 12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Home Occupation, major R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in section IS. 12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Model homes/Sales office P Mixed use building (such P as commercial ground floor & residential above, or shop homes) Commercial Auto sales X Gas stations X Sexually -based businesses X Storage facilities R Permitted only when form and design are consistent with the district and/or neighborhood's architectural theme. Off-street parking facilities R Surface parking lofts must be set back 10 feet from sidewalks and be lined with buildings or vegetative buffer. Parking lots between buildings and functionally classified collector and arterial streets are prohibited unless justified through the applicable review process. General Office P Personal and Professional P Services All other commercial uses R The following restrictions apply: 1. Building footprint must not be larger than 35,000 sq. ft. Larger buildings may be permitted by CUP. 2. Drive-thrus and access lanes between buildings and sidewalks are not permitted. 3. Storage of non -retail materials and making, assembling, remodeling, repairing, altering, finishing, or refinishing of its products or merchandise is permitted provided: a. These activities are completely screened within the premises occupied by the establishment. b. These activities are clearly 11 3. Business and Research Park (BRP) Land use Designation Area Use Permission Restriction accessory to sales and display Single-family (detached) P activities. Lodging Hotel/Motel P Short-term Rental P Bed and Breakfast C Industrial Heavy Industrial X Light Industrial C Civic/Institutional Assembly, Place of C single-family dwelling School (public or private) C unless a design deviation Government facility C is granted as part of the (excluding critical design book approval infrastructure) process. Media P Permitted only when Agriculture Agriculture (except P livestock) outward appearance of a Livestock R As described and regulated in unless a design deviation municipal code 9.20.070-120, except that section 9.20.110 is amended in this zoning district to permit chickens within the rear yard of any single- family unit as described in this Chapter, regardless of land use designation area; and that all livestock must be accessory to a primary residential use only. 3. Business and Research Park (BRP) Land use Designation Area Use Permission Restriction Residential Single-family (detached) P Single-family:(attached) P Duplex, Triplex, Quadplex R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation is granted as part of the design book approval process. Multi -family (5+ units) R Permitted only when designed to have an outward appearance of a single-family dwelling unless a design deviation 12 13 is granted as part of the design book approval process. Accessory dwelling units P Home Occupation, minor R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Home Occupation, major R Permitted unless objections by any person as set forth in section 18.12.032 of this title, in which case the matter is treated as a conditional use permit. Model homes/Sales office P Mixed use building (such P as commercial ground floor & residential above) Commercial Auto sales P Gas stations P Sexually -based businesses X Storage facilities R Permitted only when form and design are consistent with the district and/or neighborhood's architectural theme. Off-street parking facilities R Parking lots between buildings and functionally classified collector and arterial streets are prohibited unless justified through the applicable review process. General Office P Personal and Professional P Services All other commercial uses P Lodging Hotel/Motel P Short-term Rental P Bed and Breakfast C Industrial Heavy Industrial X 13 Light Industrial P Civic/Insfitutional Assembly, Place of C Setbacks 4, s, 7 School (public or private) C Front Government facility (excluding critical infrastructure) C Rear Media P Agriculture Agriculture (except livestock) P Yard Livestock X 18.35.050: SCHEDULE OF GENERAL CONTROLS; BULK, LANDSCAPE, AND DESIGN STANDARDS A. Lot Size and Width: Lot sizes within the district are dictated by product type, setbacks, and other specific lot standards described in chapter. An implementing Project must meet the density requirements set forth in section 18.35.030 of this chapter, and lots must be of sufficient size to meet dimensional standards of this section for their intended use. B. Setbacks: 1. Chart: Notes: 1. Front Yard is the area of the structure that faces either on a public street or green court. Front yard is measured from the back of sidewalk, courtyard path, or walkway; distance is measured from the closest edge of building materials (e.g., if dwelling has front porch, the front porch shall be used to determine distance; if dwelling does not have front porch, the closest edge of the structure facing the front shall be used). Front yard maximum setback may be increased where necessary due to topography. 2. Setbacks for street -loaded garages are measured from the front of the dwelling as defined in Note 1. 14 Required Setbacks 4, s, 7 Land Use Front Side Side Rear Garage Garage Yard Yard Yard Yard (Street (Alley (Min. — @ Loaded)' Loaded) 3 Max) Corner Lot Village 10'-25' C 10' S' 15' 5' Town 6 10'-25' 6' 10' S' 15' S' Business 10'-25' 6' 10' S' 15' S' and Research Park 6 Notes: 1. Front Yard is the area of the structure that faces either on a public street or green court. Front yard is measured from the back of sidewalk, courtyard path, or walkway; distance is measured from the closest edge of building materials (e.g., if dwelling has front porch, the front porch shall be used to determine distance; if dwelling does not have front porch, the closest edge of the structure facing the front shall be used). Front yard maximum setback may be increased where necessary due to topography. 2. Setbacks for street -loaded garages are measured from the front of the dwelling as defined in Note 1. 14 3. Setbacks for alley -loaded garages are measured from the edge of the alley right-of-way (private or public). 4. Note that Side Yard Setback does not apply to the common wall on townhome, duplex, other similar attached dwellings or alternative lot configurations as provided in this section. 5. Use easements may be utilized for provision of private yards. 6. Nonresidential uses and/or structures have no minimum side or rear yard setback requirements; there may be no minimum front yard setback provided that it can be successfully demonstrated that pedestrian or vehicular travel is not negatively impacted. 7. Allowed Encroachments: a. Uncovered decks, patios, walkways, and other minor structural elements less than 30 inches in height; and fences seven (7) feet in height or less; are exempt from setback requirements. b. Retaining walls, rockeries and heat pumps and other similar mechanical/landscape features are allowed within setbacks. c. Balconies above the first floor may intrude into Setbacks up to 2 feet subject to applicable construction codes. d. Chimneys and fireplaces, accent walls or pilasters, bay windows, eaves and other similar minor structural or architectural elements may encroach up to 2 feet into Setbacks subject to applicable construction codes. 2. Setbacks are measured from the outside wall of the foundation of a structure to the property Iines in a perpendicular fashion unless otherwise stated herein. 3. Irregular Lots: Setbacks for irregular lots as defined shall be as follows: a. Front: Front setbacks shall be measured from the property line that abuts the street from which the lot is addressed or takes primary access. b. Rear: In the case of an irregularly shaped lot, a ten -foot line which is within the lot and parallel to and most distant from the front lot line shall be considered the rear lot line. For an alley loaded lot, the Setback is measured from the lot line closest from the alley. c. Side: All lot lines, which are not front or rear lot lines, shall be considered side lot lines. d. Pie -Shaped Lots: Setbacks on pie -shaped lots shall be measured at the closest point between the proposed building and the angled lot line, perpendicular to that lot line. e. Cul -De -Sac Lots: Setbacks shall be taken from the nearest proposed foundation corner, and measured perpendicular to the property lines. £ Flag Lots: A flag lot is a lot so shaped that the building area (the "flag") is not adjacent to the street or alley on which the lot fronts, and which includes an access strip (the "pole") connecting the building area to the street or alley. Setbacks shall be applied at the enlarged area of the lot ("flag"), and front (or false fi-ont) setbacks shall be a minimum of ten feet (10') and side yard setbacks shall be a minimum of six feet (6'); whereas rear setbacks shall be a minimum of five feet. 15 C. Alternative Lot Configurations: In order to promote creative and unique site designs, alternative lot configurations are allowed within the Northside Crossing zoning district. Alternative lot configurations include, but are not limited to: 16 1. Zero lot line developments 2. "Z" lot configurations 3. Common access easements configurations 4. Courtyard D. Deviations from Dimensional Standards: The following deviations from dimensional standards may be allowed by the City: 1. Front and side yard setbacks set by this chapter for residential structures may be administratively reduced up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) provided that the deviation does not result in a garage with a front yard setback of less than twenty feet (20') from the property line. E. Building Height: Land Use Maximum Height (in stogies) 1,2 Village 3 Town 4 Business and Research Park 4 1. Stories are the number of stories above grade at the front of the structure street level. This does not restrict walkout basements for non -street fronting structure areas: 2. The City Council may approve greater building heights than shown in the table above if it identifies site or design characteristics that are unique to the development such as size, scale, topography, or development amenities (e.g., rooftop gardens), that justify allowing greater building heights. Approved l structures with additional height may be required to employ suitable "step back" architecture and other architectural features that create a development that is built at the human scale, and is pedestrian friendly and architecturally diverse. 3. Heights up to 35' with more than 2 stories may be permitted for buildings such as split level homes or buildings with attic offices or quarters. 18.35.050: GENERAL CONTROLS A. Building Areas To Be Unencumbered: Buildable areas must be unencumbered by setbacks, public easements, and other physical constraints (such as topography or similar features). B. Clustering: Buildings shall be clustered to preserve scenic or environmentally sensitive areas in the natural state, or to consolidate small open spaces into larger, more usable areas for common use and enjoyment. Clustered areas shall be carefully designed to abut upon common open space or recreational amenities. Commercial developments shall be planned 17 as groups having common parking areas and common ingress and egress points in order to reduce the number of vehicle and bike/pedestrian conflict point locations. C. Like Uses To Face Like Uses: Where possible, "like land uses" shall face "like land uses" or open space, i.e., retail across the street from retail, townhomes from townhomes, etc. D. Fencing along Sidewalks and Streets Discouraged; Standards for When Used: To facilitate a visually open public realm, unless otherwise required by this chapter, fencing along sidewalks or streets, excluding alley ways, is strongly discouraged. Where such fencing is used however, fencing plans which include heights, materials, and designs, shall be reviewed as part of the design book review process and the City may impose necessary conditions of approval in order to satisfy the intent and purpose of this chapter and section. E. Buffering of Nonresidential Uses from Residential Uses: Where separation is desirable between uses, landscaped buffers are preferred over fences and walls in order to create a more visually open look. When fences are used between uses or properties within the development, fencing shall be compatible in color, texture, and design in relationship to building materials. Buffering may be required by the Land Use and Development Commission, the City Council, or Design Review Committee between uses deemed incompatible. F. Utilities: Underground utilities, such as telephone, fiber, and electrical systems, are required if included in the development. Appurtenances to these systems which can be effectively screened may be exempted from this requirement if the City finds that such exemption will not violate the intent or character of the proposed development. However, the developer shall make efforts to group appurtenances together so as to minimize their distribution. G. Storage Of Recreational Vehicles, Watercraft, Trailers, Campers, Motorhomes, And Other Utility Vehicles To Be Screened: Watercraft, trailers, campers, motor homes and other utility or recreational vehicles shall be stored within completely enclosed, lawfully constructed buildings or within fenced enclosures at least six feet (6) behind the front line and the street side line of the main building on the lot or parcel in a CC Zone, except that said vehicles may be parked temporarily in front or side yards for no longer than twenty four (24) hours. H. Architectural Control Committee Required: The Community Builder shall provide for, and maintain, an Architectural Control Committee to ensure that the treatment of building mass, materials, and exterior appurtenances create aesthetically pleasing structures and a site that is in character with, and in proportion to, other surrounding buildings, while still providing diversity in design and neighborhood identity. The committee shall review and approve all themes and colors prior to design review committee and building permit application submittals to the City and to significant exterior modifications to ensure compliance with the approved Master Development Plan and Design Book. I. Product Mix: A variety of different residential architectural styles have been approved through the master development plan process. Neighborhoods that have nearly identical homes and streets without variation in product placement and form are not allowed. In order to ensure that the neighborhood is non -repetitive, homes with the same color scheme shall not be built on adjacent lots on the same street or on lots directly or diagonally across the street from one another. J. Corner Lots: Special attention should be paid to corner lots. At least one home plan per neighborhood shall be designed specifically for corner home sites. This home plan is required to include wrap-around architecture to provide visual interest on both the front and 18 corner side yard of the home, and the ability to tum the garage for side entry. An example would be continuing a full -wrap of material accent onto the side facade, adding a wraparound porch, or facing the home on a diagonal towards the intersection. Corner lot development shall conform to product mix requirements of the previous section. K. Entry Sidewalks and Front Porch: Single-family residences shall have building entry sidewalks that connect directly to a street sidewalk or pathway. L. Ground Level Aesthetics: Buildings shall be designed to relate to grade conditions with a minimum of grading and exposed foundation walls, creating easy pedestrian access from sidewalks, parking areas, etc. Commercial or mixed use buildings shall be designed with contrasting ground floor architectural articulation in order to enhance street activity and walkability. Windows, display windows, doors, and arcades must make up at least fifty percent (50%) of street facing facades on the first story of commercial developments. Window shapes and sizes shall be so designed to be compatible from.building to building. Tinted windows or windows with reflective film or glass are discouraged at street level. M. Access: All lots developed for residential purposes shall have frontage along a public roadway, or be rear -loaded with alley access, or front upon a "green court". All retail, civic, and office buildings shall front onto streets. 18.35.070: PARKING STANDARDS The standards for parking facilities are intended to promote vehicular and pedestrian safety and efficient land use. Parking lot landscaping standards are provided in section 18.35.090 of this Chapter. A. Minimum Parking Requirements: 1. Residential uses or structures shall provide off-street parking spaces pursuant to the chart below; Guest parking for residential uses and non-resident parking for mixed-use, live work uses and home occupations is included within those required spaces. Additional guest parking may be provided on -street. For mixed use projects, the residential use portion of the structure shall satisfy the requirements of the chart below: 19 Required Spaces �iefStructure Per Unit Dwelling Unit, detached or attached less than or equal to three dwellings 2 Dwelling Unit, attached more than three dwellings 1.75 19 Dwelling Unit, Accessory 1 Multi -family studio units 1 Group Quarters Calculated in same manner as non-residential uses 2. Non-residential uses: Off-street parking shall be provimbo meet the demand of the proposed land use. The applicant shall calculate this demand based on accepted standards, such as published in the Institute of Transportation Engineer's Parking Generation Reports. Mixed-use projects shall provide parking according to a shared parking analysis that projects parking needs based on the peak hour of parking demand. For example, a building with first -floor retail and office space and upper -floor residential will be able to adjust total parking demand to address the fact that peak residential parking demand will occur in the evening, while peak office parking demand will occur during the day. This analysis shall be based on accepted methodologies, such as the Urban Land Institute Shared Parking Study. B. Parking Dimensions: Parking dimensions shall meet or exceed the following standards: Spaces: a. Standard space: 9.5 ft x 18 ft, with a 2 ft overhang permitted into non -pedestrian areas. b. Compact space: 8.5 ft x 16 ft, with a 2 ft overhang permitted into non -pedestrian areas; up to 65% of total spaces may be compact. c. Motorcycle space: 4.5 ft x 12 ft. d. Parallel parking space: 24 ft x 7 ft. 2. Location of Parking: For single-family detached dwelling on a fee simple lot, the parking must be provided on the lot it serves. For all other uses, the parking shall be provided within five hundred feet (500') of the use. 3. Drive aisle width for parking lots with perpendicular parking is twenty-four feet (24) minimum, and for angled parking, width is twenty feet (20') minimum for two-way traffic. C. Motorcycle and Bicycle Parking: Motorcycle and bicycle parking shall meet the following standards: 1. All multi -family developments and non-residential uses may provide one motorcycle space for every twenty-five (25) required automobile parking spaces in lieu of a required automobile space. 20 2. All uses with 25 or more required parking spaces shall provide a designated bicycle parking area to accommodate a minimum of five (5) bicycles. Such bicycle parking shall provide a secure facility to which to lock bicycles and shall be located so as to be reasonably convenient to the on-site use and not interfere with pedestrian or automobile traffic. The City may require additional bicycle parking for facilities with high expected bicycle traffic, such as schools. 18.35.080: SIGNAGE STANDARDS A. Sign Standards Applicability: All Phases and Neighborhoods within the Northside Crossing zoning district shall be subject to the definitions, standards, requirements and processes found within this Chapter and the standards found within the Master Development Plan and Design Book with the following standards: 1. Shopping center identification signs shall be designed with similar materials and architectural character as the buildings within the shopping center so as to provide a cohesive appearance. 2. A master sign plan that provides for consistent color, placement, materials and design of all signs within the shopping center shall be submitted and approved together with the application for the shopping center identification sign. 3. Water features, masonry, and/or landscaping should be incorporated into the design to create visual interest. 4. Signs may be indirectly lit or have internally illuminated channel letters. Internally illuminated plastic, or other similar material, faced box signs are not allowed. 5. Maximum height of shopping center identification sign is thirty feet (30') including its base, measured froze the adjacent ground level. Signs of heights greater than thirty feet (30') may be conditionally permitted by the City after considering the recommendation of the Community Builder, homeowners' association, and/or architectural control committee and after considering the criteria for conditional use permits in this Title. B. Neighborhood Identification Signs: Signs identifying each neighborhood within. the MDP shall be installed at the beginning and end of each neighborhood. 18.35.090: LANDSCAPING STANDARDS A. Applicability: The provisions of this Section establish the landscape standards for the Creative Community - Northside Crossing zoning district, and shall apply to all phases and neighborhoods within the district except for detached single family residences, accessory dwelling units, attached residential dwellings in buildings up to and including four (4) units, home occupations, Temporary Uses, accessory uses, and clearing and grading associated with these uses. All Phases and Neighborhoods, including those excepted above, are still subject to review by the Design Review Committee. B. Review Process: 21 1. A landscape plan designed or approved by either a landscape architect licensed in the State of Idaho or Idaho State Master Gardener shall be submitted to the Design Review Committee for review and approval. 2. The landscaping plans shall contain generally accepted specifications and direction for planting and maintenance such as, but not limited to, tree and shrub planting, staking, and soil preparation. C. Landscape Design: Landscape design shall be consistent with the approved master development plan/design book and guidelines of this Chapter, and be appropriate to the intended use of the site or building. K-1., D. Landscape Materials: New landscape materials shall include species native to the area or non-invasive naturalized species that have adapted to those climate conditions in the following amounts: 75% groundcovers and shrubs, 50% trees. Sixty percent (60%) of plant materials must be drought tolerant. In addition, landscaping may include water features, rock, wood, walls, fences and other similar decorative materials and artistic features. Playfields, playgrounds, and other similar uses are exempt from the materials requirement. E. Right -of -Way and Associated Landscape Tracts: I. One (1) street tree per each thirty lineal feet (30') of street frontage is required on all streets. In addition, trees can be staggered, and/or planted in drifts or groves so long as the total number of required trees is provided. Street trees must be a minimum caliper of one -and -one-half inches (1.5") diameter at breast height. 2. Medians and planter strips shall be planted with landscape materials per section 18.35.090.D of this Chapter. Trees, shrubs and groundcovers may be planted in drifts, or as appropriate for stormwater quality/Low Impact Development. 3. Landscaping within planter strips adjacent to parking spaces must include a low growing plant palette with a variety of textures, such as, but not limited to, low grasses, groundcovers and perennials. 4. Portions of park strips may be paved to accommodate street furniture, leaving appropriately sized tree wells for street trees. F. Parking Lot Landscaping: The purpose of parking lot landscaping is to soften the visual appearance, soften views of parking lots, add shade and reinforce safe pedestrian access to buildings and connecting sidewalks. Parking lots with twelve (12) or more stalls shall include: 1. One (1) tree for every ten (10) stalls located in islands or perimeter landscaping; and 2. Total of all interior landscaped areas shall be at least ten percent (10%) of the total parking area (including parking, maneuvering, and loading areas); and 3. All landscape areas must be planted with landscape materials per 18.09.090.D of this Chapter, except where pedestrian access is provided. Landscaping adjacent to 22 parking spaces must include a low growing plant palette with a variety of textures, such as, but not limited to, low grasses, groundcovers and perennials; and 4. Minimum width of all landscape areas is 4 feet. A reduction in width of up to two (2) feet may be allowed for interior landscape areas (not adjacent to right-of-way) provided the total required area is provided; and 5. A minimum six-foot wide perimeter of landscaping is required adjacent to rights- of-way, except where vehicular ingress and egress is proposed. The perimeter landscaping may include decorative walls, solid fences or vegetation to obscure views of parking areas provided that any of the aforementioned screening treatments are limited to a maximum height of four feet W). G. Maintenance: To the extent necessary to remain, all landscaping shall be watered, weeded, pruned, freed of pests, and replaced as necessary. 18.35.100: STREET STANDARDS A. Purpose: The purpose of this Section is to establish standards for the design, configuration and performance of all public and private streets within the Northside Crossing zoning district in order to: 1. Ensure adequate access and connectivity throughout the Project Site; 2. Allow for flexibility in the design and location of streets; and 3. Establish a streetscape and street design that helps to define the character and image of the Northside Crossing zoning district. B. Applicability: This section is applicable to all streets, alleys, private drives and other vehicular accessways proposed within the zoning district. Specific land uses, site conditions, visibility limitations and critical areas may result in variations to the street types as permitted in this section. Standards not defined in this section will be governed by the typical City of Chubbuck standards. C. Street Types: Exhibit "E" of the approved Master Development Plan shows the approximate location of streets classified as Arterials, Collectors, and neighborhood. All other streets and access will be Neighborhood streets, Private Roads, Shared Drives, Auto/Pedestrian Shared Drives or Alleys and will be designed and located by the applicant during the platting and/or development process associated with each parcel. These Phases and Neighborhoods shall be designed to foster the development of a street grid system throughout the Project Site. 23 D. Off -Site Connections Required: The Northside Crossing development shall stub streets to the boundaries of abutting off-site property as generally shown in the approved master development plan; the connection points on the approved MDP Circulation Map are approximate. The actual design and location of connection points will be determined at the preliminary plat stage of each phase by the Community Builder and City using a collaborative process. E. Review Criteria for Deviations: The requirements of this Section may be modified through a deviation request for cause during the design book and preliminary platting phase. Street sections may be modified to best fit the character of the proposed neighborhood and respond to natural site features. Modifications to street sections related to on -street parking, bicycle lanes, planter strips and/or sidewalks must meet the following guidelines as applicable: 1. On -street parking is required the extent necessary to satisfy guest parking requirement. 2. Bicycle lanes are only required to be included in street sections that are classified higher than a Neighborhood Street. Bicycle lanes may be eliminated if an adequate off-street trail facility is provided as a replacement. 3. A sidewalk may be eliminated if a separated trail section is provided as a replacement. For example, where a paved multi -use trail is provided along the road (it may be separated), the sidewalk may be eliminated on one or both sides. F. Street Sections: As authorized by the master development plan approval, street sections for all street types within the district shall be followed. These street sections are typical and may vary subject to approval by the Public Works Director to accommodate specific site and design conditions. Street sections may incorporate cross -slopes, crowns, inverts, and/or super elevation to accommodate Low Impact Development or other design features. G. Tyhee Road: The design of Tyhee Road, as proposed to realign through the district, will extend from the Union Pacific Railroad to Hiline Road and will be designed to create an intersection with it's extension being build by the Community Builder of the Creative Community -Harvest Springs Developer. The Community Builder may dedicate and plan a 100' wide right-of-way to be dedicated since the right-of-way will contain a separated multi -use path and five (5) lanes. 18.35.110: PARKS AND OPEN SPACE A. The Community Builder is responsible for the design and construction of the Parks. The actual location and boundaries of Parks may vary but will be defined through the platting stage. 24 B. Sensitive Areas and Buffers: Sensitive areas and buffers are the steep slopes (slopes above 35% grade), lowlands, and dry -stream beds. An effort shall be made to preserve and protect and, in many cases, leave natural, sensitive areas and buffers. Trails, crossings, encroachments, and improvements may be allowed within sensitive areas consistent with a low impact development effort. These areas may be dedicated to the City as open space at the time of phase platting. C. Non -Sensitive Open Space: Open Space outside of sensitive areas and buffers includes, but is not limited to, the plaza, Community Parks, trails, Neighborhood and Pocket Parks, natural areas and stormwater ponds and infiltration facilities. Additional Parks may be provided as individual phases are developed. D. Stormwater ponds and facilities shall be designed as either passive or active Open Space when practical. Passive Open Space facilities consisting of stormwater ponds shall be designed to appear as a natural wetland or pond. Vegetation shall consist of no less than 70% native plant material typically found in and around Bannock County. Any fencing required shall be designed and located such that it does not detract from the natural character of the facility. If natural landscaping is intended to provide a long—term barrier to human intrusion, temporary fencing may be permitted until such time as the landscaping has matured to the point of providing the barrier. E. Trail Plan: The Community Builder is responsible for the design and construction of the trails shown on the Plan with approval by the City. The actual location of trails may vary and will be defined through the platting process. Necessary trail construction will be completed within the boundaries of each phase as constructed. Where feasible, trail construction should avoid dead ends and incomplete segments. F. Trail Standards: Trails will be built to the standards as described in Municipal Code 18.21.050.A.3. The following amenities may be included within trail corridors subject to mutual agreement between the Community Builder and the City: rest stops, sculpture and other art, pedestrian lighting, exercise stations, picnic tables, interpretive areas, Pocket Parks/tot lots, drinking fountains, restrooms, and covered sheds, and other similar amenities. G. Park, Open Space, and Deviations from Plan: All Park, Recreation Facility, Open Space and trail standards, cross sections and locations are general documents and may be modified through the deviation process established by section 18.35.120. %I 18.35.120: PLAN AND AGREEMENT CHANGES; ADMINISTRATION A. Purpose: The purpose of this section is to provide a process and criteria to interpret, modify and/or amend the standards, processes, conditions, or provisions contained within the MDP Approval as codified in this Chapter and in agreements with the Community Builder. In addition, recognizing that not all potential issues can be anticipated over the life of this development, it is the intent of this chapter to allow for flexibility so that the Northside Crossing zoning district can adapt to new information, changes in the market, and technological advances over time. B. Interpretations: Any dispute over the meaning of this Chapter shall be resolved first by an interpretation from the Public Works Director. The Public Works Director shall issue a written interpretation within ten (10) business days of receiving a written request for clarification. The City Public Works Director's interpretation may be appealed to the City Council. The City Council shall hold a meeting on the interpretation appeal at the next available regular meeting following the date upon which the request for an appeal to the City Council is delivered to the Public Works Director. At the appeal, both the Public Works Director and appellant shall be entitled to voice testimony to the Council for consideration. The Community Builder or Community Builder Transferee shall exhaust its remedies as set forth herein prior to exercising other remedies. C. Appeal of Administrative Decisions to City Council: Final administrative decisions of this Chapter may be appealed to the City Council. D. Deviations from the Master Development Plan Approval: An Amendment to the Northside Crossing Master Development Plan as approved may be requested by the Community Builder or Community Builder Transferee. Minor deviations meeting the criteria as described below may be approved administratively by the Public Works Director; Major deviations not meeting the criteria for a minor deviation shall require the same review and approval process as a zoning ordinance amendment as outlined in Idaho Code 67-6511. E. Minor Deviation: A deviation to the approved master development plan shall be considered minor if the change satisfies all of the following criteria: I. The deviation will not increase the total number of dwelling units in the development above the maximum number set forth in the approved master development plan, or reduce the minimum number by more than fifteen percent (15%); 2. The deviation will not increase the total floor area of nonresidential uses by more than ten percent (10%); 3. The deviation will not decrease the minimum, or increase the maximum density for residential areas of the development beyond approved density ranges approved. 26 4. The deviation will not decrease the approved amount of open space or recreation space; 5. The deviation will not increase any adverse environmental impact, provided that additional environmental review may be required to determine whether such change is likely to occur; 6. The deviation will not adversely impact the project's fiscal projections to the detriment of the city; 7. The deviation will not significantly impact the overall design of the approved master development plan; 8. The deviation will not significantly alter the size or location of any designated open space resulting in a lowered level of service; and 9. The requested amendment is a land use category change that does not increase the land use category of a Development Parcel immediately adjacent to the perimeter of the Project Site. F. Project & Improvement Phasing: The concept master phasing plan approved through the Master Development Plan approval process is intended to be a general guide and to reflect current conditions. It is not the intent of the City to restrict other phasing opportunities which correspond to changes in market conditions and technological advances nor to restrict infrastructure and tinning of the development which mqy differ from the approved concept. G. Responsibility of the Community to Ensure Compliance with this Chapter: The Community Builder shall designate through its controlling community documents, a community review board who, prior to any applications being accepted by the City for review and approval, shall perform a review of the petition materials to ensure that the requirements and intent and purpose of this zone are upheld and shall then provide a letter to the City to accompany the application stating their findings and providing a recommendation. The City will not enforce standards of the development contained within the development's internal codes, covenants, and restrictions or other related controlling documents. H. Deviations from standards of this Chapter: In instances where the Community Builder or interested party seeks a deviation from the City from regular standards of this code as may be authorized in this Chapter (e.g., height, building and parking lot layouts, fencing and screening, etc.), and'in addition to any of the criteria related to the subject matter, the City shall consider the following in making a decision: 1. Findings and Recommendation of the Community Builder, homeowners' association, and/or the architectural control committee. 2. Whether the proposed deviation would conflict with the stated intent and purposes of this Chapter and the adopted master development plan and design book. 27 MASTER PLAN GU IDEI INES 4°- EDITION Northside RCros,sing AT NEW DAY NORrTHSIDE CROSSING SECTION A. THE NORTHSIDE CROSSING STORY...................................'7 OVERVIEW........................................................................................................ 7 VISIONFOR THE FUTURE.............................................................................. 8 PURPOSE OF MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES...............................................10 DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................11 SECTION B: LIVE SMART................................................................. 13 THE BASIS OF DESIGN PRINCIPLES...........................................................13 COMMUNITY DESIGN PRINCIPLES & IMPLEMENTATION ....................14 Environmental Stewardship.........................................................................14 Education and Enrichment...........................................................................15 Technology. ............................... ................ ........................... ............ .......... 15 HealthyLiving.................................................................................................16 Sense of Community.....................................................................................18 SECTION C: DEVELOPMENT CODE .................................................... 19 PURPOSE.........................................................................................................19 AUTHORITY....................................................................................................19 APPLICABILITY...............................................................................................19 APPROVAL PROCESS...................................................................................19 ZONING..........................................................................................................20 PRELIMINARY PLAT.......................................................................................20 DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.....................................................................20 FINALPLAT.....................................................................................................20 TABLE OF CONTENTS EDITIONS SECTION A. THE NORTHSIDE CROSSING STORY...................................'7 OVERVIEW........................................................................................................ 7 VISIONFOR THE FUTURE.............................................................................. 8 PURPOSE OF MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES...............................................10 DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................11 SECTION B: LIVE SMART................................................................. 13 THE BASIS OF DESIGN PRINCIPLES...........................................................13 COMMUNITY DESIGN PRINCIPLES & IMPLEMENTATION ....................14 Environmental Stewardship.........................................................................14 Education and Enrichment...........................................................................15 Technology. ............................... ................ ........................... ............ .......... 15 HealthyLiving.................................................................................................16 Sense of Community.....................................................................................18 SECTION C: DEVELOPMENT CODE .................................................... 19 PURPOSE.........................................................................................................19 AUTHORITY....................................................................................................19 APPLICABILITY...............................................................................................19 APPROVAL PROCESS...................................................................................19 ZONING..........................................................................................................20 PRELIMINARY PLAT.......................................................................................20 DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.....................................................................20 FINALPLAT.....................................................................................................20 M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4'- E D€ T I C3 N Northside ASBUILTS.......................................................................................................20 BUILDING PERMIT.........................................................................................21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION.................................................................21 AMENDMENTS..............................................................................................21 LAND USE CONCEPT.................................................................................... 22 LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS................................................... .....23 AREA SUMMARY........................................................................................... 24 SECTION D: COMMUNITY................................................................ 25 COMMUNITY DESIGN.................................................................................. 25 MASTER PLAN................................................................................................26 NEIGHBORHOOD DISTRICTS..................................................................... 27 STREET CLASSIFICATION & SECTIONS .................................................... 28 TYPICAL SECTIONS....................................................................................... 29 WAYFINDING & INTERPRETIVE SIGNAGE ............................................... 35 SECTION E: RESIDENTIAL ARCHITECTURAL REVIEW AND DESIGNS ..... 36 REVIEW AND APPROVAL AUTHORITY......................................................36 RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE........................................................36 GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS...........................................................36 DESIGN REVIEW AND APPROVALS...........................................................36 GENERAL SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS................................................37 SITEPLAN................................................................................. .....37 FLOORPLANS................................................................................................37 ROOFPLANS..................................................................................................37 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS...............................................................................37 SITE DESIGN CRITERIA.................................................................................38 SETBACKS....................................................................................................... 39 HOME TO STREET RELATIONSHIP.............................................................39 MASTER PLAN GU IDE LI NES 4'` EE31TION A Northside i .aeCros sing qw — qv SIDE YARD AND REAR YARD CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON -CORNER LOTS................................................................................................................39 GARAGES tic DRIVEWAYS............................................................................40 GARAGES FACING PUBLIC STREETS.........................................................40 GARAGE DOOR TREATMENTS...................................................................40 SIDEWALKS.................................................................................................... 41 RESIDENTIAL HOUSING STANDARDS......................................................41 SIDEYARDS....................................................................................................42 ENCROACHMENTS. ........................................................ ........................ 42 SITECOVERAGE............................................................................................43 CARRIAGE HOUSE UNITS............................................................................43 SINGLE FAMILY DETACHED DESIGN STANDARDS.................................44 SITESTANDARDS..........................................................................................47 VARIATION, DIVERSITY AND STYLE...........................................................47 FRONTLOAD HOME ... ..................................................... _...... ................ ...48 ALLEYLOAD HOMES....................................................................................50 ZERO LOT LINE GARDEN AND SHOP HOUSES........................................52 APARTMENTHOUSES..................................................................................53 ELEVATION REPETITION..............................................................................54 CORNER LOTS - GARAGE ORIENTATION.................................................55 LOT DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS...............................................................57 RETAININGWALLS........................................................................................57 LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS.................................................................... 58 ALLEY LANDSCAPE.......................................................................................58 RESIDENTIAL LANDSCAPING......................................................................59 THOROUGHFARE FRONTAGE (PUBLIC LANDSCAPE AREAS) .............60 PRINCIPLES.....................................................................................................60 GUIDELINES...................................................................................................60 MASTIR PLAN CUIDELINES 4`` EDITION Northside crossing AT NEW o STANDARDS......................................................................................... ..60 STREET TREES PLANTING SCHEDULE.......................................................61 SPACING.........................................................................................................61 SPECIES AND VARIETIES..............................................................................62 CORNER LOT LANDSCAPE..........................................................................66 NSXFENCING................................................................................................ 67 RAINWATER COLLECTION & IRRIGATION ............................................... 68 UTILITY/SERVICE/MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT..........................................68 RECYCLING & TRASH CONTAINERS..........................................................68 LIGHTING........................................................................................................68 MISC. REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................69 ENERGY USE AND CONSERVATION.........................................................70 ENERGY EFFICINCY STANDARDS..............................................................70 CONSTRUCTION BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES...............................72 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, PARKING AND STORAGE.....................73 BUILDER TRAILERS........................................................................................74 SITECLEANLINES..........................................................................................74 LOT MOWING: RULES AND REGULATIONS... ................................. ........ 74 SECTION F: COMMERCIAL............................................................... 76 SECTION G: APPENDIX.................................................................... 77 EXHIBIT A: TOPOGRAPHY MAP................................................................ 77 EXHIBIT B: MASTER PLAN...........................................................................77 EXHIBIT C: DISPLAY MAP OF BOUNDARY .............................................. 77 EXHIBIT D: LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF BOUNDARY ................................ 77 MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4" EDIT { o N Northside Crossilzg �nY SECTION •- rE CROSSING STORY OVERVIE`]ST Agriculture has played an integral role in shaping American history. Through a spirit of entrepreneurship and determination, farmers and ranchers have served as the backbone of economic development throughout our region. Much like the land rush most notably remembered by the Oklahoma Sooners, the development land was homesteaded in that similar fashion, which provided the Jenson family with a new beginning. Horses and wagons were lined up south of town with pilgrims eager to stake their claim to land that would become their homestead for generations to come. At the dawn of a new day and at the sound of a canon, they raced north with fresh horses staged at strategic intervals to provide a competitive advantage. Merely staking their claim was not enough. They then mounted new horses and raced to the Blackfoot field office where they recorded their land claim. This was the first day of the rest of the lives for many generations to come. While this new creative community will look much different than it did many decades ago, the opportunity for residents will be much the same. The intent of Northside Crossing is to create a community that will bring a fresh approach to modern-day life. This development will reap the rewards of sustainability and healthy living, allowing residents to cultivate an environment where residents and entrepreneurs can th rive. M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4'` E D i T 1 o N Northside R � lµU --.Y Northside Crossing (NSX) is more than the sum of its parts. The Northside Crossing community will preserve rural traditions and a small-town experience that many Americans value while providing a modern approach to living. VISION FOR THE FUTURE NSX is rooted in forward -thinking development approaches on community design, sustainability and technology. The community will introduce smart design principles to ensure a high quality of life for future generations of Chubbuck residents. Environmental stewardship is vital to sustaining the long-term growth of the community. NSX will follow sustainable development practices, including state of the art water management, storm water pollution prevention, water conservation, and energy usage and efficiency programs. CHUBBUEI( l d A H 0 Through community gardens, residents of all ages will have the opportunity to learn about agricultural practices and take ownership in the food production process. The community will accommodate residents' everyday needs through a well-planned and designed mixed-use developments. Northside Crossing is focused on providing a convenient, pedestrian -friendly area with large pathways, tree corridors, neighborhood parks and recreational areas and amenities. These areas will be decorated with art work, benches, gathering areas, exercise related amenities, decorative lighting and other amenities to enhance the public experience. Northside Crossing at New Day offers an interconnected, multifaceted community with strong roots in the land. Northside Crossing at New Day will provide a new opportunity for its residents. Much like the dawn of M A S T E R PLAN GUIDELINES 4` E D I T 1 Q N Northside Crossing AT new oar a new day, our new community will provide residents a new beginning, and a new start, and a new life every day of the year. We envision a creative community like no other community found in Southeastern Idaho. Northside Crossing will be a walkable community focused on providing avenues for enjoying the outdoors. A high-tech neighborhood served with fiber-optic based high speed internet access. Our homes and other buildings will be state of the art, using "smart home" technologies to take advantage the latest in creative and innovative designs. These homes will meet the highest of standards qualifying for energy star ratings. Renewable energy technologies will be incorporated into the neighborhood establishing good environmental stewardship. Optional solar panels will be affordably offered to new home owners and also used to help power public amenities. Recycling and repurposing will be emphasized and supported with collection bins. The community will be designed around the pedestrian, rather than the roadway. Roads will be planned and built intentionally narrower than found in other neighborhoods. This design has proven to slow traffic and create safer communities while not impeding neighborhood traffic and function. MASTER FLAN GUIDELINES 4" EDITION Re Northside AT —w oar PURPOSE OF MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES The purpose of the design standards and guidelines set forth herein ("Master Plan Guidelines") is to assist property owners and the City working within Northside Crossing to create a vision of the intended environment of the Northside Crossing master planned community. These master plan guidelines are not intended to be a static document, but ratherthey intentionally allow for flexibility so that they can continue to evolve in response to changing conditions and circumstances. It is anticipated that over the life of the community, these master plan guidelines will be refined to incorporate new challenges and opportunities. The Community Builder will rely on the criteria set forth in this document to establish the character and enhance the value of the overall master planned community and to help ensure that new improvements are consistent with the criteria set forth in these Master Plan Guidelines. These Master plan guidelines are intended to be a reflection of the CC Zone city code. The CC Zone code is considered the minimum standard, whereas this MPG is intended to further describe the development standards. The design intent statements, standards and guidelines have been adopted to provide specific direction on the vision of Northside Crossing and supporting design principles. The Master plan guidelines set forth the design review and approval process and provide the parameters for building and site design, streetscape design and construction practices. The CC Zone code forthe City of Chubbuck sets the minimum standards. The Master Plan Guidelines may exceed the adopted zoning code in terms of standards or regulations but should not drop below the CC Zone standards. "Shall" or "Must" indicate a standard forwhich compliance is required unless otherwise approved in advance by the Community Builder. "Should," May" or "Highly Encouraged" denote a guideline for which conformance is strongly encouraged and is considered pertinent to achieving the design intent of Northside Crossing, with exceptions considered based on site and project conditions. Guidelines are strongly considered if there is a request to waive a related standard. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4' EDITION ti Northside NCrosDAY ar NEW oav DEFINITIONS Northside Crossing - refers to the entire 225 acres included in the Northside Crossing Mixed -Use Planned Development (MPD) in Chubbuck, ID. NSX phase 1 is further described in Exhibit C. NSX phase 2 will incorporate the remaining 86 acres once annexation is complete. Community Builder - DKL, LLC Builder - A person, or legal entity holding all ora portion of the fee -simple interest in property located within Northside Crossing, and their contractors, architects, engineers, consultants and other representatives. Improvements - Every structure and all appurtenances thereto, including but not limited to buildings, parking areas, paved areas, garages, loading docks, sidewalks, landscaping, plantings, trees, irrigation systems, exterior lighting, site and street furniture, signage, fences, gates, walls, stairs, decks, patios, bollards, and all facilities used in connection with water, sewer, drainage, gas, electric, telephone, television or other utilities. Context - As used here, context consists of all the neighboring, external factors that have a formative influence on the appearance of a building or site, including height, mass, massing, scaling elements, design, materials, location and so forth. Design Vocabulary - The physical attributes, characteristics and details that make up a site and building; put simply, the elements one can see when looking at the site and building. These include, at one extreme, the size, shape, color and texture of its materials. At the other extreme, it's the way the building handles setbacks and articulation of the facade or elevation through alignment of elements (such as windows, cornices or columns). Further examples include texture, scaling elements, color, material changes and window mullions. Pedestrian -friendly - "Pedestrian -friendly" is a measure of the quality of an environment from the perspective of a person on foot. A pedestrian -friendly environment is a place where people can enjoy public life in a comfortable setting. Corner - The convergence of two streets, containing one unit. A typical intersection would contain 4 corners and 4 units. M}ASTER P LAN GUIU E L I N ES 4' EDfTIQ N *ReNorthside CIHQSS111r; THE BASIS OF DESIGN PRINCIPLES Northside Crossing (NSX) is devoted to the study of "what's next." In that spirit, we're committed to demonstrating leadership in forward -thinking initiatives on community design, conservation, technology and more. Our main goal is to ensure that our home buyers Live Smart— ensuring a harmonious and enduring relationship between residents, the land and the re -invention of a strong community life. NSX is intended to be an integrated community featuring a wide range of housing products coupled with ample parks and open spaces. The development will also feature thoughtful commercial and enterprise uses that complement the community and the city. Y In order to create a dynamic vision that could drive Northside Crossing's overall development, we have created these master plan guidelines in a collaborative process between the City of Chubbuck and the community builder creating a smart community with vast development potential. The evolution of this document has brought together a variety of great minds and local entities including municipal staff and officials, community builders, home builders, designers and engineers. Through their collaborative efforts, this diverse group was able to create this vision for the Northside Crossing community. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4" EDI TIO N Northside (.'t'ossiillti AT �W v COMMUNITY DESIGN PRINCIPLES & IMPLEMENTATION ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP The thoughtful stewardship of our environment is essential to the long-term well-being of our community. A host of sustainable development practices will help us minimize our energy usage and ensure that Northside Crossing is a flourishing and sustainable community. The following environmental initiatives at the heart of Northside Crossing include: A. WATER QUALITY / STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION State of the art water management practices will be a prevalent feature throughout the community, providing an important water filtration function and emphasizing environmental approaches consistent with the goals and policies in the "Portneuf Valley Stormwater Design Manual". B. NATIVE / SUSTAINABLE LANDSCAPE Native / sustainable landscape will be incorporated into greenspace designs and into individual residential construction projects. Each development project, including houses, will be required to incorporate sustainable landscape designs. C. WATER CONSERVATION Open space irrigation will be provided by efficient irrigation systems utilizing Fort Hall irrigation water. The use of the irrigation water will ensure the preservation of the City's culinary water resources and promote the best use of our area water resources. D. ENERGY EFFICENCY NSX will be implementing an Energy Efficiency program, homes will be certified with a nationally recognized energy efficiency certification that combines advanced building science techniques with energy efficient technologies to ensure energy efficient, comfortable homes. All homes constructed within the developmentwill be required to be certified by our program. 'mRRE . �tti�1 energy ■I M M K■ e01 ilency • MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4' E 0 1 T 1 O N EDUCATION AND ENRICHMENT Northside *Re crossirig ar NEW A4Y D -Y Along with an integral relationship with the land, Northside Crossing will emphasize education and personal enrichment in a number of ways. A. NORTHSIDE COMMUNITY GARDENS Residents will receive hands-on learning experience in gardening practices and be provided areas where they can cultivate crops, share techniques and develop lasting friendships. B. EDUCATION Community members of all ages will benefit from learning how food is produced and distributed, the importance of local food production, culinary techniques, etc. NSX will encourage a partnership with ISU Workforce Training and Continuing Education to develop classes to be held at the "Hub" providing for life enrichment classes such as art, cooking, exercise, etc. Thereby promoting a balanced life and sense of community for NSX residents. TECHNOLOGY Contemporary technology has provided us with a number of efficiencies and opportunities that in the past would have been unimaginable. The utilization of sophisticated technology for everything from communications and transportation to energy usage will provide tremendous value to this forward - thinking community. Fiber optic cable broadband connections for individual residences will offer the fastest broadband download speed available in the market. Fiberwill enable residents to utilize the latest in-home automations, security, and home efficiencies. C. HOME AUTOMATION Atruly smart and efficient home automation system offering conveniences such as automated lights, locks and cameras; integrated audio and video; and optional security features will be afforded each homeowner through an exclusive relationship developed with various technology providers. D. INTERNET AND TV Community Wi-Fi will be provided in various common and community areas for full convenience. Dish and DirecTV will be available throughout the development upon conformance with community standards for placement of exterior devices. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'°EDITION Northside HEALTHY LIVING Northside Crossing will offer a variety of convenient recreational opportunities to promote better health and wellness, which in turn relates to a higher quality of life. Northside Crossing is a walkable community designed and planned with the pedestrian in mind. The development will incorporate a significant open space network, with a variety of trails, and green expanses connecting community members with the environment. The Design will also integrate: A. WALKABLE COMMUNITIES Miles of trails and paths connecting the neighborhoods will lead to parks and recreational opportunities as well as surrounding areas in the New Day District and the City of Chubbuck. Streetscapes with large pathways made of asphalt, concrete, graded rock, etc. and tree corridors will promote pedestrian mobility. D D . " 4.4 Hillne Ra;_ LEGEND �5L TRAILS ....- ..0_.._...._. TOTAL LENGTH Of ALLTRAILS 796i _ ?; -' '•8 9 2.................�....... run low �� Jt N1 A S T F R F L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4 `- E D I T I O N B. NEIGHBORHOOD GARDENING AREAS Community Gardens are important elements in the development of social networks and interaction. They provide healthy environments, fresh food, and recreation. They help maintain unity and productiveness in the community. Residents can maintain these spaces as areas of beautification. Community gardens are best suited for larger park spaces, but can be accommodated in smaller open spaces with appropriate physical access, solar access, and dimensions. Community gardens provide valuable opportunities to create an educational experience about food production and gardening amongst the residents in the community and increase awareness of the health and societal benefits of local food production C. RECREATIONAL AREAS Smaller Neighborhood "pocket" Parks with both passive and active recreational areas will be developed to become the social focus of the neighborhoods. They will be geared for those generally living within the service area. The community parks will be designed to accommodate a wider variety of ages and user groups and will i be formatted to build relationships within the community. From i playgrounds to the barbecues, residents and guests of NSX will develop a sense of community and gather to enjoy the neighborhood. Park design will create a sense of place by incorporating unique elements into each park. Northside o5si1 AT N� AT NEW oar M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4` E D I T I O N SENSE OF COMMUNITY Northside Al-W - AY o Northside Crossing residents will share a unique connection to the land and nature, which form the bedrock of the development's overall sense of community. A strong sense of community will be on display throughout the development, with meaningful social programs and community events serving to bond families with their neighbors. A. MASTER PLANNED COMMUNITY Parks, trails and gathering areas have been carefully laid out to promote community B. PROGRAMMED ACTIVITIES All varieties of events will be scheduled (weekly, monthly, annual) including holiday events, workshops, festivals, etc. C. NORTHSIDE CROSSING CLUB A multipurpose venue for the betterment of the community will be located at the "Hub", all trails lead to the Hub. The Hub will be the center of community activity. It will have gathering spaces, community rooms and offices. D. NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS Easily accessible green spaces will connect trails and paths. Each of these neighborhood parks will have unique recreational opportunities, community gardens, dog parks, art, and other amenities to create interest and gathering locations within the development. E. COMMUNITY PARKS In addition to the Hub and neighborhood parks, Northside Crossing will be the home to three larger "community' style parks that are strategically located on the north, south and western portions of the project. All community parks will be fully integrated into the trail system to provide easy access from all regions of the development and provide easy access to recreational areas for residents. F. FIELD(S) Northside Crossing will offer an informal multi—use sporting field that could be used for youth soccer, baseball, football orjust general recreation for the development. CCW4101 iii IJA 0101 k 1 fi I*1L*N A pool offering facilities for families, leisure, and sport coupled with the Club that will offer community gathering spaces, project office facilities and other amenities to support the development. M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E I N E S 4'- E D I T I O N SECTION C: DEVELOPMENT CODE PURPOSE Northside AT NEW oar The purpose of this Development Code is to help establish and communicate the development regulations and development districts in order to promote health and safety, to preserve existing positive qualities of the development, to accommodate growth, and to promote a high quality of life within this mixed-use development community hereafter referred to as Northside Crossing. Any reference to Northside Crossing in this document, refers to that portion of Northside Crossing within the jurisdiction of the City of Chubbuck, Idaho. The Creative Community Northside Crossing CC -NC code (Chapter 18.35) which has been developed in accordance with City Code Creative Community CC Zone (Chapter 18.21) shall be the minimum governing code. AUTHORITY The authority of this Development Code derives from the landowners' consent to impose development regulations, the Community builder Agreement executed between the Community Builder and the City of Chubbuck, ID to abide by and enforce the regulations, and the local government code ofthe Cityof Chubbuck, including but not limited to Chapter 18.21 Creative Community Zone, Title 15- Buildings and Construction, Title 16- Land Improvement Standards and Title 17- Land Development. APPLICABILITY The terms of the Northside Crossing Development Code apply to all portions of the Northside Crossing Creative Community Zone within the jurisdiction of the City of Chubbuck and will continue to apply for the duration of the Development Agreement and its amendments and extensions. APPROVAL PROCESS The approval process begins with the City of Chubbuck`s approval and acceptance of the Northside Crossing Master Development Plan (This Document and its Attachments) and the execution of a development agreement between the City and the Community Builder. The community builder requires a series of permits to complete the project in accordance with the following procedure: I1�> Master Plan Approval P> Development Agreement Execution [p Preliminary Plat Application [p Design Book and Development Standards Review MASTER PLAN G UID E LIN E S 4- EDITION ` Northside Ci nom AT NEWW ... 1b> Final Plat Review ZONING The Northside Crossing Project will reside within the Creative Community Northside Crossing (CC -NZ) and will be subject to the Development Code and design and approval process created by the Creative Community Zone. This master plan guideline document will serve as the basis for the NCCCZ. The CC Zone code will set the minimum standards. PRELIMINARY PLAT The Community Builder will submit to the City of Chubbuck a preliminary plat for each portion or phase of the development meeting the requirements defined in Chapter 17.12 of the Chubbuck Municipal Code. Each plat will also include the submittal of a "Design Book" that will include the elements included in Chapter 18.21.040. DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT The Community Builder and the City of Chubbuck will prepare a development agreement that will codify this document and the expectations of the City. Each project will be evaluated against the development agreement for conformity to this master plan document. FINAL PLAT The Community Builder will submit to the City of Chubbuck a final plat meeting the requirements defined in Chapter 17.12 of the Chubbuck Municipal Code. AS GUILTS Each home will submit to the Northside Crossing ACC, and City of Chubbuck's approval process. These records will be kept on file for future reference. Any as-builts noting any modifications will be included. MASTER PLAN G lJ I D E L 4 N E 5 4'" E D I T 1 o N BUILDING PERMIT Northside Crossiil; oaV All building permit applications must be reviewed and approved by the City of Chubbuck and the Northside Crossing ACC. Northside Crossing ACC is appointed by the Community Builder or the property owner's association and reviews plans for conformance with the master plan guidelines. The approval of the Northside Crossing ACC is required prior to the issuance of a building permit. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION Certificates of Completion are required to occupy buildings in Northside Crossing. The building must pass final inspection by the ACC and the City of Chubbuck pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Agreement between the Community Builder and the City of Chubbuck. AMENDMENTS It is anticipated thatthe proposed Plan will change and improve with each phase and will provide additional detail and clarification to the master plan. This detail will be provided at the preliminary plat stage with the preliminary plat and design book and shall not constitute changes to the Community Builder's Agreement with the City of Chubbuck provided: The boundary of Northside Crossing remains unchanged. The total number of dwelling units proposed for Northside Crossing remains unchanged or is not increased beyond 10% of what has been agreed to in the Development Agreement. If any applicant submits an application to amend any portion of the Northside Crossing Master Plan, the City of Chubbuck shall consider that portion only without considering that application as a change in the Community builder's Agreement for the original master plan of Northside Crossing. This Development Code may be amended from time to time by the mutual consent of the landowner and city council of the City of Chubbuck. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4' E D I T 1 0 N Northside Re —E. b r►ti ar sw nwv LAND USE CONCEPT Within Northside Crossing and consistent with the CC Zone, there are three Land use classifications. This is to identify a development character that differs not only in density and use, but also in the character of the development and the nature of the open space, the streets, the buildings and the landscaping. The District Map below provides a general configuration of the proposed Land use within Northside Crossing. L! d -. __ _ ....... NifinePoid jypee _ d,n MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4"' E D I T I O N LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS .ReNorthside Crossing; AT �Ew DAY Northside Crossing is designed to provide a variety of mercantile opportunities where appropriate intermixed with parks, open spaces and a variety of residential choices. The plan organizes housing around an abundant park, open space and a pedestrian network connection to all portions of the neighborhood and surrounding properties. Densities are enhanced through the recreational opportunities created through the development and 3 distinct neighborhoods and zoning districts are naturally created using the main roadways that bisect the development. A. NSX VILLAGE (V) (PARK AND GARDEN DISTRICT) NSX Village is located east of Whitaker Rd, West of Hiline Rd and South of Dawn Daylight Street. Village is primarily single-family residential in a suburban pattern of development. This Land use classification is primarily intended for more traditional single-family homes with a mix of alley and street loaded homes. Offices for neighborhood supporting commercial uses will be thoughtfully allowed throughoutthis zone. More intense commercial uses such as restaurants will be promoted within the Central District area of the development. Civic uses, such as schools, and churches are also permitted but require a conditional use permit as per CC Code and encouraged within the zone. Open space is captured in neighborhood parks and in a well-developed streetscape and one large neighborhood park labeled "South Park" on the community renderings B. NSX TOWN (T) (CENTRAL DISTRICT) NSX Town located around New Day Boulevard specifically north of Dawn Daylight St., West of Hiline Rd. and East of Whitaker Ln. This Land use classification is intended to be the densest and most urban of the classifications used in NSX. This Land use will promote dwellings to share property and allow buildings to contain more than a single use. Parking will be shared where possible, and civic and commercial uses will be permitted, but Light industrial uses will be restricted within this zone. Open space is provided as pocket parks and through a large community park labeled "Northside Park" on the community renderings. This Land use will be primarily residential but could have more intense commercial areas associated with New Day Blvd, and also areas that combine residential and commercial occupancies. C. NSX BUSINESS AND RESEARCH PARK (BRP) (PROGRESS DISTRICT) The NSX Business Land use classification is intended to be the most dense and urban of the classifications and permits dense dwellings to share property lines and allows high density occupancy buildings. Parking is shared where possible, and civic and commercial uses are permitted. Light industrial uses and combined residential/commercial occupancies are encouraged. Open space is provided through pocket parks and as a large community park labeled as "Railroad Park" on the community renderings. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4' EDITION SECTION D: COMMUNITY COMMUNITY DESIGN RNorthside Crossing ar Kew oar To reflect the historic design of the area, site and building development throughout Northside Crossing should be expressed in a way that conveys an inherent quality of the site's agrarian past, while creating a new identity relevant to today's residents and visitors. , The design vocabulary of the community buildings will encourage agrarian architectural forms, while presenting them in a fresh and contemporary way interspersed with TRADITIONAL and craftsman elements. Architecture shall be timeless, low maintenance and promote a unique sense of variety. Repetition of home styles, types and colors will be discouraged as detailed later in this document. Native plantings and local building materials, including metal and concrete, will be used throughout Northside Crossing to enhance the site's sense of place —true to the rural character and values of the region. MASTER PLAN GUIDR L I N E 5 4 EDITYON Northside CrossiIig 'Re - - - MASTER PLAN The Master Plan was thoughtfully designed to provide residents with a long-lasting, livable community that can meet their needs and accommodate the future growth of the City of Chubbuck. The design promotes connectivity and harmoniously integrates residences and community facilities with parks and open space. The plan is rooted in flexibility and has a range of uses that are adaptable to changes in the market and in configurations. Some of the relevant design concepts of the community areas follows IP> The design has been developed so that many of the properties within the development will be served by alleys. Some exceptions to this standard may be provided as described in the guidelines for single family homes. O> Cul-de-sacs are minimized throughout the design. tD At least 90 percent of all residential units will be less than 1000 feet from a community park or open space, 100 percent of the residences are within 300 feet of a neighborhood park, pocket park, greenway, or other community space. tP> The majority of all detached single-family lots will be no greater than 10,000 square feet in area. V> A minimum of approximately eight acres of land will be designated for multi -family housing or mixed-use residential/commercial development within the neighborhoods. Multi -family parcels will be allowed throughout the neighborhoods, with any one parcel not exceeding an area of approximately five acres. [� Each neighborhood will include a community park. Neighborhood and pocket parks, and the perimeter greenwayswilI be lined with public streets, and Residential units along those streets will front such open spaces. Rear yards abutting public open space and streets are minimized through the design. The design and treatment of streets within the neighborhoods will be consistent with the street cross sections setforth in this document. tP> Trail facilities will be designed and constructed in accordance with current design standards for such facilities. Around seven miles of trails will be interweaved throughout the parks and roadway system of the development. MASTER PLAN GUIDE _ k N E 5 q ' ' EDITION Northside Crossing Re AT NEW DAY NEIGHBORHOOD DISTRICTS Northside Crossing is a part of the New Day Community, and is broken into four neighborhood districts. These neighborhood districts - Garden District (Village), Park District (Village), Central District (Town), and the Progress District (Business Park), Each district will provide a wayfinding function and allow residents the opportunity to identify themselves with a given district. The Garden district has the Central District within it and it is core to the overall community. The Central District is intended to have a more intense residential use as well as some business and commercial to support the neighborhood. � IrUcIr RUN) e o �46 LEGEND PARK DISTRICT fVlttAfif� GARDEN DISTRICT rvuiAee) CENTRAL DISTRICT (TOWN) PROGRESS DISTRICT 3L,v4 ) T 4G H tv1ASTE R FLAN G U DELI N ES 4"' EDITIQ N Northside AT NEw DAY STREET CLASSIFICATION & SECTIONS One of the most visually distinguishable features of any great community is its walkable streetscape, which is oriented towards pedestrians, yet safely facilitates the movement of the automobile. Much thought and attention have been given to the design and layout of the public realm at Northside Crossing. The following street system diagram details the location of the various street types and their respective graphical development diagrams follow. -. JAWt 1 Niline Road LEGEND PRlNC1PALARN:RSAL SYhQe v MINORARTERIAL ' GREENSPACECON- 0." NEIGHBORHOOD CON. - NEIGHBORHOOD RES. I i I NORTHSIDE CROSSINGAND FRAMEWORK Principal Arterial's New Day Parkway (Siphon), Tyhee Minor Arterial Whitaker Road Greenspace Connector Hiline Road Neighborhood Connector Dawn Daylight Street, Aurora Street, Morning Dew Street Neighbor Residential Names to Be Determined Minor Residential Names to Be Determined N4 A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4'' E LA T I O N TYPICAL SECTIONS Northside R sing AT NEWCroDAY NEW 1 10' -L-- - 10' —f— is —Irl- r --L— 12.1 i I- .... 12' —L r r L- iw ---I- s' nnEE SEGI100 VIEW POw=1001 i �— a o o 50 1ttNRAl[FO SECSIOl1 . (8010=001 MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4,' EDITION Northside *Re Crossing AT NEW A I5' " 15 IV -L fY moi- !C -- U."' SECTION VIEW [ROW=851 AAA PASSING SPACE AST EVERY 200' ON IDEWALK A' WIDE --! i --A• i S' j 2• L 4S tY 12• -- 5.3• -'-+ x• L S. 1 4• 1 es ON NEIGIRONNOOO CONNECTON SECTOR VIED (ROA=w) M A 5 T E R PLAN GU 1D E! I N E 5 4'- EDITION — 4' L S' J 2' L 8' 8' 65` -- 2' L, —I— 4' 1 NEFGN00RH000 RESIDENTIAL SEcnom VFEW IROW=517 ADA PASSING SPACE AST EVERY 200' ON DEWALK 9' WIDE Northside Crossing AT uew onr MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4`" EDITION Northside Crossing AT NEW GAY OPEN SPACE DESIGN & PROGRAMMING Parks and open spaces are the heart of the NSX community. Successful communities offer residents a significant, interconnected open space system that serves the community's recreational, social and physical needs. Approx.Type Roadway Greenspace 7.8 ac 3.4% Pocket Park 18.2 ac 8.0% Neighborhood Park 8.1 ac 3.6% Open Space 8.8 ac 3.9% Pathways 6.7 ac (6.9 mi) 3.0% *ALL CALCULATIONS INCLUDE AREA MARKED AS FUTURE ON ALL MAPS The NSX community will be defined by a diverse park and open space system with programs to attract all members of the community - from small children to the elderly - and promote interaction. An interwoven system of streets, trails and paths will link the various parks and open spaces within the development as depicted in the proposed opens space plan. f ' 1 CROSSING s �, -+ .•1 its NORTHSIDE CROSSING M AST E R P L AN G u I o E L I N E S 4" E E3 I T I O N ......... ...... .............. a qm O PBLa �+ LEGEND jo TOTAL OFALLOPERSPACE Northside Crossing Open spare Pian Northside Tr��ssi��; A �i MASTER PLAN Gil! DE _IN ES 1 EDIT 10 N WAYFINDING & INTERPRETIVE SIGNAGE Northside N A W -V ; AT NEW PAY The Community Builder will have a coordinated signage and wayfinding program at NSX. The NSX design will be incorporated into the signage materials, design, environmental graphics and monumentation ("Signage") for individual sites and the overall Northside Crossing signage program. Wayfinding signage necessary to communicate building entrances, parking circulation or other navigational information should be designed as part of a complete signage system for the site. All signage should be designed as a comprehensive sign family consistent in material, typography and color scheme. Signage shall he designed at a pedestrian scale. a 1$' a iP I°W� �L"W pnsmenc spell I�m.l ,.nn awrn+,Wn frame 3' marc % IY-0' amooA -- a�vmnum Agri paC (3) unit required as above Al1ROIlA 9mu%ae ' i �r•pnnh��ve vw .nom R>o (1) unit required as above Business and building signage shall be compatible with the surrounding architectural characteristics in terms of color and materials, and it shall complement the building fagade and landscape design. Signs shall be constructed with high quality, durable materials appropriate to the physical demands of the setting. All Signage should address both the communications functions of a sign as well as its aesthetic integration with the overall design of Northside Crossing. No signs shall be erected until the applicant receives written approval from the ACC. F MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'" ECDETION ,r-`) Northside -- I 'N DAY REVIEW AND APPROVAL AUTHORITY This section includes procedures and criteria for the review and approval of improvements within NSX. No activities within the scope of these Master plan guidelines may commence without the prior written approval of the Community builder. RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE The Community builder may amend these Master plan guidelines without notice. Each Builder and Owner is responsible for ensuring that they and their representatives have the most current edition of the Master plan guidelines and comply with relevant sections. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS The provisions set forth in these Master plan guidelines shall apply to and control development within NSX. Each Builder shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with all applicable rules, regulations, City codes and ordinances in addition to submittal of plans to the Community builder for approval. The Community builder shall bear no responsibility for ensuring that submitted plans comply with governmental requirements. DESIGN REVIEW AND APPROVALS The purpose of the design review and approval process is to ensure that all proposed improvements are consistent with the Northside Crossing vision and design principles. All Builders shall submit, for approval by the Community builder, preliminary or conceptual drawings and specifications of any proposed improvement, including, but not limited to: 1> Site development *> Buildings 1> Landscape �D Outdoor lighting Signage MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4' E D I T 1 0 N Northside kv C!'USs1 n e_ GENERAL SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS Each Builder shall submit three copies of the following plans and specifications as part of the Concept Review and Final Review: SITE PLAN Scale: 1" = 10' to 1" = 40'. The Site Plan shall indicate the building footprint, parking areas, vehicle circulation, exterior hardscape areas, landscape areas, service and storage areas, locations of utilities and appurtenances, and other relevant details. The Site Plan should indicate quantities associated with impervious cover (square feet), building cover (square feet), gross building area, rentable building area, garage areas, unit mix, and the number of parking spaces (including garage, surface and visitor space counts). FLOOR PLANS Scale: '/a" = 1' - 0", Floor Plans shall indicate unit layouts for all floors, partial plans of all options {including alternate elevations), and square footages for each {including air-conditioned and balcony space). ROOF PLANS Scale: 1/8" = 1' - 0". Roof Plans shall indicate roof pitch and direction, materials and location of equipment. EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS Scale: 1/4" = 1'- 0". Exterior Elevations shall indicate all exterior materials, locations of building articulation, roof slopes, plate heights and overall building height above finished grade. Landscape, Signage and Lighting Plans: 1" = 40' scale: All plans shall show the relationship of the proposed improvement to the site and building. Landscape Pians shall identify all landscape, hardscape and vertical improvements, including materials and finishes, including location, size and quantities. Signage Plans and Lighting Plans shall indicate the proposed improvement in plain view, with details provided on cut sheets. Description of Requested Deviations: A written description of all deviations from the Master plan guidelines shall be provided with each submittal and shall be reviewed by the Community Builder. If necessary, a variance to these guidelines will be requested from the City by the Community Builder. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4`` E D I T 1 0 N SETBACKS Northside NCrossing .1-- Required TNEW- From Creative CommunityNorthside CrossingZoningDistiict(CCNQCode. HOME TO STREET RELATIONSHIP Home to Street Relationship Front Yard Measurements and Considerations: The front yard shall be measured from the street ROW to the front face of the building. A covered porch or covered terrace may encroach into this space to help improve the architecture of the home and the character of the street. On corner lots, the front yard setback shall be observed along the frontage of both intersecting streets, unless shown specifically otherwise on a Final Plat. The Side set back from the subservient street shall be a minimum of 10 feet while meeting all parking and garage set -back requirements. There should be a variety of home styles and front setbacks within a given block face. We encourage our builders to utilize a variety of front setback, giving the street more interest and depth. SIDE YARD AND REAR YARD CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON—CORNER LOTS A minimum side yard setback of six (6) feet is to be maintained for all approved structures. Drainage swales and other grading or engineered site features are not to be altered once constructed and established within the development. All proposals for additional structures, improvements and/or site alterations shall be submitted to the ACC. Rear yard considerations should be made for drainage and easements and access if an alley is present. Garage Garage Land Use Front Yard Side Yard Side Yard @ RearYard (Street (Alley (Min - Max) Corner Lot Loaded) Loaded) Residential 10'-25' 6' 10' S' 15' S' Village 10'-25' 6' 10' S' 15' S' Town 10'-25' 6' 10' 5' 15' 5' Business and Research 10'-25' 6' 10' 5' 15' 5' Park From Creative CommunityNorthside CrossingZoningDistiict(CCNQCode. HOME TO STREET RELATIONSHIP Home to Street Relationship Front Yard Measurements and Considerations: The front yard shall be measured from the street ROW to the front face of the building. A covered porch or covered terrace may encroach into this space to help improve the architecture of the home and the character of the street. On corner lots, the front yard setback shall be observed along the frontage of both intersecting streets, unless shown specifically otherwise on a Final Plat. The Side set back from the subservient street shall be a minimum of 10 feet while meeting all parking and garage set -back requirements. There should be a variety of home styles and front setbacks within a given block face. We encourage our builders to utilize a variety of front setback, giving the street more interest and depth. SIDE YARD AND REAR YARD CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON—CORNER LOTS A minimum side yard setback of six (6) feet is to be maintained for all approved structures. Drainage swales and other grading or engineered site features are not to be altered once constructed and established within the development. All proposals for additional structures, improvements and/or site alterations shall be submitted to the ACC. Rear yard considerations should be made for drainage and easements and access if an alley is present. MASTER FLAN GUIDELINES 41 - E D I T 1 G N Northside Ar e GARAGES & DRIVEWAYS GARAGES FACING PUBLIC STREETS MD Homes shall be designed in a manner that enhance the front porch and pedestrian entry to the home, rather than the garage door. M> No more than four homes in a row may have garages parallel to the primary structure. 10> Detached garages are acceptable. �> All detached homes shall have at least a two -car garage. V> The minimum garage dimensions shall accommodate two cars. M> Three -car garages are permitted, but no more than two garage doors may face a primary street without approval of the ACC. GARAGE DOOR TREATMENTS Front -facing garages have a tremendous impact on the character of a community. Every effort should be made to minimize the negative visual impact of the garage on the street. Garages should be thought of as an accent piece to the house, and not as the dominant architectural feature. Front Loading garages are required to be set -back a minimum of 15 feetfrom the front of the dwelling. The garage door must be recessed a minimum of (9) inches from the garage face and contain at leasttwo (2) of the following enhancements: Garage Door Treatment Plan rl�> Shed roofs 11�> Faux cedar/wood clad doors decorative hardware and treatments to minimize door M> Double doors IV> Windows �> Decorative hardware & lights 10> Reveals/texture MASTFR PLAN GUIDELINES a" EDITION Northside Re Crossing AT NEW owr SIDEWALKS A walkable pedestrian environment is the highest priority at NSX. All public sidewalks associated with the subject building lot not constructed by the Community Builder shall be constructed by the Builder prior to occupancy of the home. Builder shall install residential sidewalks and/or paths along all public ROW and at the locations referenced in the previous street sections. All paths will be constructed by the Community Builder and sidewalks within common areas and parks will be constructed bythe Community Builder. All public sidewalks are required to be five feet (5') wide and in some cases are proposed to be wider. Sidewalks must match the grade of any previously installed utility structures and per City of Chubbuck Standards. Pathways shall be a minimum of 10 feet. Any sidewalks damaged by the Builder shall be repaired at Builder's sole expense prior to closing any home adjacent to the damaged sidewalk. All sidewalks adjacent to a home must be in good condition prior to closing any home. All sidewalks adjacent to a home are the responsibility of the homeowner to repair and maintain. RESIDENTIAL HOUSING STANDARDS All residential structures must utilize slopes of 4:12; or greater and generally no more than 9:12; however, greater slopes up to 12:12 may be appropriate where living space is incorporated under these roofs. South and west -facing slopes should be optimized to provide for rooftop solar panels. Slopes of less than 4:12 may be permitted subject to NSX ACC approval, where eaves project from the face of the building, or for porch roof pitches and ancillary buildings and wings. Flat roofs are not permitted in the Central, Park, and Garden Districts, and will be permitted in the Progress District by the ACC on a case-by-case basis for buildings utilizing contemporary forms that complement the desired qualities of the community. Flat roofs are permitted on ancillary structures within the development. Mansard and false roofs are not permitted on single family house structures. Rooftop equipment (e.g., HVAC units, satellite dishes, vent stacks, etc.) will be architecturally integrated within the volume of the building, and as much as possible should not be visible from streets, alleys or other public areas. MASTER PLAN GUIDILINES 411 EDITION Northside NCrossing Front Yard Setbacks: the front wall of single-family houses will beset back by a minimum of 10 feet from the front property line, and are encouraged to be as close as the design permits. (Lots on corners will be assumed to have two "fronts".) SIDE YARDS Side yard setbacks shall be consistent with CC Zone to assure a building to property line separation of at least b` in the residential districts. Within this requirement, buildings should be sited and designed to maximize usability of outdoor open space, to reduce summer heat gain within the home, and to optimize privacy between units. To this end, each unit should be designed with an open and closed side; the orientation of open sides should, to the maximum extent possible, avoid western exposures, Note: Setback requirements alongside yards that abut alleys are the same as those for interior side yards. ENCROACHMENTS Nan -cantilevered bay windows are allowed to encroach into a side yard by no more than two feet (2'-0"). Porches, awnings, chimneys and roof overhangs may encroach within the front yard setback area by up to T-0". Uncovered steps, uncovered porches and stoops may encroach beyond the five-foot porch encroachment as needed to make the grade into the home. Up to two bay windows will also be permitted to encroach into the front yard setback area by no more than two feet (2'-0"), provided that the total floor area of the bay windows does not exceed 20 square feet. (Note: As provided by City, roof overhangs may encroach up to 2'-0" into setback areas). Encroachments are not permitted within designated easements. Privacy and Window Placement: Given the narrow side yards between houses, window locations should be carefully planned to protect privacy between adjacent dwelling units. M A S T E R PLAN GU IDIELINES n'` EDITION SITE COVERAGE Northside crossirig AT NEW DAY Single Family lots must be designed to have an impervious cover that does not exceed 75 percent for alley load configurations and 65 percent on street load configurations. Buildings on corner lots shall be sited and specially designed so that they present attractive elevations to both streets. Building and landscape elements, house massing, wrap-around porches, facade composition, and other design strategies should be employed. Where a garage presents its side elevation to the street, it shall be specially designed as an extension of the primary building elevation. CARRIAGE HOUSE UNITS (AKA DETACHED SINGLE FAMILY DWELLING) Carriage house units are accessory dwelling units sharing a lot with a detached yard home and typically located above a garage along the alley. They are encouraged to promote housing diversity, live -work opportunities, and to enliven the alleys. They will be subject to the following conditions: Must on be lots of at least 45 feet in width, Usable floor area of a carriage unit will not exceed 660 square feet per floor. General massing of the carriage house shall be one -and one-half to two- stories in height; the structure will not exceed 25 feet in height, and should use sloping roofs and dormers to reduce the scale. 1�> Carriage house will be separated from the principal building mass by at least 8`-0", or be attached to the main building. The design and materials of the carriage house should be complementary with the main building and surrounding structures MASTER PLAN G IJ ID ELI N Es 4: -' EDITION SINGLE FAMILY DETACHED DESIGN STANDARDS Northside Ncrossirig T— AT n Single-family detached is the dominant residential building type in both of the residential neighborhoods. Single-family detached lots will generally range in size from approximately 3,150 square feet (35'x 90') to 11,000 square feet (95'x 115'), promoting a diversity of housing opportunities. The following guidelines are applied to the design of all single-family homes within the community: OD All roofs shall have a minimum pitch of 4:12 and have composition shingle roofing with a 30 -year minimum warranty. The minimum plate height shall be nine (9) feet forthe firstfloor and eight (8) feet for the second floor. Foundation walls must be screened with landscaping where visible from a public space. iD All windows and doors shall be trimmed on all four (4) sides on the front, side, and rear elevations on all homes. Window screens shall be provided by Builder on all homes. P� Side and rear elevations facing a public space shall be treated as a front fagade and shall include full gable trim and detailing of an amount and quality similar to the frontfa�ade of the home. ED Homes shall be painted complimentary colors applied in an architecturally authentic way based on the elevation style. Varying shades of the same color or similar tortes of two colors are encouraged on the same home. No sharp contrasting colors on the body of a Dome shall be used unless specifically approved by the ACC. Trim, door, and shutter colors may have a higher contrast to the body color. [D The full body of the house shall be one color with accent colors used on architectural features or room projections. When an accent color and/or material is used on a projection, the color and material shall be carried around to the inside corner(s) of the projection. I;) Front and side elevation corner hoards shall be painted the color used on the portion of the home adjacent to the corner board including areas where accent colors are used. In a case where the accent color ends at the corner, both sides of the corner board shall be painted the accent color. Deviation from this standard requires ACC approval. When a masonry wainscot is used on the front facade of a home on an interior lot, the wainscot shall be wrapped around the side elevation a minimum of four (4) feet or to a natural stopping point such as a window. When a wainscot is used on the front facade of a home on a corner lot or a lot adjacent to public space, the length of the wainscot wrap is influenced by the architectural character of the home and the location of a fence. The ACC will determine design details at the point of schematic design approval of the home style. Gutters shall be a color complementary to the color scheme of the home. Stock gutters in white, brown, or almond may be used or gutters may be painted. Gutters shall provide minimum color contrast to the adjacent material and colors. MASTER PLAN GUIDE! INES 41 E D I T 1 0 N Northside Re Crossin AT S. flAY t> Downspouts shall be painted the color used on the portion of the home adjacent to the downspout, including areas where accent colors are used. In the case where an accent color ends, the downspout shall be painted the accent color. In addition, downspouts shall be placed in such a way as to avoid visual distraction to the frontfa�ade of the home. Deviation from this standard requires ACC approval. I� Porches shall have a minimum dimension which provides a porch area of 60 square feet, unless otherwise approved by the ACC. Courtyards shall have a dimension which provides a minimum area of 80 square feet, unless otherwise approved by the ACC. Ip A minimum 100 square foot concrete patio or wood deck shall be provided with every home (front, rear or side yard), unless otherwise approved by the ACC. M> All garages shall be setback a minimum of fifteen (15) feet from the front of the house unless it is an alley loaded configuration. 10> Alley loaded garages shall be setback five (5) feet from the alley, and shall be less than 40% of the front facade of the home, unless otherwise approved by the ACC. Homes with garages that do not meet these standards shall include garage doors with windows and/or other architectural features, shall be painted the body or accent color of the home, and shall have a least one of the following: � a decorative trellis over the garage door as part of the structure of the garage ➢ a masonry accent either on the full street facade or as a significant wainscot single car garage doors rather than one two car garage door Y a significant eave projecting from the face of the garage wall a minimum of three (3) feet; or, a gable with accent materials and/or other design features over the garage. Y Exterior garage lights shall be recessed in the roof over -hang or mounted on each side of the garage door. l� On model homes, all driveways from a public street to the garage shall be paved as planned for the home at the time of sale, unless otherwise approved by the ACC. t> Space shall be allocated in garages, alleys or side yards to store trash and recycling bins out of site. If such space is in the side yard of a home, the bins must be fully screened with walls in keeping with the architectural style of the home or fencing approved by the ACC. MASTER PLAN G U IDE L INE S 4` EDITION { Northside Cros,strig AT NEW oav SITE STANDARDS VARIATION, DIVERSITY AND STYLE The purpose of this section is to provide general design criteria and guidance for the development of homes at Northside Crossing. These guidelines are intended to assist in the design, processing and implementation to a high level of quality but are not meantto restrict creativity, The architectural styles of this community are typically defined as "Traditional." This style should be visually compatible and provide general market appeal, while providing enough diversity to leave NSX with a feeling that it has evolved over time. Traditional architecture takes into account the styles that are/were popularto a region or area. The characteristics of traditional architecture used by architects and builders includes a commitment to maintaining a link to the past styles of building, reuse of materials or designing homes and building to stay consistent with the overall building design of the area, This creates a sense of continuity and connection to the past, which helps the area maintains its traditional look and feel forthe residents of the community. The architectural fabric of the Northside Crossing community should encourage an eclectic mix of housing types with diversity in form, color, architectural style, etc., while articulating a traditional style that creates a cohesive aesthetic character. The traditional forms of the homes should include front porches, harmonious proportions and a foundation in good design principles. Good design is unobtrusive, honest, long-lasting, aesthetic, environmentally friendly, and thorough down to the last detail. A main component of a traditional architecture style is the way in which the past building styles and present are merged together, creating a seamless transition. With traditional architecture, much deference is paid to the materials used in a building and how they function and work. Traditional style does not depart from the norm in the way that contemporary architecture does nor is it rigidly devout to form and function as in the case of modern architecture. Traditional architecture is an older way of building homes and buildings that stands the test of time and continues its link to the past, moved forward. MASTER P LAN G U I i7 E L I N E S 4' '' E 1) I T f 0 N FRONT LOAD HOME Northside Crossing AT NEW GAY FRONT LOAD 3 CAR GARAGE FRONT LOAD SIDE ENTRY GARAGE VWRL srnFFr SE)E'v^LK MASTER PIAN GUIDELINES 4°" EDI T I O N BUILDING MASS Building Height 35' max (Independent of Stories) Building Coverage 65% Northside CrEW DAY ; AT GARAGES/ PARKING 2 parking stalls per unit Carports are allowed but must meet same setback requirements as a front load garage. Tandem Stalls are encouraged for 3 car garages and bigger Garage width facing the street must be kept at a minimum Street Facing Garages must be Recessed a minimum of 15' from the front of the home Side load street facing garages must include a window facing the street. 3 garage doors facing the street may be allowed with conditions and when lot and home configurations are adequate Face the street or open space Be a minimum of 60 S.F. Have a minimum elevation from Sidewalk of 12" except were ADA accessitility is a priority M A S T E R PLAN GUIDELINES 4" E D I T I O N ALLEY LOAD HOMES Northside y ng AT NEW qAY Y ALLEY LOAD COURTYARD HOUSING ALLEY LOAD ON GREEN ALLEY LOAD ON CORNER MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'' EDITION Northside Re AT it L n ZERO LOT LINE GARDEN AND SHOP HOUSES Within the NSX neighborhoods, there will be a variety of Zero lot line garden houses. A number of different buildings will be constructed throughout the development including twin, tri, quad and row house configurations. We also intend to allow shop houses within the Business Zoning District. Shap houses may be single to multiple attached configurations but are distinguished around level workspace. They are intended to provide opportunities for local economic activity and home occupations that can reduce the need for automobile trips and promote diversity of activity and character. All Garden homes and Shop House buildings shall be accessed from an alley or private drive. Roofs can be sloped or flat keeping with the architectural design of the building. The roof pitch of the buildings should generally be consistent with residential houses. Mansard roofs are allowed provided that they appear from the street as a sloping roof. Rooftop equipment shall be architecturally integrated and not visible from public areas. 2 parking stalls per unit f 1 per 400 sf of mercantile space MASTER PIAN GUIDELINES 4" E D I T 1 0 N APARTMENT HOUSES Northside of NEw nox Within each of NSX neighborhoods, certain blocks will encourage the construction of high-density residential buildings. Rather than standalone projects, these developments are envisioned to be an integral part of the surrounding neighborhoods, creating friendly streets and also have ground level community -oriented space. These projects will have appropriate scale and mass to nearby development, and are intended to provide all types of housing opportunities within the development. Building Height Building Coverage 50' max (Independent of Stories) 95% MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'' E D I T I J N ELEVATION REPETITION Northside Crossing - AT NEW DAY Architectural diversity, within a traditional aesthetic framework, is of primary importance at Northside Crossing. Multiple floor plans, elevations and architectural styles shall be provided by each builder to help promote visual diversity and excitement within the street scene. Product spacing requirements are as follows: Elevations are allowed to repeat when there are four (4) lots of separation on the same side of the street. *> The same elevation cannot repeat on the lot across the street or on the two lots on either side of the lot across the street. The same elevation cannot exist on the lot immediately behind the lot. * Where elevations repeat on the same street color schemes must be different to create visual diversity. Floor plans are allowed to repeat when there are three (3) lots of separation on the same side of the street. 10> The same floor plans cannot repeat on the lot across the street or on the two lots on either side of the lot across the street. tD Any deviation to these requirements must be approved by the ACC. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4 EDITION Northside Re Crus— ; pf wEW D LOT DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS Builder shall maintain the drainage pattern as designed by the civic engineer and approved by City and in conformance with the overall drainage plan for Northside Crossing. The drainage pattern shall not be altered throughout construction and ownership. RETAINING WALLS All retaining walls not installed by the Community builder shall be constructed by the Builder and shall meet the following guidelines: All retaining walls shall be constructed on the high side of the lot and in such a manner as to not disrupt adjoining lot grade. All walls shall be maintained by the owner of the lot where the wall is associated. The face of the retaining wall shall be on the property line accounting for any set -back required for the construction of the walls. [I) Native Landscape boulders may be used to construct walls 4' or less. Concrete, masonry. MSE block walls or other material approved by the ACC must be used for walls in excess of 4'. [D All walls must be constructed so as to accommodate fence sleeves 60-C. iD Walls taller than 4 feet vertically shall have 2" diameter weeps at 10' on center. The weep holes should be 3" above low side finish grade M A 5 T P R P L A N Q U I D E L I N E S 4` - F 1 T 1 0 N LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS a. ALLEY LANDSCAPE Define the back alley and break up the continuous fence line appearance. Plant the five-foot (5') landscape strip (located between the property fence and the alley right-of-way) with low shrubs, tall ornamental grasses or groundcovers to ensure one hundred percent (100%) coverage of this area. Irrigate the plant strip with traditional drip for shrubs and with sub -surface drip for groundcovers. Use of native and drought tolerant plantings in the alley is required. The mature size of shrubs in the alley planter area may not exceed five feet (5') in height and four feet (4') in width. Locate shrubs in the center of the three feet (3') utility easement. f i A M *qeNorthside CrossiYz qz ryew DAY Accommodate transformer and pedestals with the three-foot easement (and as needed) with encroachments onto private yards. Building and fences must be placed with adequate clear distance of utility structures. Plant shrubs at the base of the utility structure to camouflage their appearance. MASTER PLAN OUIDELIN FS 4' E D I T 1 0 N ing Re Northside co..Y RESIDENTIAL LANDSCAPING A. GENERAL GUIDELINES The site plan and landscape design of multi -family projects should provide for a variety of planting types, complementthe overall landscape character of each neighborhood and define entries, edges, and views to the building architecture and front porch area. The landscape should provide for design flexibility while reinforcing the overall streetscape patterning, encouraging neighborhood sociability while accommodating semi -private or private outdoor (whenever feasible) spaces. The single-family landscape refers to the open areas on private properties for all single-family uses and is defined as three social realms used to organize space: public, semi-public and private. The landscape of the single-family dwelling should provide for a variety of planting types, complementthe overall landscape character of each neighborhood and define entries, edges and views to the building architecture and front porch area. The landscape should provide for design flexibility while reinforcing the overall streetscape patterning, encouraging neighborhood sociability and accommodating private outdoor spaces as well. B. PRIVATE LANDSCAPING Significant trees and large shrubs on private property shall be selected, laid out and coordinated with plantings on adjacent public lands, open spaces and green courts to create a consistent visual character to the community landscape. Variation in supplementary plantings within the private yard is encouraged as the individual expression of the private landscape and domestic garden aesthetic. Side yards along a thoroughfare should contain a blend of shrubs, perennials, and ornamental grasses. C. LANDSCAPING STANDARDS 11�, Shrubs, groundcovers, and/or perennials shall define the front yard edges and entryway. Ip Semi -private side yard and courtyard landscapes shall be maintained in good condition at all times. r� Plant materials that are inappropriate or are dying shall be replaced immediately. lk> Formal lawns may be acceptable as a front yard design but shall not dominate the landscape. A variety of lawn grasses may be acceptable while minimizing an emphasis on traditional water consumptive turf species as a primary choice. Turf areas in the front yard zone and corner zones shall not exceed 70% of the available pervious area. The remaining 30% shall be shrubs, ornamental grasses, perennials, vines and groundcover. Side yards between homes are encouraged to avoid turf and use stone or other approved mulching material with landscape planting, when feasible. All turf areas must be installed prior to occupancy or as approved by the ACC. The use of plant materials that provide for color, texture, and a grouping pattern of native, ornamental grasses, shrubs, wildflower perennials, hedges, walls, and fences is encouraged. Ip Plants shall be selected and located to allow them to achieve mature size without encroaching on walks or roads, or covering windows. MASTER FLAN GUIDELINES 4'' E D I T[ O N 4q�eNorthside C'i'US Vig AT NEW hnY Shade trees, ornamental trees and shrubs shall be used to frame buildings, provide a sense of enclosure and help relate building to lots and individual lots to one another. High canopy trees shall frame front and rear building elevations. Use of native or droughttolerant plant materials shall be used as a front yard palette_ M> Walkways shall be four feet (4') - six feet (6') wide. [D In doorways and courtyards, decorative paving, ground covers, vines, perennials and small ornamental trees shall provide visual interest. ►� Side yard and rear yard landscape design shall consider solar access for both the property and adjacent properties as necessary. For rear yards, whenever feasible, at least one (1) shade tree is required per unit to be located a minimum of six feet (6') from rear of property line or garage structure. Two ornamental trees may be substituted for 1 shade tree. THOROUGHFARE FRONTAGE (PUBLIC LANDSCAPE AREAS) PRINCIPLES Thoroughfare rights-of-way are considered City public rights-of-way and include the thoroughfare and curb area, curb -cut driveways, landscape planter areas and sidewalks. The landscape planter and sidewalk area are maintained by the adjacent property owner. The City shall maintain parks and public spaces within the development. GUIDELINES In addition to the street trees, the landscape design for planter areas - located back of curb to the sidewalk - should provide interest and be well maintained. A variety of native or drought tolerant plant materials may be acceptable for the thoroughfare planter area. A mix of low shrub, groundcovers, and/or grasses may be considered to help frame the streetscape and adjacent dwellings. A formal turf area may be considered, but in general an informal and creative landscape design is encouraged for the planter area. STANDARDS $> Sidewalks to be a minimum four feet (4') wide with a five foot (5') wide passing space every 200'. * Landscape strips to be seven feet (T) wide. [� Tree planting to be a minimum of thirty-five feet (35') on center and a maximum forty feet (40') on center. tp Ornamental trees to be a maximum of thirty feet (30') on center. 11�> Irrigate tree lawns using a drip, bubbler or sub -surface drip irrigation system on the trees. Spray irrigation may be allowed forthe remainder of the tree lawn area as necessary. MASTER FLAN G U I DELI N E S 4'' E D I T I O N SPECIES AND VARIETIES Common Names: Callery pear, Bradford pear, flowering pear Species: Pyrus calleryana Family: Rosaceae (roses) Where to plant: Whitaker Road Description: Callery pear is a small to medium-sized tree with a compact, symmetrical, pyramidal or columnar shape thatspreads to become oval with age. Many cultivars exist with slightly different characteristics; all contribute to the species' invasiveness. Leaves are alternate, simple, and generallyoval, to 3 inches long, with rounded teeth, glossygreen, turning orange, gold, red, pink, and/or purple in fall. Some cultivars develop patterns of colored circles and spots in autumn. Leaves bob in the wind on long leaf stems. Bark is gray -brown, smooth on young trees, splitting into scales with age. Twigs are thornless in cultivated trees, but in wild types (including trees that develop from sprouts of a tree thatwas felled), the twigs end in thorns. Flowers in earlyspring; abundant clusters of white flowers, 5 -petaled, each to ala inch wide, unpleasant -smelling. Fruits like tiny, hard apples, round, to r/z inch in diameter, greenish -yellow flecked with whitish spots, inedible, with 2-4 black seeds. Afterfreezes they soften, darken, wrinkle, and become palatable to birds. Similarspecies: Several othertrees bloom in spring with white, five -petaled flowers. Serviceberry has petals that are brighterwhite, strap -shaped, wavy, with a space between them (not rounded and close together). Native plums have stamens (threadlike stalks in the center of the flower) that are longer than the petals. Apple and crabapple Flowers have a slightly pink hue, and III apple tree branches are nearerto horizontal and less uniform, compared to the vertical, symmetrical branching of Callery pear. Key Identifiers: tD Deciduous tree(drops its leaves in the fall), reaching up to 30 to 50 feet tall. I:P> Overall tree shape pyramidal, columnar, or egg-shaped. M> Wide -spreading branches fairly vertical, branching symmetrically. Ip> Branches sometimes thorny. Leaves shiny, dark green, leathery, with small -toothed margins. I > Leaves turn reddish purple in the fall. Northside Crossing AT NNW DAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 41 ` E ❑ I T 1 0 IN rD Flowers in spring before leaf -out. 1D Flower petals white, rounded, close together(they touchloverl a p at their bases). IP> Flower stamens are not longer than the petals. 10> Fruits in fall are small, round, hard, and brown. Common Names: Amur Chokecherry, Manchurian Cherry Species: Prunus maackif Family: Rosaceae (roses) Where to plant: Aurora Street (Alternating with Canada Red Chokecherry) Description: Amur Chokecherry is pyramidal when young but ultimately forms a 30 to 40 - foot -tall tree with a dense, rounded canopy which provides light shade below. Vie deciduous leaves are three inches long and are joined in early to mid-May by an explosion of white, fragrant flowers in two to three -inch -long racemes. The multitude of tiny black fruits which follow ripen in August and are quite attractive to birds - The bark is occasionally handsome cinnamon brown peeling off in shaggy masses on the trunk, but more often is an attractive brown with minimum exfoliation. This tree has one of the most attractive bark features of any tree in North America, Key Identifiers: rll�> Height: 30to 40feet II) Spread: 25 to 35 feet 10, Crown uniformity: symmetrical canopy with a regular (or smooth) outline, and individuals have more or less identical crown forms i Crown shape: round Vp Crown density: moderate O> Growth tate: medium V� Texture: medium Common Names: Canada Red Chokecherry, Common Chokecherry Species: Prunusvirginiana Family: Rosaceae (roses) Where to plant: Aurora Street (Alternating with Amur Chokecherry) Description: Can begrown as a single or multi stemmed small tree or largeshrub; lovely hanging clusters of white blooms in spring are followed by rich purple foliage and dark fruit in summer; suckers will need to becontrolled. Northside Crossing nr Hew oar MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'' = D I T 1 0 N Canada Red Chokecherryfeatures showy chains off rag Tantwhiteflowers hanging below the branches in mid spring. It has attractive deep purple foliage which emerges green in spring. The oval leaves are highly ornamental and turn an outstanding red in the fall. The fruits are showy red drupes with purple overtones, which are carried in abundance in mid- summer. Canada Red Chokecherry is a deciduous tree with a more or less rounded form. Its average texture blends into the landscape, but can be balanced by one or two finer or coarser trees or shrubs for an effective composition. This tree is best pruned in late winter once the threat of extreme cold has passed. It is a good choice for attracting birds to your yard. This tree will growto be about 25 feettall at maturity, with a spread of 20 feet. It has a low canopy with atypical clearance of 4 feet from the ground, and is suitable for planting under power lines. It grows at a medium rate, and under ideal conditions can be expected to live for 40 years or more, This is a self -pollinating variety, so it doesn't require a second plant nearby to set fruit. This tree should only be grown in full sunlight. It does best in average to evenly moist conditions, but will nottolerate standing water. It is not particularas tosoil type or pH. It is highly tolerant of urban pollution and will even thrive in inner city environments. Key identifiers: �> Deciduous Tree Type: Flowering Tree rV Tree Habit: Round, Arching Branches 1V Mature Size: 20-30' Tall Ip Fall Calor: Subtle Ip f=eatures: Showy Flowers 11�> Flowering Season: Spring Ip USDA Hardiness Zone: 3, 4, 5 Ip Water Needs: Moderate IV> Growth Rate: Moderate $> Light Needs: Partial Sun, Full Sun Ip Mature Height: 20-30 Feet 11�> Mature Width: 15-20 Feet Northside D Crossing T *Re waw MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 41' E D I T 1 0 N Common Names: Silver Linden, European white linden Species: Tiliatomentosa Family: Malvaceae (mallows) Where to plant: Residential class streets (refer to figure Transportation map) Description: This tree is native to Europe and Asia. It is noted far its attractive foliage, which is glossy green above and silvery -white below. The foliage flutters in the slightest breeze, showcasing the silver and green leaf colors. This is a medium to large deciduous tree, typically growing to 50-70' (less frequently to 100') tall with upright branching and a broad -columnar habit. Fragrant pale -yellow flowers in drooping cymes appear in late spring to early summer (June -July). When a tree is in full bloom, bees often visit in such abundant numbers that humming can be heard many feetfrom the tree. Flowers are followed by small nutlets attached to narrow, bract -like, strap -shaped leafy wings (to 2.5" long). Nutlets ripen in late summer. Ovate, shiny, dark green leaves (to 4" long) with acuminate tips and serrate margins are densely covered beneath with silvery - white hairs. Fall color is an undistinguished pale green to pale yellow. Key Identifiers: Ip Deciduous Tree Type: Shade Free Ip Free Habit: Upright, Pyramidal Ip Mature Size: 30-50' Tall ID Fall Color: Subtle ID Features: Fragrant Flowers IE> Flowering Season: Spring ID USDA Hardiness Zone: 4, 5, b, 7 *> Water Needs: Moderate t> Growth Rate: Moderate ID Light Needs: Filtered Sun, Partial Sun, Full Sun ANorthside V AT NEW site oAY MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4`' EDITION *qNorthside *e AT NEW w ow CORNER LOT LANDSCAPE A minimum 3' wide living screen between any fence constructed adjacent to the sidewalk on any street. All fencing adjacent street must have landscape planting in front of it to help soften the fences impact on the street. The planting design should include primarily evergreen plant material, with perennial accents for seasonal interest. A mix of large, medium, and small shrubs should be used and arranged in a thoughtful manner. In addition to the front yard landscape requirements of all Northside Crossing lots, corner lots must have street trees planted along the planter strip within the side street ROW. The spacing and street tree types are specified by the Community Builder in the Neighborhood Street Tree Plan. Typical 50' & 60' Corner Lot Front Loaded - Side Yard Landscape MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4 EDITION Northside Crossin AT NEW PRY NSX FENCING Fencing is a key element in the look and feel of a development. Because of that, we believe consistency in style and look is important to maintaining the highest standards of development. We have developed several fence variations that can be employed within the development. Fences and walls help to define semi -private and private areas around homes. The design and materials used for fences must reflect the architectural character of the community. Fence locations must take into consideration the Standards included in this section as well City Standards for site distance requirements. All fences must be shown on landscape or separate fence plans and included with ACC approval packages. If fences are added to a yard by a property owner, their design and location must be reviewed and approved by the ACC or Owner Association based on the Standards in the section. Given the horizontal nature of the fencing planks special care should be taken when joining a new fence with an existing one. Construction should always begin from the existing fence to ensure that the existing and new horizontal planks line up and create a seamless transition. Standard fence designs are shown below. Vinyl, masonry treated foam, and concrete are preferred and will be approved based on consistency, look and feel. Chain-link fence will not be allowed in NSX. Design deviations from these Standards, may be approved by the ACC. T I__T__r i -r _ l_ 1 _. -__ _L ,- T- I I M A S T E R P L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4 "' E D I T 1 Q N Northside Crossing; *Re wr Hew oar RAINWATER COLLECTION & IRRIGATION ID> Each residential lot shall have an automatic irrigation system that must be installed with 1000/, head-to-head coverage on all turf areas. Ep All irrigation systems must be installed per landscape requirements. 11�> All heads should be placed to prevent spraying onto paved areas. $> Ali trees and shrub beds shall be irrigated with a low -flow drip system and flush valve. *> All Homes will be provided with Secondary Irrigation water supplied by Fort Hall Irrigation and Managed by the City of Chubbuck. Each home is required to connect and use the system when it is available. UTILITY/SERVICE/MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT All utilities installed within the development shall be underground and all services to the home, including pre -wiring for cable TV, must be installed underground. Ground -mounted mechanical equipment, such as HVAC units, shall be screened from view and grouped together away from street/public view. In the event that cable boxes are in- stalled, they must be screened from view and grouped together away from street/public view. w ` i� `; `� _ 4,; �s '� `+sy ', tk4 Y L ya 10 INN ": 01"REMN 0:' Private, surface -mounted mechanical equipment, transformers, air conditioners, condensers, compressors, switches, etc., should be placed behind the side yard fence. If this is not a possibility, written approval from the ACC is required and all equipment must be screened with either a 4' fence or five (5) three -gallon sh ru bs. RECYCLING & TRASH CONTAINERS Recycling and trash collection containers shall be stored within the garage or screened from view. On a 70' lot or larger, a 4'-6' screening fence may be constructed along the side yard to allow the home- owner to store trash containers outside the garage. The screening fence must be constructed and stained to match the NSX fence. LIGHTING Light sources should be unobtrusive or concealed with all light in shades of white (no colored lights). No spillover of light should occur on neighboring properties and lighting must be shielded to prevent a glare. Tree lights should be concealed underground or in shrub masses. Exterior flood lights are to be directed away from neighboring homes and yards. Carriage or Coach lighting provides property security while adhering to dark sky initiative and are required on residential developments as follows...... [D Two (2) Coach Lights are required on each elevation MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4'' E D I T 1 0 N Northside Crossing [D Three (3) Coach Lights are required on a 70' Lot or Larger T> Spotlights and/or floodlights cannot be mounted to the front elevation of the house unless discretely mounted under the eve and used for accent lighting of the home. Streetlights provide a valuable and necessary safety function. NSX plans to employ decorative lighting to distinguish the development streets and paths from other areas and to provide for neighborhood character. Acuity brand lighting has been successfully employed in this region and should provide variety and visual interest in the project. 9 Acuity Brands Street Lighting with decretive poles is an example of lighting that will be employed throughout the development. MISC. REQUIREMENTS Iv1ASTFR PI.,AN GUIDELIN ES 4 ED1710N Northside Crossing AT nEW o0.I Designing for the Local Environment The building and site design should be rooted to its place in Northside Crossing and respond to the natural environment. NSX should be analyzed with empirical environmental knowledge and energy modeling to establish sustainable building strategies that respond to the site's context. Establishing a landscape of native and regionally appropriate plant material embodies the natural character of the site while requiring less water. ENERGY USE AND CONSERVATION Water is a precious resource, especially in Idaho, and should be conserved. Water conservation efforts shall include the use of Xeriscape plantings, use of secondary irrigation and high -efficiency plumbing fixtures that use less water than typical fixtures. Using native and regionally appropriate plant material will result in green spaces that use less water than conventional landscapes. Solar design should be considered in the early design stages. All solar appurtenances shall be submitted for approval by ACC and will be evaluated on a case by case basis ENERGY EFFICINCY STANDARDS The NSX Energy Efficiency Program prescribes a set of structural -design standards for heating, ventilation, air conditioning, ductwork and the outer shell, or "building envelope," that encases a home's living quarters. During final inspection, homes are subject to a series of performance tests to verify the efficiency of the building envelope and ductwork. A. SPECIFICATION Homes at Northside Crossing built to EFL Platinum class certification will include: framing, thermal ducts, ventilation, pressure balancing and carbon monoxide testing. B. PLAN REVIEW Limited guarantees require a plan review for each production level plan and are conducted by third -party authorized review centers. C. TESTING PROTOCOL Testing Protocol: Homes will be tested for ducttightness, airtightness and pressure balancing. Visual inspections shall be performed for framing, thermal envelope, and ventilation and carbon monoxide detectors for requirement of the Program Requirements. All tests and inspections will be performed by a party authorized by the NSX Energy Efficiency program. MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4" EDITION Northside YV .,..W..y M A S T E R P L. A N G U f D E L I N E 5 4 E D I T 1 O N Northside AT MEW p D. BUILDER RESPONSIBILITIES t> Design and construct homes to include the Program Requirements. �> Remain solely responsible for the design and construction of your homes. ID Ensure that subcontractors understand their responsibilities in meeting the Program Requirements. This shall include ensuring that your subcontractors have completed the NSX Energy Efficiency program's field training. It may also include amending your current agreements with subcontractors to reflect new responsibilities. P> Make any adjustments in the sequencing of trades needed to ensure that the Program Requirements are followed. ID Ensure that all applicable building codes are satisfied. Contact NSX Energy Efficiency program if you believe there is a Program Requirement that Conflicts with a building code requirement. CONSTRUCTION BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES Construction best management practices (BMPs) shall include the following: Prevent unnecessary soil compaction in landscape areas. Low -impact construction practices are strongly encouraged, including waste minimization, pollution prevention, preservation of existing vegetation and using resource -efficient materials. All construction shall adhere to the Community Builder -approved set of plans. It is strongly suggested that Owners inform the Community Builder of any issues related to compliance of construction with the approved set of plans to avoid potential construction delays. The Community Builder may, at its option, inspect all work in progress. The Builder shall be liable for all adverse impacts resulting from construction, alteration, maintenance, repair, replacement or removal of improvements to its property. Impacts include adverse soil erosion and sedimentation, soil compaction, storm water run-off and tree damage. Builders shall take necessary measures to ensure thattheir contractors respect and protect other properties from nuisances. This includes damage to the landscape, utility interruption, run-off, dust, trash and noise. A program should be implemented that avoids landfill disposal of construction material by the reuse or recycling of materials. Recycled concrete can be used as backfill material and subgrade to the extent it meets construction specifications. Topsoil shall be stockpiled and reused on the site or offered to the Community builder before being disposed of offsite. MASTER PLAN GU}DELINES 4'; EDITION Northside CrossinRe ---g; It is the responsibility of the Builder to install adequate erosion control measures prior to the start of construction and to maintain controls throughout the entire construction process until project completion. It is the responsibility of the Builder and contractors to develop and maintain a Storm Water and Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and use Storm Water/ Erosion Control Best Management Practices to ensure compliance with EPA and Idaho DEQ SWPPP regulations Construction may take place only during the following hours, unless the Community builder designates other hours in writing: Monday through Friday from 30 minutes before sunrise to 30 minutes after sunset, and Saturday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Construction is not allowed on Sundays, New Year's Day, Easter, Independence Day, Thanksgiving or Christmas. An appropriate number of temporary sanitary facilities (chemical toilets) shall be provided and maintained for the use of construction workers at each site. All such temporary structures shall be located only in areas on the site approved by the Community Builder. The builder shall control dust from the construction site by spraying earthwork with water on an as -needed basis. Gravel mulch should be used on drives and walkways for dust control. The sound volume of music must be restrained so as not to be heard on an Owner -occupied lot. Contractors and subcontractors shall not bring dogs or children to construction sites. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, PARKING AND STORAGE No construction equipment shall be parked on a street longer than 1 hour at a time. Parking is not permitted under the drip line of trees and shall not damage the adjacent natural landscape. Construction crews shall not park on, or otherwise use, other sites. Leaking oil or otherwise damaging or defacing any street located within Northside Crossing is not permitted. Parking in front of driveways is prohibited. All construction materials and equipment shall be neatly stacked, properly covered and secured. Any storage of materials or equipment shall be the Builder's responsibility and at their risk. The storage of equipment materials or chemicals shall not be permitted under the drip line of existing trees. Builders may not disturb damage or trespass on adjacent property. Each builder shall keep its building site and improvements in a safe, clean and neat condition, and shall remove, replace or restore all such items not in such condition. Contractors shall remove debris and unneeded construction materials on a routine basis. M A S T E R F L A N G U I D E L I N E S 4" E D I T I O N Northside NCrossing AT new oar The Builder shall use the Northside Crossing "washout area" in connection with its obligations under the SWPPP Permit. Builder shall (i) adhere to appropriate erosion control measures and requirements governing the Subdivision, and (ii) keep neat and clean and maintain his individual site. Violations deemed punishable shall receive a non- compliance fine of $250.00 per incident and shall be deducted from the Deposit relative to the lots. BUILDER TRAILERS If a Builder places a construction trailer (the location of which is subject to the reasonable approval of Developer) on any Lots it owns or purchases in the Subdivision, the Builder shall place a skirt or other covering on such construction trailer. The Builder may only place a construction trailer on Lots that it has purchased Keep and maintain the area surrounding any such construction trailer neat and clean. Store any materials on such Lot containing the construction trailer in a manner such that the materials are not visible from streets or rights-of-way bounding such Lot and are not unsightly to homes on adjacent lots to the side or behind the construction trailer, In the eventthe Builder Contract is terminated for any reason, the Builder shall remove any construction trailer placed on any Lot {and restore the Lot(s) to substantially the same condition existing prior to the placement of the construction trailer on such Lot. SITE CLEANLINESS During the construction period, each construction site shall be kept neat and shall be properly policed to prevent it from becoming an eyesore. Builders shall provide necessary containers for debris and shall clean up and remove all trash and debris on the construction site on a daily basis. Lightweight material, packaging and other items shall be covered or weighted down to prevent wind from blowing such materials off the construction site. The dumping, burying or burning of trash or construction debris is not permitted anywhere in Northside Crossing. It is imperative that, when transporting heavy equipment, precautions be taken to prevent damage to pavement, curbs and vegetation. Crawler tractors shall not be operated on paved or concrete surfaces. Mud, dirt and other construction debris that is tracked off site shall be removed on a daily basis. LOT MOWING: RULES AND REGULATIONS MASTER PLAN GL! IDELI N ES 4"' EDITION Northside Crossing AT n APPENDIX A: TOPOGRAPHY MAP MASTER PLAN FOR: EXHIBIT B: NORTHSIDE CROSSING - F`- - LOCATED IN THE WEST HALF OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, B.M., BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO -'•. _' y ve PEVEL�Enr.t°w '_ I- •:,a �� verso tiioaoP.ru -�, — r 1 _ ., errs ry a•uxrrsuc ' VICINHrY MAP tGENDI NOTES 1 .wN - SAl T t• ..._ I i�ENqu 1 ,• i r ....._�.._ . r .. — - - — Na.•P.RTLNE —-INE ----- -- ME cExrEm u 771 E� 31 P Lc�i-uc�r �s/ _ _ 9_' �r•EEP 30\ ' Y, iI LENUlE aecnvx L° �� ou uo NPExoELosE r t ",d # C� RPLN:ET P+Rx .I sM �p9• =a' s•H•urc.-.. 6fi Y ¢ K 19 �� aPrNSPKE 3817-� 43 rMNOExo�EErs�L, csNrRumerRtLr _ 21 1•Lli'0 - 39 14 WHITA1(EN LN. O ul aua onRwcr L� PRLGRE56GIETpL1 - - .. ' - n.c 34 7 33 12 SHEET SUMMARIES cs Gnsn.cE ��mowf� -G- nutvl. OALI ZGREEN M1Tw oLisl l.}N.EAG, 22 a ,z .,,-' :- HF.PE915rtPP Xou m u— CONCEPT LAYOUT FOR THE: 32 Fr IUROpA ii'C. NORTHSIDE CROSSING '._8 p..,3Prtuw wr,Nmuw ,i�oHi _ L � LOCATED IN THE WEST HALF OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIPS SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, B.M., BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO f r ,_ --- '� �,,,' .�.--_—_.' — ._---- � /. _ 'n. mw u�•�" •�",�--� erir IHFORMATI ON ON ..- Y .-f -- - Ei000a � - wme rUEVELOPER iµo Eo.un �r•xrnP NmELss twr�iruloiw�n", etam -- --°M oo Pa RPS on N� cns - � f `� 4`>S" - Y :I ?" y ,• - J ;-ti .. ,..�� wA1KN PlGl7I77•>t179 M1p•F RxNI rsa-ww SHEET INFORMATION �e:IP wWN GFcexo Eri PAnF[tx 1r xo aIk LEUI£E ll✓Itl101i NP PNL PntN R��nro{}, Lyxapmuuf[d° w3t[I��Pry 1 ARCH pSUNt I0.1-111 �AgYAGGYd • Sut•wyom • Alennen aoE •w" R H: �lJD • SANEIwr, MO SPBU! • (]PI/ ST1A110 dOV £ 1W 1ti r PP-•hLq W S41O1 • IPPEl 23ldlEP MASTER PLAN GUIDELINES 4° r EDITION DISPLAY MAP FOR: SITE 80UNDARY OF FUTURE PHASES OF NORTHSIDE CROSSING I LOCATED 114THE SOUTHEAST V4 OF SECTION 34 AND THE M5' V2 OF SECHON 95. TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH. Ran(F " EAST, BOISE ME91OIAN. BANNOCK COUNT,, iIJ—Q 27 T:JI6FEROAD Z7 2G 5 89°46 Gr 34 j4 35 S 89`46'49" E 3485.77 POINT OF BEGINNING J 5 13°11'58' W 241.08' Northside Crossing 4q*e I neW oAY EXHIBIT C It Ia I T07AL tArO.I!'CrAff" aaw.cwesr � ji. 8,)43_2 _VV 20 i.52 _ _ 34t 3435A S I'i3'28'E 352.00'c011 W89(�Q3 al I�Sf yl�.h 9 O1 S 8'00'48' E 396.63 z S 89'10'48" E 1027.62' �� Q SS"46'10'E 583,20' PIT�`� an OrCt•UESJCx 1 v z NST. N].216C2IDJ I 1 _ 7874742 W 1184,49' aptAcswvsr� s 03 I1Mf1EX FFiANN SNK]NS NST. NO. N71p1 ti WOY MEACA S TERESMa 99ICA 6797 4rp.rr Ic 50°14'04"W a� Ia r 432.66' l , f z N89`36'44" W 720.00' I l — I � 3 N 8936'44' W 2650.75- MAOm 3 2 — N891644"W 264.32' tDRAWN DY:SEAN D'BRIEt4 PRELIMINARY NLELOCAJ ..R\1T\rot,LY"114n4h'tle[rosyng.17I2ff&bRYrCAp N5r& Mag Phase2a,d 3Po,d.,il q ,73 ag, - • , 1. • lieu, S26`1716'IN 31445' S 18°21'19" W 318,85' I I e snvTNALtFy wEsol � ml Nq.P1 pj aF ri.41 IE>taPrSp PAPEEIj a r3 WI �^ pl NWI-1051 NST. NO.21MSM m AMrwlSrMwT. LLc ^l a NST. N0.21m5389 p kfl/C/10VELAVp6 Z AW tOrM 0 NSF. NO.71211964 I I� It Ia I T07AL tArO.I!'CrAff" aaw.cwesr � ji. 8,)43_2 _VV 20 i.52 _ _ 34t 3435A S I'i3'28'E 352.00'c011 W89(�Q3 al I�Sf yl�.h 9 O1 S 8'00'48' E 396.63 z S 89'10'48" E 1027.62' �� Q SS"46'10'E 583,20' PIT�`� an OrCt•UESJCx 1 v z NST. N].216C2IDJ I 1 _ 7874742 W 1184,49' aptAcswvsr� s 03 I1Mf1EX FFiANN SNK]NS NST. NO. N71p1 ti WOY MEACA S TERESMa 99ICA 6797 4rp.rr Ic 50°14'04"W a� Ia r 432.66' l , f z N89`36'44" W 720.00' I l — I � 3 N 8936'44' W 2650.75- MAOm 3 2 — N891644"W 264.32' tDRAWN DY:SEAN D'BRIEt4 PRELIMINARY NLELOCAJ ..R\1T\rot,LY"114n4h'tle[rosyng.17I2ff&bRYrCAp N5r& Mag Phase2a,d 3Po,d.,il q ,73 ag, - • , 1. • lieu, EXHIBIT D.` ��```_ Engineers .Surveyors .Planners 301 58th St W. x138 • Wlutstnn ND 65801 • [7011572.0110 600 E. Alk St. • Amlie11a, 1,08-720f • [2081234.0110 www.rmes.bfz LEGAL DESCRIPTION — NORTHSIDE CROSSING FUTURE PHASES A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTHEAST 1/4 OF SECTION 34 AND THE WEST 1/2 OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 34 EAST, BOISE MERIDIAN, BANNOCK COUNTY, IDAHO, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SECTION 35, BEING MONUMENTED BY A RAILROAD SPIKE AS DESCRIBED IN CORNER PERPETUATION FILED FOR RECORD UNDER INSTRUMENT NO. 20520343 IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF BANNOCK COUNTY; THENCE SOUTH 89°46'49" EAST, ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SECTION 35, A DISTANCE OF 1485.77 FEET TO A POINT ON THE CENTER OF THE HILINE CANAL; THENCE FOLLOWING ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF THE HILINE CANAL OVER THE FOLLOWING EIGHT (8) COURSES: 1. SOUTH 13'11'58" WEST DISTANCE OF 241.08 FEET; 2. SOUTH 26°17'16" WEST A DISTANCE OF 314.45 FEET; 3. SOUTH 1821'19" WEST A DISTANCE OF 318.85 FEET; 4. SOUTH 9°31'31" WEST A DISTANCE OF 808.83 FEET; 5. SOUTH 0°35'06" WEST A DISTANCE OF 1029.73 FEET; 6. SOUTH 1013'28" EAST A DISTANCE OF 352.00 FEET; 7. SOUTH 8000'48" EAST A DISTANCE OF 396.63 FEET; 8. SOUTH 5'46'10" EAST A DISTANCE OF 583.20 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTH BOUNDARY LINE OF A PARCEL OF LAND BELONGING TO RANDY MERICA AND TERESA MERICA AS DESCRIBED IN WARRANTY DEED RECORDED AS INSTRUMENT NO. 896747 IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF BANNOCK COUNTY; THENCE FOLLOWING ALONG THE NORTH AND WEST BOUNDARY LINES OF SAID PARCEL OF LAND OVER THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES: 1. NORTH 89`46'42" WEST DISTANCE OF 1184.49 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF SAID SECTION 35; 2. SOUTH 0°14'09" WEST A DISTANCE OF 861.18 FEET; THENCE NORTH 89`36'44" WEST A DISTANCE OF 720.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 0'14'09" WEST A DISTANCE OF 432.66 FEET; Focused on Solutions Civil 4 Environmental ♦ Transportation ♦ Planning 4 Land Development 4 Municipal* Surveying THENCE NORTH 8936'44" WEST A DISTANCE OF 264.32 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST RIGHT- OF-WAY LINE OF THE RAILROAD; THENCE NORTH 1'12'43" WEST, ALONG THE RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, A DISTANCE OF 1711.74 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89010'48" EAST A DISTANCE OF 1027.62 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF SAID SECTION 35; THENCE NORTH 0014'09" EAST, ALONG THE SAID SECTION LINE, A DISTANCE OF 914.35 FEET TO THE 1/4 CORNER COMMON TO SECTION 34 AND 35, BEING MONUMENTED BY 1/2" REBAR WITH PLASTIC CAP AS DESCRIBED IN CORNER PERPETUATION FILED FOR RECORD A5 INSTRUMENT NO. 20520348 IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF BANNOCK COUNTY; THENCE NORTH 014'10" EAST, CONTINUING ALONG SAID SECTION LINE, A DISTANCE OF 2648.86 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. EXCEPTING THEREFROM: A PARCEL OF LAND BELONGING TO STEVEN ALLEN WILSON AS DESCRIBED IN WARRANTY DEED RECORDED AS INSTRUMENT NO. 21404143 IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF BANNOCK COUNTY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: Commencing at the NW corner of Section 35, T 5S, R 34 EBM: Thence S 36 degrees 07' E 1450 feet to the P.O.B. Thence N 01 degrees 26' E 241.0 feet: Thence S 87 degrees 36' E 220.56 feet (recorded as 210 feet): Thence S 12 degrees 01'W 259.49 feet (recorded as 259 feet): Thence N 84 degrees 59' W 173.21 feet (recorded as 174.50 feet): Thence N 01 degrees 26' E 6.97 feet to the P.Q.B. A Total of 1.14 acres (recorded as 1.04 Acres) TOTAL PROJECT AREA IS 136.07 ACRES, MORE OR LESS Focused on Solutions Civil i Environmental ♦ Transportation 1 Planning 4 Land Development 1 Municipal * Surveying • as %S.w ib 4 7Y - ,,; d Hiline Road 9MM LEGEND PARK DISTRICT `'l (VILLAGE) r �Yhee Qa`vj ; o GARDEN DISTRICT�,�-« - (VILLAGE) ' r o � CENTRAL DISTRICT ` y�- ' (roWN) �A*MUM "� PROGRESS DISTRICT (BUSINESS) t cp cm • yr � q m A S — FI' 7 a yrMl 71 rt M OL 951f, -ASO ff s d q5 ff .,-Hrfrne=RnaAR _ 4500 � y �y QUA 4490 o All ,� `._• '�-.�e�' ... X80 _ � � - - - Q� a 4475 ft aasorr_ .- 4480 WOW AWO c _ ..,__ 44 20 4 _ -i. - _ .. r-�_ .' - - �•��W^'.. Fes' T76 ®mow .��+.`-... .y dQ/.[iN �lide.FTi.>�.e..^-•�Fr�!. ��n _ N 10' 10' --� 2L 7' 12' �� 13' 12' 7' A 2' - IQ' 5' � TYHEE PF SECTION VIEW (ROW=100') 1b —1 '—6'�2'-7'-- _ 0 WHITAKER SECTION VIEW {ROW=BU') n2° 9'� 12 CD 7' A 2' -- 6' A-- 5' ui 0 25' 1 15' 15' 10' 10' 10' HILINE SECTION VIEW (ROW=85') ADA PASSING SPACE :AST EVERY 200' ON -IDEWALK 4' WIDE 4' 5` 2'L 6,5' 12' 12'-L 6.5'J z' L 5,1- 4' J L 0.5' 0.5' NEIGHBORHOOD CONNECTOR SECTION VIEW (ROW=60') 4' -- 5' - 2' -- 6.5'- 8' -= 8' -- 6.5' 2' - 5' 4' -ANEIGHBORHOOD RESIDENTIAL F SECTION VIEW (ROW=Sl') ADA PASSING SPACE AST EVERY 200' ON IDEWALK 4' WIDE